The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About111049 SINNETT BUILDERS - CONTRACT - BID - 5723 HOMESTEAD PARK (2)SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR HOMESTEAD PARK BID NO, 5723 BID OPENING: PURCHASING DIVISION 215 N. MASON, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS JULY 31, 2002 - 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) SECTION 00020 INV1TATIGN TO AlD structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. rorill ,�lleft eet nee -fif -ing =tHd--tnHint(titHrtgiiabiliEY-anti-prape>{ty--iru;tfranee-ttk�-iet hlnit-iH-paeagFttphti-..-,-.+n.,e�.Tl-t): 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 9.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, sec paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNF'R's right to terminate services ofCONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise. direct or have control or authority over, nor he responsible tor. CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accor(fmce with the Contract Documents. 8:10.-f)iSNli1t's-respHHsihilit} in-fospeet-Hf-tmdi JHscd Asbesuas—PCPs.-PetrHkvnr.--Ik+raxl(ws-W<Hsle-or RaditaekN-c-NNatcritt}sHte crcd+W-+L\CfllelftuH the-Ac-is set -forth in paragraph-l.-5. .k-f�—�-ti(H(I�k) the-!4(liHl-()W N�'{�Inti-HgrCed IHitlrntti}7 C ONT-RAC T-OR - teasHHable --,ideHec -that-AiHatcial arr*r1gettcnts-have-4xoli made-emu-satisF�;--OW-NF:IZ's obligo6ons-tuxler the -Cont+ac+-D(teatttems.44WN'flt's rev;pH%ri1-beriis-set iwA-in the SapplevneHlHry-C=Hn(1itinits: ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER'S S'rxrUs DURING CONSTRUCTION 0If AER's Relmesentutire: 9.1. ENCi1NEIiR will be OWNER's representali\c during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OW'NI:R's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINLER \\ill make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to obscrwc as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress FJCDC (itNP.l(:\L ('Ui\'DI'I IU\5 1910-%(199(1 Gduion) er ('ell' Of FOR I. ('OI LINS \IODIFICAIIONS (RLV 4 2000) that has been made and the quality of tic Nations aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGrN'FFR will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality, or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will cuniittm generally' to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations, ENGINEER twill keep OW'NE'R informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set lbrlh in paragraph 9.13. and particularly, but \without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site wisils or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct. control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Rork. Prnjert Reprecentatire: 9.3. If OWNER and FMANI:ER agree. FN61NLFR will furnish a Resident Project Representative it) assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authorih' and limitations thereon of any such Resident project Representative and assistants will he as provided in paragraphs 23_ •md 9.13 and -in- Clae-S;oipplcltl(vttary C;Htxlitions of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at (he site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the SUPPIe tcutar� audit m' naraL"nh 9.3 9.3.2. Duties an(1 Res m",ibilitics. Begrescrytive will; 9.3.2.1. Schedules - Re%icy _ the progress 19 schedule and other schedules prepared by the CONTRACTOR _ and._, consult with. the ENGINEER concerning acceplabili� 9,3.2.2 Conferences and Meeting - After meeting, tvilly the_ C:ON''TRACTOR such ws greconstruction conlerences, progress meetings wind other mob_ onfercnccs and prepare and circulate conics of mmnutes of mectincs. 93.2.3. Liaison 9.3.2.3.1. Sen_c._as L'NGINEE.R'S liaison st_itlt (_ONTRACTOR. working�rincipalh through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.3 2._lssist in obtam mg from OWNER additional details or information, when rcqumred for Proper execution ofthe Work. 9.3.2.3.3. Adtix the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work requiring a. Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been nnMn d by the ENGINE?13R. 93.2.4_Rcsiea of Work. Rcicction_ 1'Delcctise Rork. lnsneCtions and Te;ts - 9.3.2.4.1. _ Conduct on -site. observations of the Work, if progl;e g to assist the EANGINEER in determining that the Work is pr(cccdmn • in ageor(iance with the Contract Documents. 9 3 2 4 3 Accompany visiting inW. cYtors rMresenting.public or other aeeriggs. hawIng jurisdiction over Mlle Prti 2gt, record the result% of these inspections and ..iQrl to the INGINEER. InterPrcttitmon of Contract Documents Report to FNNGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract poxuments. are.. needed. _and, transmit to CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents as issued bv, the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.6.Modifications. Consider and evaluate ._CONTRACTOR'S suggestions . for 2O EJCDC(if NERAL CONIIII IONS 1910-8(1990 Edition) w. CI I Of: FORT COLL INS MOOII7ICA I IONS (RE\4 21100) modification in Drawings or Specifications and renort_thesc reconunendation, to [HGINEER. Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR decision, issued by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.7. Records. 9.3.2.8. _ Reports. )_3_23i.1,_ Funtish ENGINEER periodic reports. as retiuiretl, of the woLness of the A'ork and of the CONTRACTOR'S compliance wmth_theprogress schedule and schedule of shop.. Drawing and sample submittals. 9.3.28.2,,__Consult with _ENGINEER in advanec of scheduling mamor tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. 9.3.2.8.3. Drab propose(1 Change Orders and Work Directive Change, obtaimm�g backup Inttenal from tic CONTRACTOR and. recommend. to HNGINEUR Change Orders. Work Directive Chan es and field orders. 9.3.2.8.4. RM, )rt immediately to ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of any accident. 9.3.29. Payment Requests. Reviett,apyIications to nas'ment with CONTRACTOR for compliance If _ the . established _ MNt ,,jlurc for thcmr submission.and forward with recommendation to ENGINEER, noting particularly the relationship of the. pavmcnt_rcguestel to the schedule of values. cork coo feted and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 9.3 2_I0:_Corn letion,_ 9.3.2_10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion. submit to CONTRACTOR a list of obsenrd ilwo requiring correction or completion, !)-12.1If. 2. Conduct final inspection in the comnftnv of the ENGINEER OWNER and LO NI'RACTOR and nrcparc a fined list of items to be corrected or contrtlefctl. 9_3.2.10.3.___khserve that all dents on lie lnal listMist have bccq corrected or c-omi leted and make recommcndations__to I,,W;I FFI? cCcanine accc lance. p- --- 9.3.3._ Limitation of Authority: The Renrcsentativc shall not: . '0 31 ttihorize any deviations LM the C ontr et Documents _ or peer Of _ate_ suhstihalc materials or cc ui ment_unless authorized by the FNOINF.ER. 9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of FNGINFIiIt'_S_ authority asset forth in the Contract Documents. 9.3_3.1__ Undertake ant of' the responsibilities of the <'ONl'RAC`fOR. Subcontractors. or C'ONTRACTOR'S superintendent. 9.3.34,._. Advise on. or issue directions relative ga_ qr. assume control over any aspect of the means. methods, techniques.__ sccme1) cs or r-rocedures Ibr construction unless such is specifiealjycalled for in the Contract Documen(s. 9.3.3 5. Advise on or issue directions regarding -go_ Assume con Vol over safety nrcrtutiari and pro_grat is in conntxtions %vith_the Work. Accept Shop 1)rncines or__snn le submittals from _ anvone_ other_ than the CONTRACTOR. 9.3.3.7. _ Authorize_ OW R_to occupy -the Work jnwhule or in part. 93 ..3_8. Partici ate in specialized field or laborat�lests orinsnccKions conducted by others cxcee. as specifically authorized _ by the fiNCi1NF,'I?R. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. F•.NGINFE.R %till issue %with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the I:JCOt 6I.NI.R3LL CONDI FIONS 1910-8(19901Iditmn) o CI rY OF I OR r COLLINS NIODIFICA'I IONS (REV 4, 2000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drmings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall he consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract I)ocumcnls. Such \rritten clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties arc unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a %%Then claim therefor as prodded in Article I I or Article 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. F,NGINLER may authorize minor variations in the Work Goo the requirements of the Contract Documents ohich do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Tines and arc compatible %till) the design concept of the completed Project as a fimctioning %thole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justlics an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. OWNER or CONTRACTOR ma% make a written claim thcrelbr as provided in Article I I or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to he d(Jie ive, or that ENGINEER Mic%cs will not produce a completed Project that confirms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning %%hole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 139, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orden and Payments: 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, sce paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 99, In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10. ENGINEER %%ill determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work perlbnncl by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 91 for Payment or otherwise). LNGTNEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within tan days after the date of any such decision. either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENCiMER's decision and: (if an appeal from ENGINFER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) il'no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, it formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may ha%c o'ilh respect to ENGINEER's decision. unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER. will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other clutters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims umle Articles I I and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with it request 1br a limnal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other nutter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and %written supporting data will be submitted to ENG1NEFR and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time lir the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless FNIGINLI:R allows additional time). ENGINEER will render it formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party s submittal. if any, in accordance %with this paragraph. ENGTNEEWs written decision on such claim. dispute or other matter will be final and hinting upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from f:NGINEER's decision is taken t%ithin the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER an(] CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER'S written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENG NF'ER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a limnal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a lirum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Reeulations within sixty days of the date of such 22 hJCDC GLNL•RAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 hdition) %% CITY OF I OR I COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4 2000) decision. unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER anti CONTRACTOR. 9,12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11. ENGINEER will not show Partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not he _r liable in connection Stith any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of _ a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim. dispute or other ... matter (except any which haw a been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will he it condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwisc have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any — such claim, dispute or other ntaticr ptarwanNrr-lrtiele-IH. 9.13. Limitations on rNGINE iR's Authority and Revponsibiiides: _ 9.13.1. Neither FMANEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or perlbrinance of any authority or responsibility b% ENGINEER shall create, impose ^ or give rise to any duty owed by F.NGINFFR to C'ONl'RACTOR. ally Subcontractor, any Supplier. any other person or organization, or to any surety Rr " or employee or agent of any of them. 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not super%ise, direct. control or lulec authority over or be responsible fir CONTRACTOR's means. methods. techniques. sequences or procedures of construction, or the safely '— precautions and programs incident thereto. or fir any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the fbrnishing or performance of the Work. kNGINEER will not be r^ responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or famish the Work in accordance with the Contract -� Documents. 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible lir the acts or omission, of CONTRACTOR or of any — Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other perxnt or organisation performing or furnishing any of the -- Work. 9.13.4. I;NGINl'.IiR's revic%% of the final Application for Pmrnent and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions. schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection. tests and approvals and other documentation required to he delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only he to —. determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of ccrtilicales of inspections, teals and approtals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract _ Documents. 9.135. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to FNGMEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE Ill --CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without imalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety. OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amcnchnemt, a Change Order, or a Work Change Direc(ivc. Upon receipt of anN such document CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provide(l). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract'rimes that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive. it claim may he made therefor as provided in Article I I or Article 12, 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to am NN ork perlixucd that is no( required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of tutcmering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNFR and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders rcconvnended by FNUNFER (or Written Arnendmenl,) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1. (ii)required because of acceptance of dcfi,ctive Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting d%ctive Work under paragraph 13,14. or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3. change, in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embooiy the substance of any written decision rendered by FNGINFER pursuant to paragraph 9.1 I; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order. an appeal may be taker Goa any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations. but during any such appeal. CONTRACTOR shall cam on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents U(I)C (n:NERAL ('DNDrI(1.NS 1910-8(1990 r-.dmnn) x (11Y OFINUCOLLINS v10Dl1a'xrl0N$ptrv4.201J01 (including, but not limited (o, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE I I—CIIANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE. 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (Subject (o authorized adjus(utents) payable to CONTRACTOR lox performing the Work. All duties. responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR Shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by it Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered b) the party staking the claim (o the other party and to ENCiINEL-R promptly (but in no event later (Ilan Thirty Clays) after the star( of the occurrence or even( giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of Such occurrence or evert (unless ENOINFER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as it result of said occurrence or event. All claims liar adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by I'.NGrNliliR in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CON.TRACTOR cannot othemse agree on the amount involved. No claim fix an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid it' not submi0ed in accordance w ith this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim fix an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work invoved is covered by unit price, contained in the Contract Docutnenis. by application ol'such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11 9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump suns (which may include an allowance for overheat) and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 1 L6.2); 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 113.2. on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's Ice fir overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of'the Work: rk: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 1 1.4.1. Pavroll costs Ibr employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Ow'NER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, forenoon and other personnel employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs lir employees not employed full -tints on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include. -bat not be limited to. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe bcnelits wfiich shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, worker~ compensation. health antEsetirerrlcnt benefits;�auses siek4eaw,-vaeation and4*AH ey-pa*y applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof and Supplier~ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts. rebates and refiutds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER. and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. ll' required by OWNER. 24 MCDCGENERAL CONDI t IONS 191a-8(199n1,dninn) w CfI Y OF FORT CCILI INS MODIFICATIONS (RB 4 NMI CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and - CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to J be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the SubcontraL4or's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in _ paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing _ laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR'S employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and nraintenan ec. of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and _J temporary theilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the perlirmance of the Work, and cost less market t-alue ol'such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. I I A.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with renal agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the ^ costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes •+ related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than < negligence of CONTRACTOR, any -- Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the r determined pursuant to paragraphs I IA and 11.5. CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost brcakdow'n together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so Co\ered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site. and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand liar additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will he issuctl as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to bl Unit Price Work, initialh the Contract Price will be tleened to include liar all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices fbr each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bills and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit liar each separately identified item. 11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article I I ill. 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR diflbrs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; UCDC GENERAL CONDrtONS 1910-8 11990 Edinotp 26 mCITY OF IOR] COLLINS MODIPICAI IONS(RPN 42000) and 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and [1.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred _ additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties arc unable to agree as to the amount of anv such increase or decrease. _ 11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that _ the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Hid or change quantities at, OWNER'S sole _ discretion without a(lcding the (ontract Price of any remaining item so lung as the deletion or addition dues not exceed twenty-li%c, nerccnt of the original total Contract Price. _ ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract 7"imcs (or Milestones) may only be .� changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the patty making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no etent later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event eiting rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows atklitional time to ascertain more _ accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for a4jusunent in the Contract I miles (or Milestones) shall be dewrtnined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits stated in the Connect Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevaucd from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) clue to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will he extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is nude therelbr as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of -- CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods. epidemics, abnormal weather -. conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and W within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall le deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) clue to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost clue to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no etent shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACT(k any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting lion (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or (ill delays beyond the control of both panics including, but not limited to. fires, floods, epidemics. abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DF.FECT/VF. R'ORK 13.1. AotieeofDefjee2r Prompt notice ofall de%rJn'c Work of which OWNER or F.NGINFIIR hays actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All de&a9ive Work may be rejected. corrected or accepted as proN ided in this .Article 13. Acctmv ro I i ark: 13.2. OWNER. ItNGINFER, FNGINF F'R'.s ( OFINaIUMIS. other representatives and personnel of OWNER. independent testing laboratories an(] governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will hate access to the Work at reasonable —times for their observation. inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR'S site salcty procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections. tests or approtais. and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OW'NIiR shall employ and pay for the sericcs of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests. or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, teals or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 LJCDC GE\6RAI. CONDI I IONS 1910-8 (1990 1Ati(in) w Cll'y OF I'OR I' COLLINS MODII ICA I IONS (REV 4 2000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13 9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically prodded in the Contract Documents. 13.5. 1 f l,im:s or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or - approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNE'R's and ENGINEER'.s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. or of materials. nlix designs. or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACfOR's purchase thereof liar incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without wxillen concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be unco%cred lox observation. 13.7. l;ncoverinc Work as provided in paragraph 13.0 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unfess CONTRACTOR Ins klitul FNGINPJiR lintel) notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to coNer the same mad FNGINEFR has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering (fork. 13.8. If any N�ork is covered contrary to the written requc,t of ENGINEER, it must. if' requested by ENGINEF.I(, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, al ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as FNGiNFEX may require. that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor. material and equipment. If it is found th; I such Work is d(firctive. CONTRACTOR shall pa} all claims, costs. losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering. exposure, obsemRion, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction. (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others): all(] OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. and, if' the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, ho%\ever. such Work is not found to be dk fe(tive. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones). or both. directly attributable to Such 27 uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction: and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof; CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pn)%ided in Articles I I and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. 11'the Work is ddfiwdve, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to fwnish or perfbrm the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or anv portion thereof. until the cause: for such order has been eliminated: howc%er, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not szkc rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defective Wink., 13.11. If required by IINGINh.ER. CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Wo& whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or. if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it pith Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pad all clain)s, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of other). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1. If within one vcar two years after the dale of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed b% La"s of Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Conu'act Documents or by any specific pros ision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be (kywi re, CONTRACTOR shall promptly. without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNFR's written, instructions: (i) correct such drfiutive Work, or, iris has been rejected by OWNER. remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not de%dive. and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the deflective Work corrected or the rejected Work renamed and replaced. and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such remo%"al and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) %%ill be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2.I11 special circumstances %%here a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous setwice before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier (Late if So provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. W here deketh v Work (and damage to other I Y I )C' GENERAI CONOI"I IONS 1910-R (1990 Edition) 28 \k CIIYOFrORI'COLLINS MODIFIC.A"IIONS (REv42000) Work resulting thcrcliom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of cote yea two years alter such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfhcturily completed. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work. OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it. OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNEWs evaluation of and determination to accept such elglietive Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINIER as to reasonableness). if any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINFFR's recommendation of final payment. a Changc Order will he issued incorporating the necessary rcvisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will bc: paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER Map Cotweet Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR tails within a reasonable time alter written notice firnn ENGINEER to correct delircrive• Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by FNGiNEEit in accordance with paragraph 13.11. or if CONTRACTOR tails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. or if CONTRACTOR tails to comply with any other pro%ision of the Contract Documents OWNER may, alter seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or pan of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, consir urtion equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNF'R has paid CONTRACTOR but which arc stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allots OWNER. OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OW'NER's other contractors and ENGINEER and I(NGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and col SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: July 3, 2002 Sealed Bids will be received by the Cityof Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of -the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on July 31, 2002 For the HOMESTEAD PARK; Bid No. 5723. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2' Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and prompti.y Lhereafter, all Rids that have beer: duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for construction of a neighborhood park including: restroom, picnic shelter, playground, concrete paving, utilities including; water, sanitary sewer and electrical service, multi -use courts, site furniture, irrigation system, and landscaping. All Bids must be. in accordance with L.he Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St-., 2nd floor, Fort- Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract- Documents will be available JuJ.y 8, 2002. Copies of the Contract. Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be. obtained from Purchasing Division at 2.15 North Mason 3C., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of Fifty Dollars (*50.00) per. set. No parti.a.l seLs will be issued_ The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at: 1. City of fort. Collins, Purchasing Di.v.isi.on. 2. The Daily Journal, 2000 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 2000, Denver, Colorado. 3. CMD Denver Plan Room, 9250 E Costill a Ave, STE 400, Englewood, CO. 4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 5. The Plan Room, 2176 South Jasmine St. Door "F."/Suite 219, Denver, Colorado. A pre.bid conference and job walk with representatives of'prospective Bidders will be held at 10:00 a.m. on July 16, 2002 at 281 North College, in Conference Rooms A and B. Prospective Bidders are invited to present: their questions relative to this Bid proposal at Lhi.s meeting. Bids will. be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced withi.a the tame as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a 07/2001. Section 00020 Page 1 damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times for Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER ofOWNFR:s rights and remedies hereunder. UYrICLE 14—PAVNIEN'I:S'1-0 CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as pro%ided in paragraph 2.9 will sore as the basis fir progress payments and will be incorporated into it firm of Application lin Pavment acceptable to FNGINh:ER. Progress payments on account of Unit PriceWork will Ix based on the number of units completed. Application fin Progress Payment: 14.2. At Icast twenty days belire the dale established lir each progress payment (but not more ofen than once it month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to FNJUNEFR for reyicw an Application fir I' mntent filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR cc\cring tfre W'urk completed as of the dale of the Application and accompanied by such supposing documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in file Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing. file Application for Pavment shall also be accompanied by it bill of sale, im oice or other documentation waranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Lictts and evidence that the materials and equipment are cmered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OW�NER'.s interest therein. all of which trill be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in file Agreement. Anv funds that are withheld by the (OWNER shall not be subiect to suhstitution by the CONTRACTOR yith securities or any arraii6guents invng ki ll escrow or custodianship. Hy executing the aeration lir_payinent form the CONTRACTOR cxorgs wakes his rigtt to the bcnclits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101. ct sec. _ CONTRACTOR Sv Warrant)- of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees (hat title to all Work. materials and equipment covered by am Application Ibr Payment. whether incoiporated in the Project or not. will pass to ONVNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review gf'AppHcations. for Progress Paj merit: 14.4. ENGINEER will. within ten days afcr receipt of each Application fix Paynnenl. either indicate in writing it IA X'6E.NERA1. CONDITIONS 1910-9(1990 Cdidon) 'c CI"I"Y OP POItI (.()I.I-INS NIODIFIC :KnoNs(RIX42000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing fiNGINF.FR's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may stake the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINF.ER's recommendation. the amount recommended gill (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.5. ENGINFER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on FNGINEFR's on -site observations of the executed Work its an experienced kind qualified design professional and on I[NIINFER's rcyiea of the :Application Ibr Pavment and the accompanying data and schedules. that to the best of FNGINFER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated. 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance tcith the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning w"holc prior to or upon Substantial completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents. to a final determination of quantities and classifications lbr Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CON'TRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to hays been lulftlled insothr as it is ENGINFFR's responsibili(% to obserNe the Work. Ilowcver. by recomnending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have reprewned that: (i)exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (it) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be, paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OW'NFR to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINF.F.R's recommendation of any payment. including final payment, shall not mean that FNGINF.F.R is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods. techniques. sequences or procedures of construction. or the safety precautions anal programs incident thereto, or fix any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of Work or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if. in EMINEE.R's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER mtv refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims hate been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR'S performance or furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens hate been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a sct- off against the anion( recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusite; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion; 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall [Hake an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER 30 LJCDC GFNhR.AL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) n CI I Y OF FORT COLLINS NiODIFIC.KFIONS (REC 4 2000) considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a Icntativc list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall lave seven days after receipt of the tenlaticc certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If. after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. 11' alter consideration of OWNER's objections. ENGINEER considers the Rork substantially complete, FNGINFER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial (completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative cetificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities. insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINFE-11's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 149. OWNER shall hate the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work alter the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the lentatne list. Partial Utilization: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately ftmctioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's perfitrmanec of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request FNGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such rcqucst. OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its Status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGIN11ill considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification ol' Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the (lit ision of responsibility in respect thereof anti access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of parr of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon wrillen notice front CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR kind trill notity CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in tthich this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for PnPmei 14.12. Alicr (ON "I"RACIOR has completed all such corrections to the satislaciion of"F.NGINIiIiR and delkcred in accordance mill the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees. Bonds, ccnlilicates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 'rhe final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously dclivcrc(1) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of (he surely, if anv. to final payment. and (iii)complete and legally eflictive releases or Maivcrs (suisfactory to OkkNFIL) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu ol'such releases or waiwcrs of Liens and as approved by OWNER. CONII(ACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: 0) the releases and receipts include all labor. services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii)all payrolls. material and equipment hills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for %which OWNER or OWNFR's property might in any way' be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier flails LJCDCC GENLRAL CON'DI I IMS I91(1-8 (1990 Ldiunn) o% CI 1 Y" Or F011'i COLLINS MODIFICA I IONS (Rey 4 2000) to famish such a release or receipt in full, CON-1 RACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. -Releases_ or Avaivers of liens and the con eat of the surely to lin_llize Payment are to be, submitted on fimns amlbnningto the format of the OWNER'S standard furtus bound in the Proiccl manual. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If. on the basis of FN(ffNEER;s oburcation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINFIiR's re%icwt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CON,rRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents limc teen fulfilled. ENGINEIR Bill. within ten dayskillerreceipt of the final Application Ibr Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER:s recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWT'hk for payment. Al the Sate time ENGINEER twill also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise. ENGIN11ill will return the Application to CONTRACTOR. indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in tthich case CONTRA( TOR shall stake the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thiry days alter presentation to OWNER of the .\pplication and accompanying documentation, in appropriale form and substance and with IiNGINITR's recommendation and notice of acceptability. the amount recommended by I-NGINITR twill become due and trill be paid by OWNER to CONI'RAC'TOR subject- to Paragraph 7.6.2 of these General Conditions. 14.14. If.. through no Paull of CONTRACTOR. final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if' FNGINEI,'R so confinns. OWNER shall. upon receipt of CONI'RACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make pay ment of the balance due for drat portion of the Work filly completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to bc7 held by OWNER for Work not lidly completed or corrected is less than the rcL•ainagc stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been famished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent Of the surly to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to FNGiNEER with the Application Rar such payment. Such paymcnl shall be made under the touts and conditions goweming final payment. except thin it shall not constitute a waiwcr of claims. Wainer of Claimv. 14.15. 'The making and acceptance of final payment trill constitute: 14.15.La %waiwcr of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR. except claims arising from unsettled Liens. Itoot deli,clive Work appearing after 31 final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 19—SUSPENSION OF \PORK AND TERMINATION OI I :E'ER .Vqr .Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time an(] without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both. directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. OWNER Mar Terminate: 15.2. Upon the oc:cutrence of any one or more of the following cycnls: 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perfomt the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, lailure to supply sutlicient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 29 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph G.G); 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body havingjurisdiction; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER: or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise viulatcs in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents: OWNER may. after gi%ing CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR., exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools. appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR tix trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid FJ( DC6EN'P.RAL CONDI I'IONS 1910-8 (1990 FAWN,) 32 %% CI IT OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICAnONS(RIN 42000) CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. if the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claim~, costs, losses and damagcs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs. losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorpordtcd in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or rcmedics under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services hate been so terminated by OWNER, the lenuination will not affect any rights or rcmedics of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15A. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the AgrLement. In such case. CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the ellcctive date of tennination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work: f5.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the cftectivc date of termination in perlonming scnices and furnishing labor. materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and rcawnable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors. Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. for reawnahlc expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.5. 11; through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of snore than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority. or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty clays after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR anv sum finally determined to he due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or fililurc within that time. terminate. the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu ol'tenninating the Agreement and without prejudice to anv other right or remedy, if INGINEER has liailed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has Ihiled for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined [(;'be due. CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the \Cork unlit payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles I I and 12 lie an increase in contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise tie expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CON IRAC "I OR have agreed on the method and procedure ibr resolving disputes between them that mu} arise under this Agreement. such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any. shall be as Set firth in Exhibit GC -A. "Dispute ItesolWion Agreement", to be attached hereto and made it pan hereof: II' no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached. and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10. 9.1 1 and 9.12. OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either maw otherwise haws under the Contract Documents or by Lims or Regulations in respect ol'any dispute. ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice. 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving ol'wTitten notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or Ina member of the firm. or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or ifdelivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.2. Computation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days. it will be computed to exclude the first andinclude the last dav of such period. "If the last day of any such period'lalls on it Saturday or Sunday or on it day made a legal holiday by the law ol'the applicable jurisdiction. such clay will be omitted from the computation. I.1CDC GIiNERAL CON'DI'I IONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) %\ a I Y OF PORT COI LINS MODn9CA I IONS (RE:v42000) 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute it day. Notice of Claint: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within it reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construct) as It substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repuse.Camttlatire Remedies. 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and. in particular but Without limitation, the warranties, guar aces and obligations imposed upon CON)"RACI'OR by paragraphs 6.12. 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.31 13.1, 13.127 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as it limitation of', any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise impose(] or mailable by Laws or Regulations by Special warrutly or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. and the provisions of this paragraph will he as cll'cctiwe as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty. obligation, right and renedy to which they apply. Professional Feee' and Court CnsRe Included: 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages", it shall include in each case. but not be limited to, kill tics and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other prolbssionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. 17.6. the laws of the State of Colorado apply to this A rcclncnt. Relcrencc to two ncrtincut Ctoiado statutes are as follows; 17_6.2. If atahn is filed. "U\\'NFR is rettuired by law (Efts 38-26-I U7) ut withhold lion all navit cnts-to CONTRACFFORsutlicient funds to insure the payment of all claims toI labor. materialsteam hire. sustenance. provisions. provender. or other supplies used or consumed bv_ (tONTRACTOR or his 33 I JCIX: 6ENERAL CO\OI'I IONS 1910-8 (1990 Ldium) 34 �,('17YOI'IORTC0I-1.1.\SNIOUIFICATIONs(RLV4•2000) (fins page lei! blank inlenlionall%) 1:.1('DCUARAI.COKUI"II0,6191(1-R(1990Iklitiolu 35 x('I'Il'OP PURI ('OLI.I\S NIUUIPI('.\Ilo\5 (Rf\';'2DIII) EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree (hill Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Consuuclion Contract betmet OWNER and CONTRACTOR is attended to include the hollowing agrcontent of (he panics: 16.1. AH claims. disputes and other matters in question hcmcen O`,1'NIiR and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents ur the ]]reach thereof (except Ibr claims which haute been % :aiwed by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) \will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Induslr\" Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (lien obtaining, subject to the liminatiuns of the Article 16. Thi, agrccmcnl so to arbitrate and any other agrccutcnt or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance heretcilh as provided in this Article 10 will he specifically enforceable under the prevailing law ol'any court hat ing j urisdiction. 16.2. No demand lift arbitration of anw claim, (dispute or other matter that is require(] to be retcrred to ENGINEER initially liar derision it,accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on \which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) file thirty-first (]it) after the parties hate presented their evidence to ENGTNEFR if it written decision has not hewn rendered by F\, G1NF.ER ]slim that (late. \o demand tin' arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other mauler will be made Infer than thirty days alicr the date on Much ENGINEER has rendered a \written decision in respect thereof in accordance \with paragraph 9.11: and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty day; period \\ill result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding ulxa OWNER anti CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings ha\c been initiated, such decision may be entered as c\idence but \\ill not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except \\here the (lecision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand Ibr arbitration of any written decision of I'.NGINEER rendered in accordance \with paragraph 9.10 \will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delkered written notice of inlenlion to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the dcntand Ibr arbitration trill be filed in writing with the other party to (he. Agreement and \\ ill the American Arbitration Association. and a copy \will be sent to ENGINEEK lira information. 'I he demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or mi-tim period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable. and in all other cases \within a reasonable time after the claim. dispute or odor matter in question has arisen, and in no (\cut shall any such demand be made after the date Mien institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim. dispute or other matter in question \would be barred b_w (he applicable statute of limitations. EJCIX' 61:NERA1. CO\DITIONS 1910-8 (1990 F.dawn) I CI"IY OF FOR COLLINS AIODIFICAIIIONS (RIN 9 99) 16.4. Except as pmwided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including 1?N6INEER. ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers, directors. agents, employees or consultants of any of them) \who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1. the inclusion ohsuch other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be allbrded among those \who are already parties to the arbitration. and 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially imohrd in a question of law or fact \\hick is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and Which mill arise in such proceedings. and 16.4.3. file \\riven consent of the other person or entity sought to be included :old of OWNER an([ CONTRACTOR has been ob(ained for such inclusion. which consent shall make specific relcrence to this paragraph: but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically describe] in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 10.4. if it claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CON"IRAU-1OR imolwes the Work of a Subcontractor, either MNER or CONI"RACTOR may join such Subcontractor as it party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include ill all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration bcmeLn OWNER and CONTRACTOR inyohing the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in file provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim right or cause of action in ]]tor of Subcontractor and against MNFR. F.NGIN.I-,R or F.NGINEER'.s Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. ]he award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court hawing jurisdiction thereof, and it \will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR egret that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims. counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question betycen them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("dispute~'), to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the ('onsuvction industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand liar arbitration pursuant it) paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irre\ocably prejudice one of the parties. The respe Ike thirty and ten day time limits within \which to file a demand lirr arbitration as prmided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to it dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until tell days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall no( serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. OC-AI Ii1CDC (ifNERAL CONDI 1 IONS 1910-9 (1990 Edition) GC -A 1 nt%CITN OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9 94) SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Payment. Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment. of all bills and _ obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-fi.ve (45) clays after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and ail Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less t.han Y' of the total Bid must accompany _ each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to bidders. Sales I'rohihited/Conflict: of Int.erest.: !Jo officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest. in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, matoriai, supplies or services where such officer or emt:loyec� exercises directly or indirectly any decision-makirig authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of moneLary �aluc from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of. Fort Collins is prohibited 07/2001 city of horn G;llins amen B. O'�.1�G— Nei.l]., II, CPPO, FNfGP urchasing/Risk Management I)IreCtor Section 00020 Page 2 SECTION 00800 SUPPLF,MFNTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of 1-he Contract These Supp.lemenLary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (RJCDC General Conditions L910-3, 1990 edition with C.iLv of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Acid the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of l.he General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report.(s) of expl.oraLion and testa of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Proposed Homestead Park Ridgewood Hills 2'" Filing Residential Development Fort Collins, Colorado 'Perracon Project No. 20025043 April 15, 7002 Contractor may rely upcn the accuracy of 1-he Lechni.cai dat..i contained in the ge.otechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions conLai.ned -herein or upon the compleLeness of anv information i❑ Phc report. 5.9.8 Limitr; of. L.iabilit.'; ?,. ":dd the follo"ri.ng language at the end of paragraph The l.imiLs of liability for the .insurance required by Lhe Paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below arc as follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory I,i.mi_ts Coverage Ti - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waivoci by the Owner. 5.4.6'rhe Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have .limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CST,). 5.4.9This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CST,). 00800-1 ,XCTION 00900 ADDENDA, [MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 009S,0 Contract Chouule Order 00960 Application for I°avment 9/99 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITI,E: 110MESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723 CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NUM13ER: DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Desc.ri.piaon of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost 4. Change in Contract, Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST _ e.; .00 TOTAT, AP-rRO:'EI) CHR_NGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL PiENMN(.: CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TO' .M. 'Tll IIJ C;'rI NGi: CRDFR 0. 00 TOTAL OF T1I I S CHANGF ORDG;R TOTAL C.O.: : OI•' ORI6NINA1, CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00 (Assuming l L _Chance order.:> approved) -- - ------ .. — ACCEPTED RY: "n.r;:ctor'S Representati.vr-- —-- ACCEPTED Rs: Project- manager REVIKWED BY: Title: APPROVED BY: Title: DATE: DATE : APPROVED 1?Y: _ _ --_-_ DATE: P�irc:hasing AgenL over $30,000 cc: CiLv Clerk Contractor Project File Architect Engineer Purchasing 9/99 Section 00950 Page 1 Section 00960 Applicatio?: for payment. Tnsert pages 1 - 4 I .. OWNER: City or Pod Cd1ia EINiRJF.BR: CIIANOn ORDOM iluxa R DATii 1 7 3 APPLICATION FOR PAYIdBNT PROJECP: CONTRACPUR: ArrlkWm Is mrb rm Peymmt m dawn below In cmooctim with Cmimi AMOUIrr The pmeed eleae d dst eeeaum I" this Cc 1ma is as rolluwn Orlebul Caved Amwnb - Nd C3m;e by ❑uwye Otdcr: Omvd Cmdred Amse : T'oW Comrk" and 51m d to DMI= . Len Pmiau Arnie"": Amused Dust dde Arrike0m - Uelme Ra loft': Lae Rd&bigc: APPLICATION HUMIJIilt: APPLICA11UN DATU-. PERIOD BEOUINDIO: PERIOD INDINU: PR016CPNUMOER: S0.10 ou PAGE IUP4 } aer�de by t2rrde [hda $0.00 AAOUHT PUB T109 APPLICATION: $0-W CRRTIPJCATION: . 7M rmde+ kwd CONTRACTOR tat dot eIl culdime ofCONPRACPOR 6mrrtd in am IW whh du Work bmre basso mddiod a ngdred a P"rm6 113. d do Omve1 GLodiUme d dw Cmuml. T/st ebme Amm m DIM ibb APPOcIim is "9m'kd by dst CONTRACTOR. rq..m d du: ebwo Ammw Doc We ArrRcd - It rem by 60 BJJOINBBR. Peynml of do .bore Ammmt Duo This AppBcation ba Is— mrbwmi by list 0WNDIP9 fluted bdmeder. By: Wro-�-- Peypedd 6e ebme Amemt Duo Tbb APPlia" 11 W- dby do OWiUM om Im Numscs 1MTA19 COMRACi AMOUMS Nk Dma IW QawRy IIaW Price Amo001 Wmk CmoPlcld ihh Month Qty. Amomlt Al-PUCA71ON FOR PAYMENT Wmk CamOkmd Woak ComPldal I'MMM P."% To Nit ROY. Amoa01 Qty. Amouol slotd AleMrie6 11.6 I'." PAUE 2 01:4 T.AI 6,..d lb Ihuc 1'e....a 11,11.4 10.00 so.W fo.W $0.00 f0.W Il1k f0.00 . 10.W $D.W f0.W fk.W I:IIII SO.W- f0.01f $0.00 f0.00 fu.W I:1111 f0.00 10.00 10.00 f0.W MIMI 6NIt- - f0.00 10.00 f0.00 , $0.00 WIN WIR .10.00 $0.00 f0.(M $0.00 $O.W ERIC $0.00 f0.00 fO.W f0.00 fo.W I:kR SOM $0.00 - $0.00 f0.W MIX) I:Ilk f0.00 f0.00 f0.00 $0.00 f0.00 I:Rk' f0.00 f0.00 $0.00 so.W f0.W Uilt f0.00 f0.W f0.09 110.110 10.1m; IJJ( $0.00 $0.00 f0.O1 fO.W 10.00 I:NI. $0.00 f0.00 $0.00 f0.00 f0.W ERII $0.00 f0.00 f0.W f0.W fk.W JAN fO W f0.W f0.00 f0.00 30.011 IJ1k 10.00 $0.00 10.00 f0.09 10.1111 I -AR s0A0 10.00 10.00 40.00 TOM hkft $0.00 f0.00 10.00 $0.00 f0.00 Milt f0.00 40.00 f0.00 f0.90 10,00 1J01 f0.00 fo ' OWO $0.00 Woo $O.W IJIk $0 W s0.W f0.W f0.00 $0.00 I:kk $0.00 f0.00 $0.00 f0.00 f0.00 I:RR f0.00 f0.00 f0.00 f0.W 10.00 I:kk 10.00 ' 10.90 10.00 f0.00 1a W IJB P.M. f0.00 10.W f0.00 $11.00 I:Nk $0.90 $0.09 f0.W $0.00 10.W I:kk fo.W SO,W $0.00 $0.00 10.011 Will som . f0.00 f0.W f0.W f0.W I:kN f0.00 f0.00 $0.00 $11.913 $0.00 IJIM 10.00 f0.00 f0.00 10.W I:IIk $0.00 f0.00 s0.W f0.90 f0.00 I:I<k 10.00 f0.00 f0.90 f0.09 f0.W Hill . s0A0 f0.09 f0.W f0.00 f0.00 f0.09 eRlt L_ I i I_ ) I l I l l l[ I t)! I I) t I I) i)O 1 1 1 1 1) 1 1 STORED MATERIAL SUMMARY y ]"aim urbw Hwomb r DeomipAon On IIFod RFei"a ?Mims _ Thil Appli.tlos paial PAGE 4 U1:J la.wld Ihlllwal Thi. I hn Period Appik ll..n $111N $11.001 fll.lnl f11.IF1 f111n1 $11 owl fll,lb 111.IF1 f111F1 fll.lnl fll �nl - fll,lwl $1Y,Inl f11,IF1 fll.lnl so.lwl w.lnl w.Iwl VIM f0-al fmou sa.lnl )TALS I I L 1 I 1 I I t_ I I I L I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I CNANURORDERS APPUCAnoN PUR PAYMENT PACE 7 01:4 Work Cmopkled Wolk Compkkd Work Compkled SW"d CSC• Tkk Mom4 Pmvkm Paws To Data Melmi.k T.&I Oidm Uak - 'Iho Fi l Pewnn Nrm:m pmgiplko Q-Miy Ueik Pike AmmW Qly. Amount Qly. - Ammml W. Ameo01 Perimi To Mi. HOW som $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 1:1111 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $000 MOO i:la1 $0.00 10.00 10.0o $0.00 SO.W I:lllt $0.00 Suit; 10.00 so.00 sOAlt Hill s0.00 $0.00 10.00 $0.00 SUAG Will 10.00 $0.00 $0.00 so.00 SO.OQ Will sa.lro s6.00, so.00 Sn.00 10.09 taut $0.00 $0.00 $0.011 $0.00 S0.00 I;RIt $0.00 $0.00 - $0.00 Moo $0.09 clot sum $0.00 SO.w s0.011 $0.00 I:Il $0.00 $0.01) $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 141111 ' 10.00 10.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 1101 $0.00 $0.00 $0.09 $O.11o s0.110 INN $0.00 10.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 I:itit Sn.00 30.00 $0.00 $0.00 se..00 l:uil TaTAL CSSANU8 UHb6Y3 $0.00 SO.ao SO.00 $0.00 $0.00 SO.w I:NN 'rymos TMAlA $0.00 SO.ao 10.00 $0.00 $O.11o $0.00 I:NIt Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete Section 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete Section 03600 Grout DIVISION 4 MASONRY Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout Section 04150 Masonry Accessories Section 04200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 METALS Section 05120 Structural Steel Section 05500 Metal Fabrication DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Section 06600 Corian Counter Tops DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07150 Damp Proofing Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07610 Sheet Metal Roofing Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08111 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08710 Finish Hardware Section 08950 Translucent Wall System DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09900 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Section 10400 Section 10810 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT Not Used DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Not Used Painting Identifying Devices Toilet Accessories City of Fort Collins Table of Contents Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 :SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Section 15010 Section 15020 Section 15050 Section 15140 Section 15410 Section 15440 Section15750 Section 15850 Section 15880 Section 15950 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Basic Mechanical Requirements Mechanical and Electrical Coordination Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Irrigation Pump system Plumbing Piping Plumbing Fixtures Heat Transfer Air Handling Air Distribution Automatic Temperature Control Section 16000 General Electrical Section 16100 Basic Materials and Methods Section 16450 Grounding Section 16500 Lighting APPENDIX A Geotechnical Engineering Report APPENDIX B City of Fort Collins Stormwater Certification Form City of Fort Collins Table of Contents Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS PG. SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. _ 1 Cover Sheet 2 Existing Conditions/Demolition D-1 3 Grading Plan G-1 -- 4 Erosion Control Plan EC-1 5 Utility Plan U-1 _ 6 Sanitary Sewer Plan and Profile U-2 - 7 Layout Plan L-1 8 Core Area Layout CA-1 9 Core Area Layout Tables CA-2 ` 10 Architectural Plan A-1 11 Architectural Roof Framing A- 12 Architectural Elevations A-4 13 Architectural Elevations A-4 14 Architectural Sections A-5 15 Architectural Wall Sections A-6 16 Architectural Details A-7 17 Architectural Interior Elev./Details A-8 - 18 Window and Door Schedule A-9 19 Precast Details A-10 20 Alternate Details A-1 1 " 21 Foundation Plan S-1.1 22 Mechanical Plans and Details M-1 23 Electrical Details E-1 24 Irrigation Plan 1-1 25 Irrigation Details ID-2 ` 26 Irrigation Pump Plans and Details IP-1 27 Irrigation Pump Plans and Details IP-2 28 Landscape Plan and Details LA-1 29 Landscape Plan and Details LA-2 30 Site Details SD-1 31 Site Details SD-2 32 Site Details SD-3 33 Utility Details SD-4 City of Fort Collins Schedule of Drawings Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 ..r DIVISION 1 SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project. 1.02 Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the bid schedule. 1.03 City Furnished Materials A. None. 1.04 Conditions of Work A. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material storage shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City. B. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection. C. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no work on weekends or Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City. D. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of the project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter. 1.05 Project Cleanup A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from the start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required. 1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work and perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage. B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off -site. 1. Provide on -site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use. C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams or waterways. D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove all equipment, materials, and debris from the site including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned with dirt and grass surfaces raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces. Remaining dirt and fill material shall be removed, or may be scattered, with the approval of the City. 1.06 Trash Removal A. All non -salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp -covered or closed vehicles. Any materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately by Contractor. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 - PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 1.07 Verification of Dimensions A. The Contractor shall he responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field verify all dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with that phase of the work. 1.08 Fire Hydrants A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City's permission is required for connection to fire hydrants. Only _. compatible adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and installed by the Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall include backflow protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall he disconnected at the end _ of each working day. No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will he used. 1.09 Outages A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the proposed outage. The request shall be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown will occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately scheduled shall he submitted as a group. 1.10 Fill Material A. Excess fill material, including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete or asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State and local regulations. B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications. 1.11 Parking A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City. 1.12 Telephone A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may be contacted at any time during regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number for after -duty hours contact. 1.13 Sanitary Provisions A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type, proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets shall be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition _ existing prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans. 1.14 Pollution Abatement A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected. Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage. ...1 B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove all should such deposition occur. C. Burning of any material on site is prohibited. ^ City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 J D. Stream beds, lakes, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils, bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site, which contains harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas. All grading shall be accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing onto adjacent areas. E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area, with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the Contractor. F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used without prior approval of the City of Fort Collins. When approved, disposal of these materials or their containers will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations. 1.15 Protection of Property A. Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or off the site: and 2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring, bracing, or other means. C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances. 1.16 Survey Requirements A. Contractor shall perform all surveying necessary to complete the work. 1.17 Construction Superintendent A. The construction superintendent shall be at the job site any time work is being accomplished by any of the trades. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 3 of 3 SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 1,01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Definitions and Explanations: "Alternates" are defined as alternate products, materials, equipment, systems, methods, units of work for major elements of construction, which may, at Owner's option be selected for work in lieu of corresponding requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Selection may oom prior to Contract date or may be deferral for possible selection at subsequent date. 2. Alternates may or may not change soope and general character of work substantially. 3. Requirements for this Section may be rehtted to, but must not be confined with, requirements of r Contract Documents related to "unit prices", "change orders", "substitutions: and similar tams. B. Accepted Alternates: Refa to Owner-Centmdor Agreement and subsequent modifications thereof (if any) for determination of which Alternates listed have been accepted and are, therefore, in full force and effect as though originally included in Contract Documents for base bid. C. Notification: Immediately following award of contract, prepare and distribute to each entity or person to .. be involved in performance of work, notification of status of each alternate scheduled and including those subsequently added by notification during bidding. Indicate which alternates have been: (1) accepted, (2) rejected, and (3) deferred for consideration at later date as indicated. Include full description of negotiated modifications to alternates, if any. 1.02 GENERAL ALTERNATE REQUIREMENTS ,. A. General: Description for each alternate is recognized to be incomplete and abbreviated but implies that each change must be complete for scope of work affected Refer to applicable sections (Divisions 2 through 16) and to applicable Drawings for specific requirements of each alternate. Modify surrounding work as required to integrate with work of each alternate. Include as a part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, appurtenances, differences in utility or power requirements and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate. 1.03. ALTERNATIVES DESCRIPTIONS A. Alternate No. I - DELETE specttaghrm prefaced CMU at straight entry wall to rewooms. ADD 8"x8"xl6" standard CMU with integral color. B. Alternate No. 2 - DELETE restroom windows systems above curved CMU wall. ADD extended pored CMU wall to underside of 4"xl2" roof structure. Refer to details 2/AI 1, MA 11. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 01030 Alternates - 1 DIVISION 1, SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The City of Fort Collins Homestead Park improvements includes sidewalks; water, wastewater, and electric utilities; restroom; earthwork, irrigation, landscaping, and site furnishings. B. Protection and Restoration. 1. Replace to equal or better conditions all items removed and replaced or damaged during construction. Restore all areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions. 1.02 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school district when execution of the work may affect them. B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is necessary to temporarily deny access or services. C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities. D. Contact all agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify all agencies of the proposed scope of work schedule and any items that would affect their daily operation. E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for Contractor's convenience. Water - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681 Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6605 Sanitary Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681 Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553 Gas - Public Service Company of Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553 Telephone - U.S. West Communications 484-0300, 226-6310 Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6815 Cable Television - AT&T Cable Services 493-7400 Utility Locates - One -call System 1-800-922-1987 Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061 Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non -Emergency 221-6581/ Emergency 911 Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non -Emergency 221-6550 / Emergency 911 Larimer County Sheriffs Department - Non -Emergency 221-7177 Postmaster - United States Postal Service 482-2837 Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non -Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911 Public Transportation - TransFort 221-6620 Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815 City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK -� Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 J DIVISION 1.> : SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS PART 1 - SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPRESENTATION 1.01 General Investigations A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 1.02 Soil Conditions A. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the Owner or included in these Documents. Failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 1.03 Contractor Representation A. The Contractor warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract, and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the Owner. PART 2 - INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS 2.01 General Any information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the Engineer upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. A. Differing Subsurface Conditions: 1. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in writing of such changed conditions. 2. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer fords that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost and time be considers reasonable. The Owner will make City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 - SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. B. Underground Utilities: 1. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. 71re locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the Engineer for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE 3.01 General A. Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. B. Notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. C. The Contractor shall protect all utility poles from damage. If interference of power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors are encountered, notify the Owner's Representative and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. E. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. if the Contractor while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the Owners and the utility in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no case shall interruption of any water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. H. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. 3.02 Interfering Structures A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DFFINF.D 'GERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the Generai Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub - bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makos an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. i.cmplet.e. sets of Bidding Documents may be obLalneci is stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets wi..11 be .issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents :;hall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibili'lj for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.?. The submitted Bid proposal shall incLude Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, ,and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer., in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obLairiny Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant. for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit: at Lhe time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of precious experience, previous commitments and evidence of authoxi.ty to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant Lo obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 3.2. in accordance with Section 8-159 of Lhe Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (.1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform 7/96 Section 00100 Page 1 3.03 Field Relocation A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the Owner's Representative. If existing structures are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the Drawings, notify the Owner's Representative before continuing with the construction in order that the Owner's Representative may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Owner's Representative when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. 3.04 Easements A. Easements and permits will be obtained by the Owner where portions of the work are located on public or private property Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the Owner, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. The Contractor shall remove, protect, and replace all fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor will be required to famish the Owner with written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the Owner. B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permits will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permit has been secured. 3.05 Land Monuments A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative of any existing Federal, State, Town, County, and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the Contractors expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the Owner's Representative will have ample opportunity to notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 MI�{ y■ } r iaC' '� r .. .. SECTION 01200 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work completed under this contract. B. The bid price should cover all work required by this contract based upon the quantities outlined in the bid form. C. Where actual quantities differ from those outlined in the bid form; unit prices as stipulated in the bid form shall be utilized to compute payment. D. Where unit prices are not set forth on specific work, that work shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor. E. Quantities given in the bid form are estimates for the purpose of evaluating bids consequently some difference may arise in actual and bid quantities. 1.02 Lump Sum Prices A. Where lump sum (LS) prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during construction by change order, the price will include all materials, labor, overhead and any other cost incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. All unit prices for each item shall include its pro rats share of profits, taxes, and overhead, and are for the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors, unit prices must accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins 'SECTION 01200 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT s.. Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 ri MMON 1., SECTION 01300 - COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. In order to provide for an orderly progression of work, all parties involved in the construction will meet at various times during the project to discuss pertinent items regarding the work. B. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner that will facilitate progress of the Work. C. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing and manner of performance of operations that affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public safety. 1.02 Conferences A. The pre -construction conference will be held at a time to be determined by the Owner, after the award of the contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The meeting will involve the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor and representatives of the owners of utilities and other properties that will be directly affected by the work. Among the Contractor's representative on the site. The Contractor will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the pre - construction conference. 1 B. Hold conferences for coordination of the Work when necessary. C. The City may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others. 8 a 1.03 Progress Meetings A. Contractor and the City shall schedule and hold regular progress meetings at least weekly and at other times as requested by the City or required by the progress of the Work. B. Attendance shall include: 1. Contractor and Superintendent 2. Owners Representative 3. Landscape Architect 4. Others as may be requested by contractor, Landscape Architect or Owner C. Minimum Agenda shall include: 1. Review of work progress since last meeting 2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress 3. Review of any pending change orders 4. Revisions of Construction Schedule as appropriate 1.04 Job Site Administration A. Contract administration and construction observation services will be provided by the Owner. The Owner will make decisions regarding changes in the work and adjustments in contract quantities and/or unit prices. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division SECTION 01300 — COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01310 -CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ^ PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. Prepare detailed schedule of all construction operations and procurements after review of tentative schedule by parties attending the pre -construction conference. No work is to begin at the site until City's acceptance of the Construction Schedule. B. For special restrictions on float and time extensions reference is made to the Agreement. C. Milestones 1. Substantially complete with grading activities by September 30, 2002 2. Seed erosion control cover crop by October 4, 2002 1.02 Format and Submissions A. Prepare Construction and Procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying schedule and actual progress. B. Submit two copies of each schedule to owner for review. Owner will return one copy to contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others. 1.03 Progress Revisions A. Submit revised schedules and reports when changes are foreseen, when requested by City, and with each application for progress payment. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of other work. 1.04 Clty's Responsibility A. City's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and -- assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. B. It is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES .-. Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. 4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals plus additional copies as needed by the Contractor for distribution. The Owner will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or - modifications required. 5. Distribution: Pumish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. y a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.03 Samples A. Submit full-size, full -fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated l components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. 1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Include the W following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. r c. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. v 2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. _ b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. —� c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the �. Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicated special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. — d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner's property, are 1 the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. The Owner will review and return preliminary submittals with the Owner's notation, indicating selection and other action. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES .., Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 .r 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Owner will return one set marked with the action taken. 5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets maybe used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.04 Quality Assurance Submittals A. Submit quality -control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality -control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: an officer of the manufacturer or other authorized individual shall sign Certification documents. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control and Testing," and in the applicable technical specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01330 City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330- SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 omslok 1. SECTION 01340 -SURVEY DATA PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Survey Requirements A. Contractor is responsible for the layout of the Work. The City will not provide surveying. B. Base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, on established control points. Verify all established control points at site prior to laying out the work. C. Perform layout of the Work with qualified personnel. 1. At a minimum stake restroom foundation comers, and shelter corner and post locations. 2. At a minimum, stake concrete sidewalks, concrete pavement and concrete headers at grade changes, changes in horizontal alignment, and at 25-foot stations along the sidewalk centerline. D. All field books, notes, and other data developed by Contractor in performing surveys required by the Work will be available to City for examination throughout the construction period. 1.02 Submittals A. Submit to City all survey data with other documentation required for final acceptance. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA -. Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 W DIVISION 1iJx SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the City may require for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. Any product that becomes unfit for use after approval hereof shall not be incorporated into the work. 13. All materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Fumish the required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of the placing of orders to permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site of the work. C. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). D.. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, ctc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 Test Reports A. Submit 2 copies of the reports of all tests made by testing laboratories, plus copies to be returned to the contractor. 1.03 City's Responsibilities A. City of Fort Collins shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with the following testing: 1. Soils compaction tests. 2. Trench backfill. 3. Pipe and structural bedding. 4. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site. 5. Concrete, mortar and grout tests. 1.04 Contractor's Responsibilities A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following: 1. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications. 2. All re -testing for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.03 above. 3. Testing of pipe. 4. Vacuum testing of manholes. 5. Concrete materials and mix designs. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01400 — QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 6. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 7. Material Substitution -any test for basic material or fabrication of equipment offered as a substitution for a specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove it compliant with the specifications. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the Contractor does not have the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for hillier own information and job control so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for the cost or for giving them consideration when appraising quality materials. 1.05 Transmittal of Test Reports A. Submit 2 copies of each report of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractor for City Representative's review. The Owner's Representative will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. B. The testing laboratory retained by the Owner will famish three (3) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the City Representative and one (1) copy to the Contractor within seven (7) days after each test is completed. 1.06 Contraetoes Quality Control System A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional performance of this project. This control shall be established for all construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed by the City. Contractor's control system shall specifically include all testing required by the various sections of the Specifications. B. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule. C. Records: maintain correct records on an appropriate fort for all inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the City and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the Specifications. Provide copies to City in a reasonable time. D. Pipe alignment and grade is to be maintained through the use of suitable surveying instruments or laser equipment operated continuously during construction. Horizontal tolerances of+0.3 feel and vertical tolerances of + 0.1 feet maximum deviation from plan and construction staking are to be maintained, except that visible "snaking" of the horizontal alignment and changes in directions of slope will not be permitted. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division SECTION 01400 — QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Page 2 of 2 �. rl DI1/ISION 1 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.01 Noise Control A. Take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed in populated areas. B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the work. C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. 1.02 Dust Control A. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing. B. Earth and road surfaces subject to dusting due to construction activities and detouring of traffic shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. 1. Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation. 1.03 Pollution Control A. Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. 1. Retain all spent oils, hydraulic fluids and other petroleum fluids in containers for disposal off the site. 2. Prevent sediment, debris or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storm drains and culverts. 1.04 Erosion Control A. "Cake such measures as arc necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction activities. 1. Measures in general will include: a. Control of runoff. b. Trapping of sediment. c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure. d. Temporary materials such as hay bales, sandbags, plastic sheets, riprap or culverts to prevent the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be increased due to construction activities. B. Preserve natural vegetation to the greatest extent possible. C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize erosion. D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01500 —TEMPORARY CONTROLS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial _ resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials _.. and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the — 7ontract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work r so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder sha1.1 be in default on the performance of any other. contract _. with the Cily_ or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the Cit.v. 4.0 EXTIMINT.-riON CF CONTRACT m-ICUMENTS ANT) SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submi.tLing a Bid, to , (a) examine the Contract Documents thorouqhly, (b) visit the site to fami_iarizo himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect — cost, progress ur performance of the Work, (c) fami.l.iarize himself with federal, stale and local Laws, ordi.nances, rules and regulations that may '-" in anv manner affect cost, progross or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the — Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible reprosentation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of — this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope grid detail to indicate and convey under st.anding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.0 1NTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaninq or intent of the Bidding Documents are to 7/96 Section 00100 Page 2 " SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Utilities A. Furnish all utilities necessary for construction including, but not limited to temporary electric power and pay all cost associated with utilities during and used for the contract period. All temporary utilities installation shall meet the construction safety requirements of OSHA, State and local governing agencies. 1.02 Water A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining water for construction and shall pay all costs associated with establishing a temporary meter used during construction. 1.03 Sanitary Facilities A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the site in the vicinity of the construction for the needs of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construction periods. C. Enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. D. Obscure sanitary facilities from public view to the greatest extent practical. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01510 -TEMPORARY UTILITIES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION,1 :, SECTION 01570 -TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. Traffic Control necessary to complete the project as depicted in the plans and specifications will be provided by the Contractor and will not be paid for separately. B. The Contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with the City's Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must he submitted and approved 72 hours prior to starting construction and before making each modification. C. Conformance: City of Port Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Dept. of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. D. Limited closures may be permitted for short periods up to three days to allow installation of concrete pavement. Closures must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated closure. E. Limited alternating one-way traffic operation may be permitted during the hours from 9:00 A.M. to 3:30 P.M. One-way traffic operation must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated operation. 17. At all times, Contractor must maintain two-way traffic with a minimum of one lane of traffic in each direction. Limited closures may be allowed. G. The Contractor must coordinate with adjacent residents to provide and maintain them sufficient access during the duration of the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and communicate with the residents during construction. 11. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. 1. Keep fire hydrants and utility control devices free from obstruction and available for use at all times. J. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. K. Provide and maintain temporary approaches or crossings at streets, businesses, and residences. L. Keep roads open and in acceptable condition, unless closure or detour has been approved by City's Traffic Control Coordinator 72 hours prior to closure or detour. M. Define a temporary pedestrian access route for children coming from the surrounding neighborhoods. This pedestrian access route shall be located outside of the project limits. The pedestrian access route shall be kept free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials. 1.02 Traffic Control Plan A. Submit a detailed traffic control plan to Traffic Control Coordinator for review and acceptance. Plan must be accepted 72 hours prior to work commencing at the site. Maintain the accepted plan throughout all phases of construction. Provide copy to Owner prior to submittal. 1. Notify police, sheriff, ambulance services, and fire authorities of traffic control plan and the schedule of it. Distribute copies if requested. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 1.03 Flagmen A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. B. Shall be properly equipped and licensed. 1.04 Warning Signs and Lights A. Provide suitable barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment, piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. 1.05 Parking A. Provide suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project so as to avoid interference with private property, public traffic, City's operations, or construction activities. Such parking shall occur on the project site or another suitable location, approved by the City. 1.06 Roadway Usage between Operations A. At all times when Work is not actually in progress, Contractor shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and City and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 -TRAFFIC CONTROL Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. 1.03 Definitions A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes; ' "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well -recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "systems," and terms of similar intent. 2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.04 Submittals A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Owner. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. 1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column headings: a. Related Specifications Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days of date commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation of omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 4. Complete List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 5. Owner's Action: The Owner will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or products, but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Owner's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action. -- 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single ~J source. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of seeking between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work: 1. Not available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Delivery, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -tens storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. ^ 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are -- flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Delivery products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. ^ 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 Product Selection A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation. City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 3 1 Yil B. Product Selection procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. 2. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers or where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal," provide one of the products listed or comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" or obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 3. Nonproprietary Specification Requirements: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. 6. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 7. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Installation of Products A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 1 IYIJIV1�I.y l.;Ey,�rti i�' ,..:•e ' , . � . ea SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.03 Substantial Completion A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 1 of 6 B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Owner will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. If the Owner's Representative determines that the work is not substantially complete at the time of review or that deficiencies remain at time of compliance review, the Contractor shall pay for the additional review(s) by Owner's Representative. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 Status after Substantial Completion A. The date of substantial completion marks the beginning of the maintenance period defined in Section 02970 — Planting Maintenance. B. During maintenance period, the following conditions hold: 1. Insurance: Same as during construction. 2. Electricity and Irrigation Water: Supplied by Owner, as installed by Contractor under this contract. 3. Bonds: Remain in effect. 4. Retainage: Same as during construction. 1.05 Final Acceptance A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. G. Submits final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Owner will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. if the Work is incomplete, the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 6 1.06 Record Document Submittals A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Owner's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line while -prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Prior to Contract Closeout, obtain from the Owner a reproducible mylar copy of the Drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing." On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident Superintendent shall execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments, i affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate. "1 Signed: Date: Position: C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. " 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner. r D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division -. SECTION 01700 -CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 3 of 6 ,,,i 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Owner. F. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "tum-around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. 1.07 Warranties and Bonds A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. Maintain copies of all Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.08 Final Payment A. At the end of maintenance period, submit written certification that Contract Documents Work has been reviewed and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner Representative's review. B. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments and sum remaining due. C. Owner's Representative will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. D. Retainage will be held until advertisement for liens and encumbrances is completed. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 6 be subm.it.Led in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. interpretation or clarifications considered necessary i.n response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only quesLions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be ,without legal effect. 5.2.. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advi-:able by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BT.D SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must- be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNF,R in the amount stated in the Invitation Lc) Bid. The required security must be in the Corm of a certified or bank cashier's c•hPc:k payable to OWNER or a Bid Berid on Lhe form enclosed here.vilh. The Bid Bond rrnrsL be oxecuted by a :iure tLv meeLinq the requirements of the General COndit.i.Ons for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder: will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement rind furnished the required contract ,Pcur.i.ty, whereupon Bid Securi.Ly will be returned. It the successful fodder fails to execute .and (1elivPr the Agreement. and lurnish the required C:cnract- security within 1!j days of 1-11e N:)t.i.ce of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and Lhe Bid Security of that. Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chancre receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or Lhe thirty- first day after_ the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security wit-h Bids which are not competitive will be. returned within seven days r)(ter the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or I,he date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment: (the Contract Times) are set forth in the AgreemenL. 8.0 LIQUID.ATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the AgreemenL. 9.0 SUBSTiTUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATF,RIAL AND EQUIPMENT 7/96 Section 00100 Page 3 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Closeout Procedures A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.02 Final Cleaning A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 6 SECTION 01800 - DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS The following items describe the scope of work for this contract and are further clarified through limit -of -work lines, notes on the drawings and specifications. The work described in each Bid Item may contain work from one or several technical specification sections. The contractor shall refer to the technical specifications that apply to the individual components. Bid Item 1 — Bid Bond Bid Item 2 - Mobilization Includes mobilization, marshalling; disassembly and security of all items indicated on the plans or specifications. Bid Item 3 - Surveying Contractor shall furnish a licensed surveyor for construction staking and to verify grading and drainage for final Stormwater certification, see appendix B. Bid Item 4 — Safety Fencing Contractor shall provide and maintain safety fencing as shown on the drawings. Bid Item 5 - Demolition Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for demolition of items including clearing of vegetation. Bid Item 6 - Topsoil Contractor shall remove, stockpile and replace topsoil (4" depth) from limits of grading. Bid amount includes all labor, material, and equipment for a complete item. Bid Item 7- Earthwork - Cut Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for site earthwork including stockpiling; distributing; excavation; filling; rough grading; grading for pavement; core area/plaza; foundations and all related work as noted on the plans and specifications. Work includes placement of fill at 90% in non-structural areas and 95% in structural areas. Bid Item 8 — Earthwork —Import Fill Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for site earthwork including stockpiling; and placement of import fill at 90% in non-structural areas and 95% in structural areas. Bid Item 9 - Erosion Control: Bid amount includes all labor, equipment; materials and installation of three (3) straw bale barriers; maintenance and installation of 15061.f. silt fence. Bid Item 10 — Erosion Control Cover Crop: Contractor shall provide all seed, labor; equipment to seed annual rye cover crop for erosion control. This bid item includes removal of all vegetation before seeding operations in the spring. Bid Item 11 — Subdrains - Playground Contractor shall furnish and install 4" perforated sub -drains under playground. Bid Item 12 — Subdrains - Turf Contractor shall furnish and install 4" non -perforated sub -drains under turf area. City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - De0nition of Bid Items -� Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 1 of 4 Bid Item 13 - Domestic Water Service and Distribution Contractor shall furnish and install 194 l.f. of 2" water supply line with 2" meter, curb stops and blow -off valve. Bid amount includes all labor; excavation; equipment; meter; valves; backflow; 3/4" pipe and 2" pipe; bedding; backfill; compaction; grading; surface restoration; street repair; testing; and all related items for water supply to the restroom and drinking fountain. (Note: "rap fees to be paid by City) Bid Item 14 - Sanitary Sewer Service and Drinking Fountain Drain Contractor shall furnish and install 138 I.f. of 6" sanitary sewer pipe (1'.V.C. ASTM D3034, type PSM, SDR35) and four (4) clean outs. Bid amount includes all labor; equipment; pipe; bedding; excavation; de -watering; laying; backfilling; compaction; reestablishment of grades; surface restoration; street repair; and testing for all related work for the sanitary sewer and the drain from the drinking fountain. (Note: Tap fees to be paid by City) Bid Item 15 - Electrical Service and Distribution Contractor shall famish and install three-phase electrical service from transformer to irrigation pump, and single phase from irrigation pump to shelter as shown on the drawings. Distribution includes service to irrigation controller from restroom. City of Fort Collins will provide electric service to transformer. Bid Item 16 - 5" Thick Concrete Paving Concrete sidewalks and concrete slabs on grade. Bid amount includes all labor; equipment; sub -grade preparation; installation; concrete (3,500 psi); and earthwork for a complete item. Bid Item 17 - Entry Ramp at Playground Contractor shall provide all labor, material and equipment to construct one (1) playground ramp per drawings and specifications. Bid Item 18 — Entry Stairs at Core Area Contractor shall provide all labor, material and equipment to construct entry stairs as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes all labor; equipment; sub -grade preparation; installation, and reinforcement. Bid Item 19 — Playground Curb Contractor shall fumish all labor, equipment, and materials to construct the playground curb. Work includes earthwork; concrete; reinforcement; and finishing for a complete item. Bid Item 20 — Playground Header Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to construct the playground header. Work includes earthwork; concrete; reinforcement; and finishing for a complete item Bid Item 21 — Metal Railing Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to construct three (3) metal handrails as shown on the drawings. Bid Item 22 - Multi -use Concrete Courts Contractor shall provide all labor, material, and equipment to construct the multi -use courts (approximately 7803 s.f.) per drawings and specifications. Work includes minor earthwork, concrete, reinforcement, finishing, painting lines, backstop walls, basketball poles, backboards, rims and nets per manufacturer's specifications, drawings and details for a complete item. Bid Item 23 - Playground Safety Surfacing Includes all labor, materials, shipping, placement costs and all related work for the installation of 161 (loose) c.y. engineered wood mulch safety surfacing throughout the playground. Item includes 3,709 s.f. of Mirifr 140N Geotextile fabric installed under safety surfacing. City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 I Bid Item 24 — Restroom/Picnic Shelter Contractor shall furrlish and install restroom and shelter per drawings and specifications including; excavation; backfill; utility connections; footings and foundations; columns: tapering wall; electrical distribution; receptacles; lighting; mechanical; plumbing; fixtures; drinking fountain; roofing; painting; drains; doors and all related items per drawings and specifications. Bid amount includes all labor; equipment; material; City Building Code Inspections, earthwork. and all related equipment and materials for a complete item. (Note: Building permit fees to be paid by City) Bid Item 25 — S Curved Walls Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to construct three (3) curved feature walls as shown on the drawings. Work includes minor earthwork, concrete footings, block, and reinforcement. Bid Item 26 — S Curved Seat Walls Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to construct three (3) curved seat walls as shown on the drawings. Work includes minor earthwork, concrete footings, block, and reinforcement. Bid Item 27 - Fine Grading Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment to fine grade the site for preparation and installation of irrigation and seeding. Bid Item 28— Landscape Trees Contractor shall provide all labor, plants, fertilizer, mulch and other items for the planting of trees and shrubs per drawings and specifications. Bid Item 29 — Fescue Seed Contractor shall provide all soil preparation; fertilizer; herbicide; seed; labor; equipment and maintenance to seed Fescue areas. Bid Item 30 — Fescue Sod Contractor shall provide all soil preparation; fertilizer; herbicide; sod; labor; equipment and maintenance for fescue sod areas. 1 Bid Item 31 — Irrigation System -- Contractor shall install irrigation system per drawings and specifications. Bid amount includes all labor; equipment; material; trenching; electrical service connection; backfilling; compacting; fine grading and all other related work for a complete item. Bid Item 32 — Irrigation Pump Contractor shall provide all labor, material, and equipment to install prefabricated pump as shown on the drawings and specifications. ` Bid Item 33 — Plow Installation City will provide historic plow. Contractor shall provide all labor, material, and equipment to install per drawings for a complete item. Bid Item 34 — Barbecue Grills Contractor shall provide all labor; materials; and equipment to construct and install BBQ grills per manufacturer's specifications. Bid Item 35 — Bike Racks Contractor shall provide all labor; materials; and equipment to construct and install bike racks per manufacturer's specifications. City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 „� Bid Item 36 - Picnic Tables Contractor shall provide all labor; materials; and equipment to construct and install picnic tables per manufacturer's specifications. Bid Item 37 — Site Benches Contractor shall provide all labor; materials; and equipment to construct and install site benches per manufacturer's specifications. Bid Item 38 — Playground Equipment Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to construct and install specified playground equipment per drawings and manufacturer's specifications. Alternate Bid Item 1 Delete spectraglaze prefaced CMU at straight entry wall to restrooms. Add 8" x 8" x 16" standard CMU with integral color. Alternate Bid Item 2 Delete restroom window system above curved CMU wall. Add extended curved CMU wall to underside of 4" x 12" roof structure. Refer to details 2 & 3 sheet A-11. END OF SECTION END OF DIVISION 1 City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 DM _ION 2 SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Demolition or salvage and removal of boulders (if found) for re -use in landscape; and remove fencing, other plant material, and debris or other items on the site necessary for the construction of the project. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or supplements thereto in effect thirty (30) days before date of invitation shall apply. 1. City of Fort Collins, Street Cut and Excavation Repair Standards 2. City of Fort Collins, Stormwater Drainage Design and Construction Standards PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection and Reviews A. Schedule site meeting with Owner's Representative to verify and mark limits of demolition. 3.02 Protection A. Refer to the General Requirements for site protection and temporary controls. B. Erect barriers and warning signs as necessary to prevent injury to the public and construction personnel C. Protect features and areas not marked for demolition. Limit use of site to the delineated areas. D. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3.03 Demolition and Removal A. Items listed for salvage remain the property of the City. Items listed for demolition become the property of the Contractor. B. Remove from site items shown on demolition plan. C. Arrange for and pay costs associated with off -site disposal. 3.04 Hidden Conditions A. A hidden condition is any feature that could not be discovered or reasonably inferred from a careful inspection of the site prior to demolition. B. Promptly report hidden conditions to the Owner's Representative. C. Hidden conditions may cause damage to features that are to remain in a finished work if demolition operations continue. Stop demolition operations affected by hidden conditions until a determination is made by the Engineer. D. Bidden conditions may cause a change in contract time or price; refer to the General Conditions. END OF SECTION lily of Fort Collins Section 02050 - Demortson Pads Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02100 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Prepare the site for construction. B. Move in and move out personnel and equipment. C. Setup and remove temporary offices, buildings, facilities and utilities. 1.02 Site Conditions A. The City has provided the right-of-way, easement or project site for all permanent access or permanent construction for the project. Any additional access, access right-of-way, construction areas, or additional needed land which may be involved in the construction of this project shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The land owned by the City may be used as site headquarters, storage yard, or base of operations provided that the use of said land meets with all of the requirements and restrictions imposed by the City at the time of usage. 1.03 Site Preparation for Contractor Occupancy A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities as required for performing the work. 'I he Contractor shall secure and maintain proper storage areas for equipment and materials it] locations she/he may deem necessary for the proper execution of the job as approved by the City Representative. No storage yard or project headquarters site may be utilized in conflict with objections from the adjacent property owners unless the Contractor obtains from lire City specific written permission for such objectionable use. No objectionable material wilt be allowed to blow from, wash off or drain off of any storage yard on to adjacent property. B. The Contractor shall maintain all storage yards in as neat and orderly a manner as possible, allowing no accumulation of waste materials or disposal piles. The Contractor may construct a temporary security fence for the protection of materials, tools, and equipment. 17tc fence shall be maintained during the construction period. Upon completion of work, the security fence shall be removed from the site. The Contractor shall provide adequate parking facilities within the designated area for personnel working on the project. C. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits for connection to necessary services provided by utility companies serving the project area. D. Materials, equipment, and work required for temporary storm water management during the construction period shall be provided by the Contractor as required to ensure public safety and to protect the work in progress and materials stored on site. 1.04 Damage or Use -Fee Claims A. Any damage or use -fee claims filed against the Contractor may become a part of the final settlement of this project and may be cause for delay of final acceptance or delay of final payment. City of Fort Collins Section 02100 — Mobilization Park Planning and Development Division Page 1 of 2 PART 2-NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Obstructions A. The location of some utilities and obstructions may not be shown. Bidders are advised to carefully inspect the existing facilities before preparing their proposals. The removal and replacement of minor obstructions such as electrical conduits, air, water, and waste piping and similar items shall be anticipated and accomplished, even though not shown or specifically mentioned. Major obstructions encountered that are not shown on the Contract Drawings or could not have been foreseen by visual inspection of the site prior to bidding should immediately be brought to the attention of the City Representative. The City Representative will make a determination for proceeding with the work. If the City Representative finds that the obstruction adversely affects the Contractor's costs or schedule for completion, a proper adjustment to the Contract will be made in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.02 Demolition A. Any pipes or existing structures encountered during construction shall be preserved until accepted for removal by the City Representative. The Contractor shall be required to repair pipes or structures in use that are damaged during construction at no cost to the City. The removal of abandoned pipes shall be reviewed by the City Representative. 3.03 Removal and Salvage of Materials A. The Contractor shall carefully remove materials specified to be reused or salvaged so as not to damage the material. Reuse by the Contractor ol'salvaged material will not be permitted, except as specifically shown or specified herein. Existing materials to be removed or replaced and not specifically designated for salvage shall become the property of the Contractor. Provide and maintain dust tight temporary partitions, bulkheads, or other protective devices during the construction to permit normal operation of the existing facilities. Construct partitions of plywood, insulating board, plastic sheets, or similar material. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02100 —Mobilization Park Planning and Development Division Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK AND GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Stockpiling of topsoil B. Grading to contours within specified tolerances, cutting, and filling. C. Establishment of subgrades, compacting, and preparing the site for paving and vegetation. D. Erosion control measures E. The Contractor shall perform all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of material encountered, as specified or required in order to accomplish the construction. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 01025 -Measurement and Payment: requirements applicable to unit prices for the work of this section. B. Section 01400 -'resting Laboratory Services: testing compaction of earth fill areas. C. Section 02110 - Site Clearing: stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 1.03 Unit Price Measurement and Payment A. 'Topsoil: by the percent complete as determined by the schedule of values. Includes removing, stockpiling, and redistributing topsoil. B. Subsoil: by the percent complete as determined by completed progress topographic surveys. C. Erosion control: by the percent complete. 1.04 Project Record Documents A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record actual location of utilities remaining by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. C. Accurately document finished grades and other information for use in preparing the City of Port Collins Drainage Certification. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Reference standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or supplement thereto in effect thirty days (30) before the date of bid invitation shall apply. 1. American Association of Slate Ilighway and Transportation Officials (AASTITO). City of Fort Collins Section 02200 - Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 8 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1.06 Submittals A. Submit reports of testing service: Contractor shall provide soil testing service for quality control testing of soil compaction during earthwork operations, as required under City rules and regulations. Contractor will coordinate schedules with the Engineer in order to allow for adequate time to conduct tests. B. Testing Methods and Frequency Testing shall be done with the following methods and frequency: Item AASHTO ASTM Sampling T 87 D 420 Soil Classification M 145 D 3282 Moisture -Density (Proctor) T 99 D 698 Density (Nuclear) Moisture Content (Nuclear) 1.06 City Furnished Materials A. None, unless otherwise noted on the Bid Schedule. 1.07 Site Conditions T 180 D 1557 T 238 D 2922 T 239 D 3017 A. A geotechnical investigation may have been performed for the City in order to obtain relative data concerning the character of material in and upon which the project is to be built. If an investigation has been performed the information will be available to the Contractor for information purposes only, and is not to be considered a part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the kind and type of soil to be encountered and any water conditions that might affect the construction of the project. B. The locations of existing utilities are shown in an approximate way only and not all utilities may be shown. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities prior to commencing work. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all damages that might be occasioned by his failure to exactly locate and preserve any and all utilities. If utilities are to remain in place, the Contractor shall provide adequate means of support and protection during construction. C. Should drawn, or incorrectly drawn, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, the Contractor shall advise the City within thirty (30) minutes of encountering the utility. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation to the satisfaction of the respective owners. The City reserves the right to perform any and all work required should the Contractor fail to cooperate with the respective companies, and back charge the Contractor for any and all expenses. My of Fort Collins Section 02200 - Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Derision Page 2 of 8 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings orspecified in Lhe Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material. or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable t.o Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective _ date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the ... General Conditions which may be supplemented in Lhe General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS -;ND OTHKRS 10.1. Each 13idder shall submit aL the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either. may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OGINER may award the contract to the next lo,Iest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable suhc.•ontr=ictors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and Lo whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed _ acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the ei.fect.ive data of the Agreement as provident .in the General — Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required ro employ unv subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against wham he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be reLai.ned by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with tire Bid. ^ 11.2. Rid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All. lump sums prices on r the form must. be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict., words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the - president or a vine -president- (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority t.o sign) and the corporate sea]. shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The. corporaLe address ., and stat.e of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 4 D. The Contractor shall provide barricades and signs in accordance with the Uniform Manual of Traffic Control Devices where applicable. The Contractor shall maintain all devices in a working manner. E. Limit of Operations: 1. The Contractor will limit his operations to only those areas identified on the drawings. If the remaining area of the site is disturbed, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor will repair and re -seed the disturbed area. All costs of this work will be home solely by the Contractor. 2. If unauthorized over -excavation occurs, the Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of The area, backfilling with approved material, and compacting to the specified density. F. Drainage: Maintain the excavations and site free from water throughout the course of the project. G. Interruption of Service: 1. Coordinate interruption of utility services with the Owner and the utility operator. Make connections to the existing system requiring the service interruption during the time designated by the Owner (weekends, nights, holidays). 2. Obtain permission to cut and replace existing service lines. Notify affected users two hours in advance of interruption and restore service within four hours after interruption. Repair damage at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Operate valves or other controls on the existing system only after obtaining Owner approval. 11. Limit of Operations: 1. The Contractor will limit his operations to only those areas identified on the drawings. If any other areas are disturbed in the Owner's opinion, the Contractor will repair and re -plant or re- seed disturbance at the Contractor's expense. 2. If unauthorized over -excavation occurs, the Contractor is responsible for the repair of the area, backfilling with approved material, and compacting to the specified density. 1. Erosion Control: The Contractor will follow the requirements of the Erosion Control Plan. The Contractor's earthwork schedule is to be identified and submitted on the schedule required by the General Conditions of the Contract. The Contractor will implement erosion control measures as described and herein referenced by the City of Fort Collins Erosion Control Manual. 1.08 Material Imports and Exports A. Waste or demolition material, including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete or asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations. B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications. City of Fort Collins Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 8 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Soil Materials A. Coarse -grained soils free from debris, roots, organic material, and non -mineral matter containing no particles larger than 4-inch size and classified as either: 1. Sands with fines (SM, SC) and less than 25 percent of the soil particles passing the No. 200 sieve, or 2. Clean sands (SW, SP) 3. Native soils as determined acceptable by the Engineer. 2.02 Filter Fabric A. Filter Fabric shall be Typar 3451 W, Mirafi 70OX or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Field measurements: Before commencing work, locate all baselines and coordinates required for control of the work, establish required grade staking for control of excavation, fill and embankment construction. Field verify by excavation the location all utility crossings, service connections, and connections to existing lines before proceeding with earthwork. B. Layout Lines and Levels: I . Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 2. The drawings indicate existing elevations and proposed elevations. The existing elevations and proposed are given for the convenience of the Contractor to assist him in arriving at the quantities of excavation, grading, backfrlling etc. 3. Before earthwork operations are started, all construction items shall be completely staked out for the Owner's approval. For any area with a two- percent slope or flatter, the Contractor shall lay out a 50-foot on -center grid and calculate the exact elevation at every intersection of the grid lines. These calculations will be approved by the Owner's Representative. For complex "dune" area grading in the southern and eastern areas of the park, the contractor shall exercise craftsmanship and diligence in the establishment and layout of detailed slopes and precise landform shapes. Additional surveying and smaller equipment are likely to be required to precisely achieve specified convex and concave dune -like grades in these areas to the specified tolerances. 4. Preliminary grade stakes for subgrade elevations shall be set at 50 feet on center for the center line of walks; all drainage awaits; breaks in grade; spot elevations; and as otherwise required to complete the work of this section to the elevations shown on the Drawings or as modified in the field by the Owner. 5. Protect benchmarks, temporary benchmarks, survey control points, sidewalks, paving, curbs, existing above and below grade utilities, and existing vegetation that is to remain from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. My of Fat Collin sec0on 02200 - Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 8 C. Removal of Topsoil: Strip existing earthen material (topsoil) to a depth of 4 inches over the entire site. Stockpile on site in area approved by Owner's Representative. Keep topsoil segregated. Place, grade, and shape stockpile for proper drainage. 3.02 Excavation A. Prior to beginning excavation operations, accomplish all site preparation in accordance with these specifications. Perform excavation of every description to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings. B. Complete excavation work to the grade elevations shown on the drawings for all areas to be paved. 3.03 Clearing the Site A. All areas underlying new structures, paved areas, site fills and embankments shall be cleared of stumps, shrubs, brush, and other vegetative growth. B. Any material containing roots, grasses and other deleterious or organic matter generally found in the top four to six inches of undisturbed natural terrain shall be stripped from all areas requiring excavation, grading, trenching, subgrade preparation for foundations and embankment work. The City will require stripped topsoil deemed suitable for spreading over the finished grades to be stockpiled and preserved until the finished grading operation, at which time it shall be spread uniformly over areas to be seeded or sodded. C. Upon completion of the project, completion of a particular phase of the project, or termination of the use of any particular area, site, storage yard right-of-way or easement, the Contractor shall promptly and neatly clean up the area and re-establish the ground to the contours required by the project or conditions prior to project commencement. 3.04 Earth Fill Construction A. Install the work in accordance with the Geotechnical Engineering Report and in accordance with the City of Port Collins standards. B. The Contractor shall perform all grading to the lines and grades specified and/or established by the Engineer, with an appropriate allowance for topsoil. All slopes shall be free of all exposed roots and stones exceeding 3-inch diameter, which are loose and liable to fall. Tops of banks shall be rounded to circular curves not less than G-feet in radius or as shown on the drawings. C. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and smoothly trimmed. Topsoil shall be replaced to a depth of 4-inches in areas to be revegetated. D. The Contractor shall protect the fill against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 degrees P (1 degree C). 3.05 Compaction A. The Contractor shall meet minimum percentage density specified for each area classification as follows. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the City of Fort Collins Section 02200 - Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 8 indicated percentages of maximum density relationship determined in accordance with ASTM D 698. 1. Foundations, Paved Areas, Utilities, and Sidewalks - 95 percent 2. Unpaved Areas - 90 percent B. Control moisture content within 2% of optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 698. Where subgrade or layer of soil material is too dry to permit compaction to the specified density, uniformly apply water to surface of cut area, subgrade, or loosely placed layer of soil material. Mix soil and applied water by blading, disking, or other methods to achieve uniform moisture content throughout the soil mass to be compacted. C. Remove and replace, or, scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by disking, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. D. Puddling is not an acceptable method of compaction. 3.06 Grading A. Paved Areas: Immediately prior to placing structural pavements, shape area to the required lines, grades, and limits to enable achievement of the finished elevations indicated and roll with an approved heavy vibratory roller until compacted to the specified density. Maintain moisture content within 2% of optilnum during final rolling and until subgrade is covered by subsequent construction. Remove loose material and protect subgrade until covered. B. Landscape Area and Remainder of Site: 1. Rough grade areas as indicated on grading plan to 4 inches below finish grade. After rough grading is finished, compacted and approved, scarify area to a depth of at least 6 inches. 2. Place previously stockpiled topsoil in all areas within the limits of the project not indicated to receive subsequent foundations, slabs on grade, walks, safety surfacing or other similar materials. 3. Uniformly distribute topsoil on the disturbed area and evenly spread to a thickness of 4 inches deep after light compaction. Perform spreading so that planting can proceed with little additional soil preparation or tillage. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is frozen, excessively wet, extremely dry or in a condition otherwise detrimental to specified grading, seeding and planting specifications. C. Finish Grading_ 1. Grade all excavated sections, filled sections, construction disturbed areas and adjacent transition areas to finish elevation. Make finished surfaces smooth, compacted and free from irregular surface changes. Remove all construction debris. 2. Unless indicated otherwise on drawings, finish grade area adjacent to sidewalks and pavements to '/2 inch below finish elevation of sidewalk and pavement. Gty of Fat Collins Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 8 3. Grades not othenvise indicated shall be uniform levels or slopes between such points and existing finish grade. Abrupt change in slopes shall be rounded. 3.07 Tolerances A. Tolerances for areas to receive paving shall be plus or minus 0.05 foot. In the areas to receive new vegetation and the remainder of the site, tolerances shall be within plus or minus 0.10 foot. 3.08 Field Quality Control A. Section 01400 —Quality Assurance: Field inspection and testing. B. Testing: In accordance with AASiITO T180. C. Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and till layers before further construction work is performed. Notify testing service not less than 8 working hours in advance. Testing shall be at the discretion of the Owner. D. If tests indicate that the Work does not meet the specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. E. Verification of grading within allowable tolerances shall be conducted as requested by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide all necessary surveying equipment and a survey crew, if requested by the Owner. If, in the opinion of the Owner, the grading does not conform to the rcugired grades and tolerances, the Contractor shall regrade the area and bear all costs associated with the regrading and reverification until the specifications are met. 3.09 Settlement A. Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, the Contractor shall scarify the ground surface, re -shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. B. Any settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built over the backtill or fill, which may occur within the guarantee period in the General Conditions will be considered to be caused by improper compaction methods and shall be corrected at no cost to the City. Any structure damaged by settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 3.10 Disposal of Excess Excavation and Waste Materials A. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess excavated material not required for fill out -site, as directed by the Engineer. The grading design is intended to balance on site. Utility trench excavation material was not included in the calculation of earthwork balance. B. The Contractor shall remove and be responsible for legally disposing of excess fill material not placed on -site, waste materials, trash and debris. C. The Contractor shall conduct all site grading operations and other construction activities to minimize erosion of site soil materials. The contractor shall be responsible to maintain streets/public right-of-way daily by removing any spillage of dirt, rocks or debris from equipment entering or leaving the site. City of Fort Collins Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development Division page 7 of 8 3.11 Dust Control A. Obtain Larimer County Fugitive Dust Permit. B. Control the amount of dust generated from construction to prevent hazardous conditions or public nuisance. Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in hazardous conditions such as ice, flooding, or pollution. Blowing dust will not be pertained. 3.12 Cleaning During and upon completion of earthwork operations, clean areas within contract limits and within the public rights -of -way. Remove tools and equipment. Provide site clear, clean, free of debris, and suitable for site work operations. END OF SECTION City of Fort Cotlins Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading Park Planning & Development DWlsion Page 8 of 8 DIVISION 2, SECTION 02221-TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Scope Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment, and perform all operations to complete trenching, including excavation, subgrade preparation, drainage, filter fabric installation, bedding, backfilling, compacting, and finish grading for underground pipelines, service lines, sleeving, and appurtenances as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 Related Work A. Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading. B. Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving. C. Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply. D. Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewerage Systems. E. Section 02810 — Irrigation. F. Section 16000 — General Electrical. 1.03 Protection A. Obtain utility locations before commencing work. Protect all existing underground utilities, above ground structures or plantings, or repair to original condition. PART 2 MATERIALS: 2.01 Trench Backfill Material A. Trench excavation or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other organic matter, cinders or other corrosive material, debris, and rocks or stones greater than 2 inches in any dimension. 2.02 Other A. Bedding, piping, filter fabric, and other materials specified on the drawings and in related sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Remove and stockpile topsoil from areas to be disturbed by construction. Keep topsoil segregated from non -organic trench excavation materials and debris. 3.02 Trenching A. Excavate trenches by open cut methods. Segregate suitable backfill. Rough trench excavation will leave trench with uniform width and vertical sidewalls from an elevation one foot above the top of installed pipe to the bottom of pipe. City of Fort Collins Section 02221 —Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 B. Minimum trench width will provide 6-inch space between pipe wall and side of trench. Maximum trench width will be shown on die drawings or in the appropriate pipeline section. If not specified elsewhere the maximum trench width is the pipe O.D. plus 20 inches. C. Grade trench bottom to provide uniform clearance for bedding material. De -water trench. Remove loose material and foreign objects. When required, install filter fabric per manufacturer's specifications. D. Unstable subgrade is not expected. If unstable subgrade material is encountered, report the condition to the Owner. Remedy and payment for subgradc stabilization will be based on the actual conditions encountered. 3.03 Bedding A. Pipe will be bedded in accordance with the detailed drawings or the appropriate pipeline specification. 3.04 Backfilling and Compaction A. Backfill trench promptly after completion of pipe bedding. B. Deposit material in uniform layers with thickness commensurate with the soil encountered and the compaction equipment used. C. Compaction requirements will be made at the moisture content and will meet the densities, by zone, specified in Section 02200 - Earthwork and Grading. D. Coordinate and schedule compaction tests with City Representative. 3.05 Surface Restoration A. Restore pavements according to City of port Collins Standards. B. Restore landscaped areas according to Section 02900 - Landscaping. I_#U111a1IR3*41116U] City of Fort Collins Section 02221 - Trenching, Baekfilling and Compacting Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 DIVISION ;2 SECTION 02250-TOPSOIL PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. 'rhis work shall consist of excavating, stockpiling, and placing topsoil on the project site ( and/or furnishing, hauling, and stockpiling) and placing topsoil from approved sources. This work shall also include preservation of vegetation and objects designated to remain from injury or defacement. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 Topsoil A. Topsoil shall consist of the organic growing layer of soil which is reasonable free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances or other material which would be detrimental to proper development of vegetative growth. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Protection of Existing Improvements A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on City's property C. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, acceptable to parities having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated material within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. E. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during the course of construction operations. F. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2" diameter cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt, or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. G. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees which cannot by repaired and restored to full growth status, as determined by the City. 3.02 Construction Requirements A. Materials selected for topsoil shall be excavated and stockpiled (and/or furnished, hauled, and stockpiled) and placed at the site and graded. Topsoil shall be placed directly upon constructed cut and fill slopes without the use of stockpiles whenever conditions and the progress or work will permit. City of Fort Collins Section 02250 — Topsoil Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. C. Limit stripping to limits of construction shown on the drawings; or to as small an area as practical within the right-of-way or limits of construction. D. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. E. Where trees or bushes are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping a sufficient distance form the trees or bushes to prevent damage to main root system. F. Stockpile topsoil in storage areas designated or agreed to prior to starting work. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if required to prevent wind-blown dust. Maintain topsoil free from contamination. G. The area where topsoil shall be removed are: 1. Where final contours on the drawings indicate excavation or filling. 2. Under all asphalt parking and drive areas. 3. Under all walkways. 4. Under all graveled driveways and storage areas. 5. Under all new building sites. B. Topsoil shall be placed and graded in landscaped areas. Placement shall not impede drainage patterns. Topsoil shall not be placed until the areas to be covered have been properly prepared and grading operations in the area have been completed. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02250 — Topsoil Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in Lhe Partnership name signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and official address of the partnership must: be shown below ;he signature. and the 11.5. Bids by joint: venture shall be signed by oach p:lr,Fl-cipant in joint venture or. by an authorized agent of each partA cipant• The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be li.sl.ed on the Form. the Bid 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of rccei.pt of all Addenda (the numbers of which roust be filled in on the Bid Form). 1.1.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed torma therefore, by e..rasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless cacti such aiteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to .identifv any alteration so .initialed. 11.8. The ,.iddress and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall- be shown. 12.0 RTD PR1CiNG. Bid: must be pr.i.cad as set forth in fire Bid Schedule o: .;ohedules. 13.o SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at. Lhe time and plat:e indicated in the Invitation L.o Pdd and shall bc: enc•lo;Pd .in an opaque s,eaJ(�d envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and Iddree;s or fhe Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Corm, BJd BoncJ, :;Lat:ement of Bidders Quali.fidalions, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required .in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail. or other delivery system, the sealed envolope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bici, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after. the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Or.aJ, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 1.3.4, No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. f/96 Section 00100 page 5 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02270 — SLOPE PROTECTION AND EROSION CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Description A. Erosion control materials required within the project site as shown on the plans. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Erosion Control Materials A. "Envirofence" silt fence system manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., or equal B. Curlex erosion control blanket manufactured by American Excelsior Company, or equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All erosion control products and materials will be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the plans. 13. All sediment barriers shall remain in place until seeding has been established, at which time they shall be removed by the contractor. 3.02 Silt Fence A. The height of a silt fence shall not exceed 36 inches (higher fences may impound volumes of water sufficient to cause failure of the structure). 13. The filter fabric shall be purchased in a continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of joints. When joints are necessary, filter cloth shall be spliced together only at a support post, with a minimum 6-inch overlap, and securely sealed. C. posts shall be spaced a maximum of 10 feet apart at the barrier location and driven securely into the ground (minimum of 12 inches). When extra strength fabric is used without the wire support fence, post spacing shall not exceed 6 feet. D. A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches wide and 4 inches deep along the line of posts and up slope from the barrier. E. When standard strength filter fabric is used, a wire mesh support fence shall be fastened securely to the up sloped side of the posts using heavy duty wire staples at least 1 inch long, tie wires or hog rings. The wire shall extend into the trench a minimum of 2 inches and shall not extend more than 36 inches above the original ground surface. F. The standard strength filter fabric shall be stapled or wired to the fence, and 8 inches of the fabric shall be extended into the trench. The fabric shall not extend more than 36 arches above the original ground surface. Filter fabric shall not be stapled to existing trees. G. When extra strength filter fabric and closer post spacing are used, the wire mesh support fence may be eliminated. In such a case, the filler fabric is stapled or wired directly to the posts with all other provisions of Item F applying. H. The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter fabric. I. Sill fences shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose, but not before the up slope area has been permanently stabilized. City of Fort Collins Section 02270 — Erosion Control Parks Planning and Development Division Page 1 of 2 PART 4 - MAINTENANCE 4.01 Silt Fences A. Silt fences and filter barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and at least daily during prolonged rainfall. Any required repairs shall be made immediately. B. Should the fabric on a sill fence or filter barrier decompose or become ineffective prior to the end of the expected usable life and the barrier still be necessary, the fabric shall be replaced promptly. C. Sediment deposits should be removed after each storm event. They must be removed when deposits reach approximately one-half the height of the barrier. D. Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the silt fence or filter barrier is no longer required shall be dressed to conform with existing grade, prepared and seeded. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02270 — Erosion Control Parks Planning and Development Division Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02520 — PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1-GENERAL Scope A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of concrete paving as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: B. Subgradc preparation for plazas, walks, ramps, playground curbs and headers. C. Form work. D. Reinforcement. E. Surface finish. F. Construction, expansion and control joints. G. Curing. H. Concrete plazas, sidewalks, ramps, playground curbs and headers. I. Interior slabs -on -grade in restroom, etc. Work Not Included A. Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections: B. Excavation and backfill. C. Earthwork and grading. D. Cast -in -place structural concrete or precast concrete, such as foundations, drainage appurtenances, and pad and building. E. Joint sealers. Related Work A. Division 2 - Site Work: a. Section 02050 - Demolition. b. Section 02200 - Earthwork/Grading. c. Section 02221 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction. B. Not Used C. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 07900 -- Joint Sealers. References A. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ASTM C33 -Concrete Aggregate. C. ASTM C150 -Portland Cement. City of Fart Collins SECTION 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11 D. ASTM C260 -Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. E. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. F. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. G. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. H. ACI 306R -Cold Weather Concreting. I. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. J. ACI 309 - Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete. K. ACI 318-89 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. Regulatory Requirements: A. Conform to applicable code of governing authority for paving work within public right-of-way. Tests: A. Submit proposed mix design to testing laboratory for review prior to commencement of work. For standard premix concrete mixes, the supplier's quality control records may be substituted for job mix testing. B. Concrete Testing Service: Contractor will engage a testing laboratory to perform materials evaluation, testing and design of concrete mixes as approved by Owner. All testing costs will be bome by the Contractor. Should any test(s) fail to meet the specifications, the cost of the failed test and all subsequent testing shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Coordinate and schedule sampling testing during concrete placement with City Representative. Submittals: A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300 -Submittals. B. Submit data on admixtures and curing compounds. C. Submit a ten pound sample of aggregate for exposed aggregate finish. D. Submit manufacturer's data on leave -in -place construction joint form Test Panels: A. Provide a 3' x 3' test panel for finish and tooling of joints for Owner approval. Provide one panel for each pavement type specified. In casting the panels, use personnel and methods to be employed on the work. B. If sample disapproved, cast additional samples until approval is obtained. Maintain test panel on site until finished work is accepted. Test panel will represent minimum workmanship standard. C. Work completed prior to text panel approval shall be subject to removal and replacement at Owner's request. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 Concrete Materials: A. General: Provide materials of same brand and source throughout the project unless otherwise noted. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type 1/I1, gray color. City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 2 of 11 C. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. In addition, the combined aggregate shall comply with the following gradation, shown in percent passing. Sieve Size '/4-Inch Nominal Maximum Sue 'G Inch 90 — 100 3/81nch 60 — 80 No. 4 40 — 60 No. 8 30 — 45 No. 16 20 — 35 No. 30 13 -- 23 No. 50 5 — 15 No. 100 0-5 D. Coarse Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Finish: 5/8-incb maximum size; rounded shape, ratio of maximum to minimum dimensions not to exceed 2.5:1; color to be tan to brown, no more than 2% white or black combined, no pink, no red, no green. E. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 Form Materials: A. Slab Edges: Two by lumber permitted for surfaces not exposed to view in the final work. Use concrete -form grade hardboard, "plyfomr" grade plywood, or metal for forming surfaces exposed to view. Forms shall be straight and sufficiently stiff and well braced to meet line tolerances specified in Part 3. B. Keyed Joint Form: Wooden key or leave -in -place metal construction joint form. C. Form Coatings: Commercial form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.03 Reinforcement: A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet -steel bars, uncoated finish. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Smooth wire, ASTM A185, uncoated finish, flat sheets. C. Fibermesh: Bundled, fibrillated, virgin polypropylene fibers manufactured for use in premix concrete and having the following characteristics: 1. Special Gravity: 0.91. 2. Tensile Strength: 70 to 100 ksi. 1 3. Fiber Lengths: '/2 inch,'/. inch. 4. Accepted Materials: "Fibermesh" by Fibermesh Company of Chattanooga, TN; or "Forta CR" by Forta Corporation of Groove City, PA. D. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 or 60 ksi yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish; matched sleeve and cap one end. Provide dowel basket to hold dowels in parallel alignment. 2.04 Admixtures: A. General: Unless specified in the mix or directed in Part 3, no admixtures shall be used without approval of the Owner's Representative. Do not use admixtures that would result in mixing water with a concentration of more than 150 ppm of chloride ion. City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 11 B. Air Entraining: ASTM C260. C. Water Reducing: ASTM C494, Type A. D. Accelerator: Nonchloride, ASTM C494, Type C or E. E. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. F. Color Agent: Davis Colors of Los Angeles, Califomia. 2.05 Related Materials: A. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1752, closed cell polyethylene, '/2 inch thickness. B. Joint Sealant: See Section 07000. C. Surface Retardant: Surface retarding agent intended for exposed aggregate. Retardx-SRO" by Prokrete of Denver, Colorado, or approved equal. D. Curing Compound for Standard Non -Colored Walks, Curbs, Gutters, Etc: White pigmented, wax - resin based compound, ASTM C309, Type I, Class A. Recommended by manufacturer for use on exterior sidewalks and driveways. E. Curing Compound for Concrete with Coloring Agent: Davis Seal Color to match colored concrete. F. Curing Compound and Sealer for Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Acryseal by Prokele Industries of Denver, Colorado. G. Curing Compound for Interior Slabs: Protex Prornulsion 100 or equal. H. Interior Floor Scaler: Protex Triple Seal or equal. 2.06 Concrete Mix: A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Provide concrete for non -colored exterior slabs on grade, sidewalks, curb and gutter, aprons and ramps (except panel inserts) of the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. Compressive Strength 3,500 psi at 28 days b. Minimum Cement 564 lb./cy c. Maximum Aggregate Size 1 '/2 inches d. Fibrous Reinforcement 3/4 lb./cy e. Air Fntrainment 4% to 6% f. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.46 g. Maximum Slump 4 inches 2. Provide concrete for plazas, ramps and other flatwork indicated as colored of the following characteristics: Unit a. Compressive Strength at 28 days b. Minimum Cement c. Maximum Aggregate Size d. Fibrous Reinforcement e. Air Entrainment f. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio Measurement 3.500 psi 564 Ib./cy 1 %2 inches '/. Ib./cy 4% to 6% 0.46 City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division SECTION 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving Page 4 of 11 g. Coloring Agent Per manufacturer's recommendations (see Materials Section for various colors) b. Maximum Slump 4 inches 3. Provide concrete for playground curb of the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. Compressive Strength 3,500 psi at 28 days b. Minimum Cement 564 Ib./cy c. Maximum Aggregate Size 5/8 inches d. Air Entrainment 5% to 8% e. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.46 f. Maximum Slump 2.5 inches 4. Provide concrete for interior slabs -on -grade of the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. Compressive Strength 3,500 psi at 28 days b. Type I or II Cement 564 lb./cy c. Maximum Aggregate Size /. inches d. Maximum Air 3% e. Water reducing agent 3 oz. Minimum to 4 oz maximum per 100 pounds.; or as recommended by manufacturer to obtain desired air content B. Pozzolanic mineral admixture is not permitted. C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather as directed in fart 3. 1). Use set -retarding admixture during hot weather as directed in Part 3. E. Water reducing agent is permitted. 2.07 Selection of Proportions: A. Mix Design: Cost of concrete mix design is responsibility of Contractor. B. Selection of Proportions: Use method of ACI 3O1 3.9. Proportioning base on method of ACI 301 3.10 not allowed. 1. Field test records used for documentation of the average strength produced by a propos mix in accordance with ACI 301 3.9.3.2 shall, in addition to the requirements listed, comply with the following: a. The test record shall represent production concrete from a single design mix produced during the past year. b. The test record shall represent concrete proportioned to produce the maximum slur allowed by these specifications, and for air -entrained concrete, within a +0.5% of t maximum air content allowed. 2. Mixes proportioned on the basis of trial mixtures shall meet the provisions of ACI 301 3.9.3.3. City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 11 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 Subgrade Preparation: A. Shape and compact subgrade to match appropriate detail. Compact to 95% density as measured by ASTM D698. Coordinate with Section 02200 -Earthwork, Article 3.05, Compaction. B. Where subgrade cannot be compacted, remove subgrade. Replace with bed course. Compact to 95% density as measured by ASTM D698. C. Moisten subgrade to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. Subgradc shall not be muddy, soft, frozen, or covered with standing water when concrete is placed. - 3.02 Form Work: A. General: Design, construct, and brace forms in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. In - addition to those requirements, forms shall be placed and braced so the finished edges and joints meet the tolerances listed later in this section. B. Preparation of Form Surfaces: 1. Clean reused forms of concrete matrix residue; repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface condition. 2. Coat contact surfaces of forms with specified form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Apply form -coating compound according to manufacturer's instructions. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or to come in contact with _. concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. C. Slipforming: Slipforming of vertical curb and gutter sidewalks is permitted. D. For Surfaces Exposed To View: Form faces shall be free from raised grain, tears, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects which would impair texture of the concrete surfaces. Minimize number of seams in form material, and arrange seams in an orderly manner. 3.03 Reinforcement and Embedments: A. General: 1. Fabricate, position, and secure reinforcement and embedded items according to ACI 301 and d ACI 315. Coordinate with other sections for locations, instructions, or equipment for embedded items. J 2. Shop drawings are not required. 3. Welding reinforcement is not permitted. 4. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. B. Field -Bending of Reinforcement: Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall not be field -bent, except as noted on the drawings or specifically permitted by the Owner's Representative. C. Inspection of Reinforcement: Completed installation of concrete reinforcement must be reviewed by the Owner's Representative before depositing concrete. D. Unless otherwise indicated, place reinforcement where required at top of slabs on grade. Provide /z-inch minimum cover over reinforcement. E. Dowels: Grease sleeves, insert dowels and through form, secure dowel basket against movement. k F. Notches for Sleeving: Notch both vertical sides of walk or slab where sleeving occurs. City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving ^'1 Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 11 G. Welded wire fabric shall be overlapped one full mesh and tied. li. Fibrous Reinforcement: 1. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time concrete is batched in amounts in accordance with approved submittals for each type of concrete required. 2. Mix batched concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion. 3.04 Joints: A. General: Place joints in accordance with ACI 301. Conform to the tolerances listed later in Part 3. 13. Isolation/Expansion Joints: Isolation joint and expansion joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Place isolation joints where work abuts existing walls, curbs and structures, and where shown on the drawings. 2. Interrupt reinforcement at isolation joint. Install dowels only where indicated on drawings. 3. Joint filler shall extend full depth of the slab. Hold back filler from top of slab as required for sealant. Attach joint filler to first placement. 4. Sea] all expansion joints per Section 07900. C. Keyed/Construction Joints: Keyed joint and construction joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Reinforcement, if required, shall continue through the joint. 2. Install where indicated on drawings, or where required by concrete delivery or finishing rate. 3. Key first placement. Key shall be 1 %: inches wide and'% inches deep. 4. After first placement has hardened, clean and roughen face. Install control joint form at top of slab. 5. Subject to Owner's Representative approval; manufactured leave -in -place cold joint form may be used. D. Control/Score Joint: Control joint and score joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Control joints shall penetrate 1/3 of slab thickness. 2. Sawn Joints: Control joints on play area curb shall be sawn. Kerf shall be 3/16-inch wide. Start cutting as soon as concrete is able to be sawn without dislodging aggregate. Complete cutting before shrinkage cracks occur. Joints perpendicular to walls may be less than required depth within 6 inches of the wall, and may stop 2 inches from the wall. Wash slurry from concrete to avoid staining of slab. 3. Tooled Joints: Control joints maybe cut into the plastic concrete during finishing operations. Tooled joints shall have ''/s radius, and shall not incorporate a troweled edge unless specifically noted on the drawings. 4. Formed control joints are permitted only in conjunction with keyed joints. 5. Unless otherwise indicated, provide control joints at the following intervals: Use Uncolored Exterior & City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division Type Maximum Spacing Tooled broom Symmetrically placed: SECTION 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving Page 7 of 11 Interior Slabs, Sidewalks over joint 10' maximum or 1 '/2 times width of walk, whichever is smaller Curb and Gutter Tooled joints 10' maximum Pans Tooled joints 15' maximum Play Area Curb & Header Tooled joints 10' maximum Concrete Tooled joints 10' maximum 3.05 Concrete: A. Preplacement Inspection: Form work installation, reinforcing steel placement, and installation of all items to be embedded or cast in, to be verified by the Owner's Representative prior to placement. B. General: Comply with ACI 301, ACI 304, and as herein specified. C. Added Water: Concrete mix has been designed to a specific water cement ratio in order to enhance durability of the final product. Do not add water at the job site or concrete will not be accepted. D. Cold Weather Placement: When depositing concrete after the first frost or when the mean daily temperatures area below 40 degrees, follow recommendations of ACI 306 as modified herein. Use specified accelerator. Maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 55 degrees for not less than 72 hours after depositing. Do not place concrete without approval of the Owner's Representative on days when temperature at 9:00 a.m. is below 30 degrees. Job -cured cylinders for verification of strength and/or the adequacy of the Contractor's protective methods will be required. E. Hot Weather Placement: When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of ACI 305 as modified herein. When the air temperature is expected to exceed 90 degrees, the Contractor shall obtain acceptance from the Civil Engineer or Owner's Representative of the procedures to be used in protecting, depositing, finishing, and curing the concrete. The temperature of concrete at the time of placement shall not exceed 90 degrees. Protect to prevent rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible. Specified water reducing retarding admixture may be used. T'he use of continuous wetting or fog sprays may be required by the Owner's Representative for 24 hours after depositing. F. Placing: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location to avoid segregation. G. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete with internal vibrators with a minimum frequency of 7,000 rpm. Maintain one standby vibrator for every three vibrators used. Consolidate according to ACI 309. Do not transport concrete with vibrators. Work concrete into comers and around embedments and reinforcement. H. Surface Leveling: Strike off and level surface with screed of sufficient length to span the slab. On slabs greater than 15 feet wide, use intermediate screed snips. 3.06 Finishes: A. Float Finish: After surface stiffens enough to support the operation, float with hand floats or powered disc floater. Use magnesium float; do not use wood float on air entrained concrete. Check surface planeness with a 10-foot straight edge, applied at not less than two different angles. City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 8 of 11 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the Lime designated for the - receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Basc Bids and major. alternates (if any) will. be made available after Lhe opening of Rids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMALN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. _ All Bids shaLl remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Operii.ng, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the laid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF COIJTRACT. i'l.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, Lo waive any and all. iriformaliLies not involving price, Lime or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and r.he right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is riot responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any " other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct. sum. - 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, - and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by ._ OWNER.. OWNER also. may consider the operating costs, maintenance 7/96 Section 00100 Page 6 " Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce a surface with Class B tolerance. Refloat the slab to a uniform sandy texture. B. Broom Finish: Concrete flahvork shall receive a heavy broom finish applied at a right angle to the direction of travel. The plaza area shall have smooth troweled joints, 1'/2 inches from the centerline of the joint, to result in a total trowel width of 3 inches. All other flahvork shall have broom finish over joints. C. Exposed Aggregate Finish: Immediately after floating, apply surface retardant. Apply retardant uniformly. Cover with polyethylene sheet to retain moisture. When mortar is hard enough to retain aggregate but soft enough to be removed by brushing, wash the surface with water and remove mortar from surface aggregate by brushing. Do not dislodge aggregate. D. Coordinate role of concrete placement with pace of washing crew. E. Formed Finishes: 1. Surfaces Not Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins greater than inch in height. 2. Surfaces Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. F. Schedule of Finishes: 1. Curbs, gutters, ramps within ROW — per City Specifications. 2. Sidewalk — heavy broom finish. 3. Plaza paving — as shown on plans. 4. Playground curbs and header — exposed aggregate finish. 5. Interior slabs at restroom — medium broom finish. 6. Multi -use courts — light broom finish G. Notch both vertical sides of concrete flatwork to indicate location of irrigation sleeves. 3.07 Curing/Sealing: A. Apply curing compound within 30 minutes of completing finish. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for applying compound. Reapply in areas exposed to rain within 3 hours of initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during 7-day curing period. Follow manufacturer's instructions for sealing interior slabs. 3.08 Tolerances: A. Surface Planeness: Unless otherwise specified, produce slabs with a Class B tolerance. 1. Finishes with Class B tolerances shall be true planes within 1/, inch in 10 feet, as determined by a 10-foot straight edge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. 2. Slope interior slabs to drains as indicated. B. Formed Surfaces, Joints, and Embedments: Unless otherwise specified, the finished work shall meet the following tolerances: 1. Variations of formed, or cut or tooled linear element: a. In 20 feet: '/z inch. b. For entire length: 1 inch. City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division SECTION 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving Page 9 of 11 3.09 Field Quality Control: A. Field inspection and testing will be perfomted under provisions of Paragraph 1.06, Tests, and as specified below. B. Concrete Tests: 1. Shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be accordance with requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 16 — Testing, except as noted or modified in this section. a. Strength test. i. Mold and cure four cylinders from each sample. ii. Test one at 7 days and one at 14 days for information and one at 28 days for acceptance. Keep the remaining one as a spare to be tested as directed by the Owner. b. Minimum samples. i. Collect the following minimum samples for each 28-day strength concrete used in the work for each day's placing: uanti 50 cubic yards or less 50 to 100 cubic yards 100 cubic yards or more Number of Samples one two two plus one sample for each additional 100 cubic yards c. Sample marking. i. Mark or tag each sample of compression test cylinders with date and time of day cylinders were made. ii. Identify location in work where concrete represented by cylinders was placed. iii. Identify delivery truck or batch number, air content, and slump. d. Slump test. Conduct test for each strength test sample and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary. e. Air content. Conduct test from one of first three batches mixed each day and for each strength test sample. C. Acceptance of Concrete: 1. If the average of three consecutive 7-day tests falls below the specified 7-day strength, the Owner shall have the right to require conditions of temperature and moisture necessary to secure the required strength and may require core tests in accordance with ASTM C42. 2. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as average of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equals or exceeds specified 28-day strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi. D. Failure of Test Cylinder Results: 1. Upon failure of the 28-day test cylinder results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to obtain and test at least three cored samples from area in question. 2. Concrete will be considered adequate if average of three core tests is at least 85 percent of and if no single core is less than 75 percent of the specified 28-day strength. City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 10 of 11 J 3. Upon failure of core test results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to perform load tests as specified in ACI 318, Chapter 2. 4. In the event an area is found to be structurally unsound, the Owner may order removal and replacement of concrete as required. The costs of the core tests, the load test and the structural evaluation shall be borne by the Contractor. 5. pill all core holes with a nun -shrink grout as Master Builders Masterflo 713 or approved equal. E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 11 of 11 DIVISION 2;` SECTION 02600 — DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY PART 1-GENERAL Scope A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and perform all operations to install potable water services to within 5' of the restroom and drinking fountain(s) if required. Related Work A. See related sections for trenching, backfilling, and compaction. Job Conditions A. All work must be done in accordance with standards and conditions as set forth by the City of Fort Collins Storm. Standards referenced in these specifications must be verified before commencement of construction. B. Perform site survey, research public utility records and verify existing utility locations. Contact . utility -locating service for area where project is located. C. Site Information: Reports on subsurface condition investigations made during time design of the project are available for informational purposes only; data in reports arc not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity of conditions (between soil borings). Owner assumes no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this information. D. When work is not in progress, securely close ends of pipe and fittings. Quality Assurance A. References: American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO), American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), and Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association. Submittals A. Furnish four copies of the pipe manufacturer's installation instructions or guides, and submit technical data and certifications from manufacturer that product complies with specifications. Product Handling B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of din, debris, and moisture. Pipe shall be handled with slings, pipe tongs, or skids. C. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. Do not stack pipes higher than 5 feet. Pipe shall be supported evenly along its barrel. Pipe shall not be stored in such a way as to be supported by the bell. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11 D. Protect flanges, fittings and piping specialties from moisture and dirt. E. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. P. L,ubricant shall be stored and used in a manner which will avoid contamination. G. Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a cool, dark location away from grease, oil and ozone producing electric motors. H. 'rake precautions not to damage materials during delivery or storage. 1. Store valves off the ground and away from material that could contaminate potable water systems J. Take precautions to keep joints and internal parts clean. Installation of Service Taps A. Utility contractors licensed by the City for utility work in the public right-of-way shall be allowed to make service taps on water mains which have been initially accepted. B. Unless prior permission is given by the utility, only the utility shall make service taps on mains which have passed final acceptance. C. The Contractor shall not make any taps without permission from the utility. D. 2-inch and smaller taps on existing line shall be made with a tapping saddle. Maintenance and Correction A. The Contractor shall maintain and repair all service lines, meter pits and any associated appurtenances which leak, were installed incorrectly or otherwise prove to be defective for a period of two years after final completion and acceptance of the work. Meter Setters A. Unless it is otherwise specified, meters, strainers and meter setters 2-inch and less meters shall be purchased from the utility. B. Meter settings for meters shall be installed in accordance with Drawing Detail. Meter Pits A. Meter pits shall be installed by the Contractor. 1. Meter pits shall be constructed from standard 48-inch inside diameter precast concrete manhole sections or bituminous fiber; per utility standards. 2. Meter pit covers shall be an aluminum manhole ring and cover with a 12-inch or 24-inch diameter opening. a. All meter pit covers shall have a 27/32" worm -lock with a Standard Waterworks Pentagon head. b. All meter pit covers shall have the word "water" cast in the lid. 1.01 Testing A. Volumetric Leakage Test: City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 11 1. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings. 2. Purge air from pipeline before test. 3. Subject pipe to 150 psi pressure for two hours. Maintain constant pressure. The amount of additional water pumped in during the test shall not exceed 1.5 gallons per 100 joints. 4. Replace defective pipe, fitting joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes the test. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 Manufacturers A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers of Bring products that may be incorporated in die work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Drilling Machine Corporation Stops: a. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. b. Hays Division, Romac Industries. c. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation. 2. Bronze Corporation Stops and Valves: a. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. b. Hays Division, Romac Industries. c. A.Y. McDonald Manufacturing Company. d. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation. 3. Tapping Valves: a. Clow Valve Company Division, McWane, Inc. b. Fast Jordan Iron Works, Inc. c. Kennedy Valve Division, McWanc, Inc. d. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation. e. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Company. 4. Gate Valves: a. American Darling Valve Division, American Cast Iron Pipe Company. b. Clow Valve Company Division, McWane, Inc. C. Fast Jordan Iron Works, Inc. d. Gem Sprinkler Company Division, Grinnell Corporation. e. Hammond Valve Corporation. f. Kennedy Valve Division, McWane, Inc. g. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 11 h. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation i. Nibco,Inc. j. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. k. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Company. 1. Waterous Company. 5. Plastic Pressure Pipe and Fittings: a. Johns -Manville. b. Ccrtaineed. c. Gifford -hill. d. North Star. 2.02 Pipes and Tubes A. Refer to Part 3 for identification of systems where pipe and tube materials specified below are used. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. 1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pw" or "NSF-pvc cto only." C. Copper Pipe: 1. AW WA C880-66. 2. 2" Type K, annealed copper tubing to be installed from tap to meter and 5 feet beyond meter. 2.03 Pipe and Tube Fittings A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings: Schedule 40, socket -type, ASTM D 2466. 1. Pipe Markings: NSF14, "NSF-pw" of "NSF-pvc cto only." B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Fittings: Schedule 40, socket -type, solvent cement joint, or clastomeric gasketed joint. 1. Pipe Markings: NSF14, "NSF-pw" of "NSF-pvc cto only." 2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. C. Copper Pipe Fittings: 1. Wrought copper brazed fittings. 2. Solder shall be 95% tin and 5% antimony. 2.04 Joining Materials A. Primers for PVC Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: ASTN F 656. B. Solvent Cement for PVC Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: ASTM D 2564. C. Push -on joints shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.11-85 (AWWA C 1 I1). City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 11 1. All gaskets shall he made of synthetic rubber. 2. Lubricant shall be that which is specified by pipe manufacturer. 2.05 Tapping Saddles A. All tapping saddles shall have a bronze body with bronze double flat straps and bronze nuts. 1. Outlet thread on tapping saddles shall be "cc" type only. B. Acceptable manufacturers of tapping saddles are: 1. Mueller. 2. Ford. 3. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.06 Corporation Stops A. All corporation stops shall conform to AW WA C800-66. 1. All corporation stops shall be constructed of brass. 2. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapping saddles shall be "cc" type only. 3. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapped tees shall be IP type only. 4. All corporation stop outlets shall use a compression connection. 5. Corporation stops shall be used for all taps which are 2 inches and smaller. 6. Corporation stops shall incorporate ball valves only. a. Plug valves will not be allowed. B. Acceptable manufacturers of corporation stops are: I. Mueller. 2. Ford. 3. A.Y. McDonald. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.07 Couplings A. All couplings shall use a compression connection. B. Acceptable couplings and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller: #11-15403. 2. Ford: #tC44-"d". a. "d" equals the diameter of the service. 3. A.Y. McDonald: ##4758-22 or #4758T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 1t 2.08 Curb Stops A. All curb stops shall have compression connections at both ends. 13. The top threads for all curb stops shall be Minneapolis type. C. Curb stops shall be used for taps which arc 2 inches and smaller. D. Acceptable Y inch and 1-inch curb stops and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller: #H-15155. 2. Ford: #1344-333M and #B44-444M. 3. A.Y. McDonald: #6104-22 or #6104T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. E. Acceptable 1 %: -inch curb stops and their manufacturers are: 1. Ford: #B44-666M. 2. Mueller: #H-10287 (with Minneapolis threads) with two #Ii 15428 ends. 3. A.Y. McDonald: #6104-22 or #6104T. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. F. Acceptable 2-inch curb stops and their manufacturers arc: 1. Ford: i/B44-777M. 2. Mueller: #H-10287 (with Minneapolis threads) with two III 1- ends. 3. A.Y. McDonald: #6104-22 or #6104'I'. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.09 Valve Boxes for Curb Stops A. Minneapolis pattern shall be used for all curb stops. B. Acceptable valve boxes and their manufacturers are: 1. Mueller: #H-10302. 2. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.10 Meters A. All meters shall be purchased from the utility for installation by the Contractor unless otherwise specified. B. The acceptable manufacturers of meters are: 1. Rockwell. 2. Neptune. 3. Badger. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Page 6 of 11 2.11 Strainers A. All strainers shall be constructed of brass. B. The acceptable manufacturers of strainers for water meters are: 1. Rockwell. 2. Neptune. 3. Badger. 4. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.12 Meter Setters A. Acceptable I ''/,-inch and 2-inch meter setters and their manufacturers are: 1. Ford. a. 1 '/:-inch, #VVF6612B-13. b. 2-inch, #VVF7712B-17. 2. Mueller, #H-1423. 3. There will be no substitutions allowed. 2.13 Meter Pits A. Acceptable manufacturers of meter pit covers for I '/2-inch and 2-inch meter pits are: 1. Casting Incorporated, or approved equal. 2.14 Gate Valves A. Conformance: AW WA C509-87. 1. Type: Solid wedge resilient seat. 2. Stem Seal: O-ring. 3. Direction of Opening: Open right. 4. Valve Ends: Conform to the type of pipe material used. 5. Operator: Underground, 2-inch nut. 6. Bubbletight at 200-psi working pressure. 2.15 Valve Boxes A. Materials and Construction: Water service lines. 1. Type: Cast iron or ductile iron, extension sleeve type. 2. Shaft size: 6-inch minimum. 3. Furnish with suitable wide oral base and cover. 4. Cast word "Water" in cover. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 11 Administrative Services Purchasing Division City of Fort Collins CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 1 BID #5723 HOMESTEAD PARK SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bid No. 5723 Homestead Park OPENING DATE: July 31, 2002 — 3:00pm. (Our Clock) To all prospective bidders under the specification and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. GENERAL CLARIFICATION 1. Please note that the correct address for Homestead Park is 7045 Avondale Road 2. Please note that the last day for questions will be Tuesday July 23rd 5pm. Technical questions are to be directed to Matt Day, Project Manager @ 224- 6096. Contract/Purchasing questions to be directed to John Stephen, Senior Buyer @ 221-6775. 3. The City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development is paying for the Development Construction Permit as well as associated City of Fort Collins building permits. 4. Please note that the owner's representative will walk the site with the contractor prior to the start of work and record any pre-existing damage to sidewalks, curbs, asphalt, etc.. The City will be responsible to repair any items that are identified. 5. Contract Times — If all bid items except landscaping and irrigation are completed by January 20t", then the City of Fort Collins may elect to close out the Homestead Park contract. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 0100 Project Summary, 1.03 A. Paragraph shall read: The owner is to provide one iron plow for installation per the drawings and specifications. Please note that the contractor is not responsible for any re -conditioning of the plow. 2. Section 0100 Project Summary, 1.17 Construction Superintendent: Please reference General Conditions, Article 6.2; while work is being performed the Superintendent is expected to be on -site. 3. Section 01310 Construction Schedules: Please adhere to the milestone for temporary erosion control seeding. The City recognizes that this is a tight schedule and we will work with the contractor after the contract is awarded to determine if the milestones can be met. 4. Section 01800 — Definition of Bid Items: a. Bid Item #2- Mobilization: Please note that this bid item includes three (3) Type III Barricades per plans. b. Bid Item # 3 — Surveying: Paragraph shall read - Contractor shall provide a licensed surveyor for construction staking. Contractor to provide a licensed engineer to complete the Stormwater Certification Form and to 215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707 requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of: materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to he submitted prior to the Notice of Award. I7.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist- in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the IQork in accordance with the Contract Documents to O'WNER.'s satisfaction :ai',hiri the prescribed time. 1'/. 5. If the Contract is to he awarded, i.t. wi_11 be awarded to Lhe lowest resporrsi.ve and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNL:R indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best intere.sL of. the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Rid Lotal for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, forsum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. i 7.6. It the Contract is Le be awaarded, .:;daNER. will give; the. Successful Bidder a Notice of Award witni_n forty-f -i.vc (15) days af:tar the date of the B i. cx opening. 18 - O CONTRACT SECIiRI'I'Y . The General Coudi(:ioris and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's xequircmenis del.i•:�ers the as to performance and other. Bonds. When the Successful. Bidder the: �egni.rc<1 executed Contract Agr.eemerai Lo -he, OWNER, iL shall `iec�:rit.v. be accompanied by 14. o Src;N1NG r AGr<l;ErrENT. When: OWNER gives a Notice of Award i.o the Successful Ridder, it .vill be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement: with all. other written Contract. Documents attached. Within fiIteon (15) days thercaflnr, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreoment and attached documents to OWNER ail.h the required Bonds. Wil:ni.n ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed courrterparL to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is Ic; be accompanied by a complete set of Lhe Drawings with appropriate ideniA ti.cation. 20.0 TAXEt;. OWNER, is exempt from Colorado Std;.e :;ales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment -equipment -to be incorporated .in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. References I.-, made to the General and Supplementary Cortditi ons. 2L.() RFT'%INAGE. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 7 5. Coating: dip in bituminous varnish. 6. Manufacturer: Tyler Series 6860. 2.16 Disinfecting Materials A. Hypochloriles: Reference AWWA B300-80. 1. Adhesive: Permatex No.l. 2.17 Bedding and Backtill A. Bedding and backfill as presented in the installation details. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 General A. The Contractor shall not make any taps until the water main has been initially accepted, curb and gutter has been installed, and service locations and grades have been staked. _ B. The Contractor shall obtain permission to tap and schedule an inspection of the tap from the utility's meters and services supervisor. 1. A minimum of 24 hours notice is required on all tap inspections. C. Valves and valve boxes shall be examined for cracks, dents, abrasions, and other flaws prior to installation. 1. Defective valves and valve boxes shall be marked and removed from the site. D. The Contractor shall adjust slop boxes and meter pits to final grade as determined by the grade stake. 1. Grade stakes shall be placed a minimum of 5 feet from the location of the stop box. 2. Grade slakes shall not be disturbed prior to inspection of die service by the utility. E. The Contractor shall mark dte location of the water service with a cross chiseled into the face of the curb and gutter. F. The Contractor shall flush and satisfactorily disinfect new water lines prior to placing them in service in accordance with AW WA C651-86. 3.02 Layout of Work A. Stake out the water service line prior to construction. B. Verify all existing utility locations prior to commencement of construction. C. Notify Owner's Representative after staking and prior to construction. 3.03 Pipe and Fittings A. General: 1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debut. Clean pipe ends. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 8 of 11 2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to continue assembly. B. Pipe and Fittings: 1. PVC Rubber-Gasketed Pipe: Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. 2. Copper Pipe: Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux. Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference. 3. All service lines shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches below the final grade. 4. There will be a maximum of one coupling per service between the main and the curb stop. a. Service lines (3/4-inch through 2-inch) shall be uniform in size from the corporation stop to 5 feet past the meter pit; or the curb stop, if the meter is set inside the building. 5. When backftlling the service trench, care shall be taken so that no stones larger than 3 inches are resting against the service line. 6. Service trenches shall be subject to compaction specifications. C. Thrust Blocks: 1. Use cast -in -place concrete bearing against undisturbed soil. 2. The surface area for the thrust block that bears against undisturbed soil shall be a minimum size of 2.0 square feet for a 90 degree bend, and 1.0 square fool for a 45 degree bend. 3.04 Corporation Stops A. Taps shall not be made within 2 feet of any joint or fitting. B. Taps shall be separated by at least 2 feet (measured along the pipe length) even when taps are made on opposite sides of pipe. C. Taps which are made on the same side of the pipe and within 10 feet of each other (measured along the pipe length) shall be staggered 15 degrees. 3.05 Curb Stops A. The Contractor shall adjust the curb stop box to %, inch above final grade prior to final inspection. B. Curb stop box shall be fully extended and screwed onto the curb stop. C. Curb stop box shall be plumb so that a shut-off key can be placed on the curb stop. 3.06 Meter Pits A. Exterior meter settings shall be installed in accordance with drawings. B. Service lines entering meter pits shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches below the final grade. C. Meter pit shall not be installed in any street, alley, parking area, driveway, or sidewalk. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 - Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 9 of 11 D. There will be no major landscaping (trees, shrubs, boulders, etc.) or structure (retaining wall, etc) within 4 feet of the meter pit. E. The ground surrounding meter pits shall slope away from the lid at a minimum grade of 2%. F. There will be no plumbing connections inside the meter pit. G. All tees, connections, and couplings shall be a minimum of 5 feet from the meter pit wall and on the outlet side. 1. There will be no tees, connections, and couplings installed between the curb stop and the meter setter. H. If the property owner changes the grade of the ground surrounding the meter pit, after the pit has been installed, he shall be required to adjust the meter pit cover to '/2 above the final grade. 3.07 Valves A. Valve shall be joined in the same manner used for joining ductile iron fittings. B. The valve shall be installed in such a manner that the operating nut is perpendicular to the pipe. C. The joined valve shall be supported in place on compacted granular materials with a concrete block supporting the valve body. 1. Reference Section 02221. 3.08 Valve Boxes A. Valve boxes shall be installed on all buried valves. B. Valve boxes shall be installed so that no stress is transmitted to the valve. C. Valve operators which are mounted to one side of the valve shall be located to the south or west of the calve. D. Valve boxes which are to be set over the valve shall be plumb and directly over the valve with the top of the box on grade. 1. The soil around the valve box shall be carefully compacted around the barrel with hand equipment to minimize misalignment and the settling of the backfill. 2. Other valve box types shall be adjusted as required on the construction drawings. 3.09 Disinfecting of Water Lines A. Filling Pipe: 1. The City shall operate existing valves to fill the pipe, open air blow -offs and hydrants. 2. If permanent air vents are not available, the Contractor shall install corporation stops at high points in the water line in order to evacuate air. a. All corporation stops which were installed to facilitate evacuation of air from the water main shall be removed and plugged after the water main is filled. b. Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed in the pipe sections during construction. c. Preliminary flushing shall occur. Reference AW WA C651-86. City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply Park Planning & Development Division Page 10 of 11 DIVISION SECTION 02700 — SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL Description A. This section covers the installation and testing of the sanitary sewer pipelines and drinking fountain (if required) drain. Manholes are covered in Section 02601 - Manholes. Quality Assurance A. All work shall be performed per the City of Fort Collins Standard Specifications. B. Do not deviate from line or grade more than 1 inch for line and''/. inch for grade, provided such deviation does not result in a level, more reverse sloping invert. Measure for grade at the pipe invert, not at the top pipe. Submittals A. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that products meet requirements of referenced specifications. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Do not damage the pipe by impact, bending, compression or abrasion during handling and storage. B. Store pipe on a flat surface that provides even support for the barrel, with bell ends overhanging. C. Do not stack pipe higher than 5 feet. D. Do not store pipe and fittings indirect sunlight for periods in excess of two weeks. E. Ship rubber gaskets in cartons, and store in a clean area away from grease, oil, ozone -producing electric motors, heal, and the direct rays of the sun. F. Use only nylon protected slings or hands to handle pipe. Do not use hooks or bare cables. 1.05 Job Conditions A. Protection: 1. Prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. 2. Do not place debris, tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe 3. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, close the open end of the pipe with a plug, cap or end dam to prevent the entry of foreign material into the pipe. 4. Use effective measures to prevent the uplift or floating of the line prior to completion of the backfilling operation. B. Do not lay pipe in water or in unsuitable weather or trench conditions. however, rubber gasketed joints may be completed when the water is not higher than the pipe invert, and when the water is clear and the trench bottom is clean coarse gravel. Use extreme caution to ensure no gravel is in the joint. City of Fort Collins Section 02700 - Sanitary Sewer System Park Planning & Development Division Page t of 5 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Pipe Materials A. Type: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), ASTM D 3034, Type PSM, SDR35. 2.02 Manhole Materials A. Refer to Section 02601 --Manholes. 2.03 Flexible Couplings A. When jointing two pipes of dissimilar material or two pipes with different outside diameters, use the following: 1. Pipe sizes 15 inches or smaller: a. Can -Tex, C-T Adapters. b. Femco, flexible couplings or reducing couplings. c. Jointers, Inc., Carder Coupling. d. Mission, Bushing Adapters. e. Nashua Pre -Cast Corporation, Flex-O-Joint. f. Eagle Plastics. g. Or equal. 2. In pipe sizes larger than 15 inches inside diameter, wrap the joint with two 1pps of rubber or vinyl, and band each pipe with a stainless steel band. a. lap joint downward at springline of pipe. b. Rubber or vinyl shall extend at least G inches on each pipe past the joint, minimum thickness 1/1 6-inch rubber or 32-oz..vinyl. B. Unease flexible couplings in a concrete collar a minimum of G inches thick and extending a minimum of G inches either side of the joint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Excavate the trench in accordance with appropriate sections relating to trenching, backfilling, and compaction. B. Cutting the Pipe: 1. The pipe shall be cut smooth, straight and at right angles to the pipe axis with saws or pipe cutters that are designed specifically for the materials. 2. Ilie cut end of the pipe shall be beveled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Burrs shall be removed and all dust shall be wiped off of the jointing surface. C. Where connections are to be made to existing pipes or appurtenances, the exact location of which cannot be determined without exposing the existing pipe or appurtenance, excavate and expose the existing pipe or appurtenance and specify any necessary adjustments in line or grade of the proposed pipe to accomplish the connection. D. Joints: City of Fort Collins Sec0on 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 1. Dirt, oil grit and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot. 2. A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the inside surface of the gasket and the spigot end of the pipe per the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 3. The lubricated joint surface shall be kept clean until joined. 4. The pipe shall have a depth mark prior to assembly to ensure that the spigot end is inserted the full depth of the joint. 5. Stabbing of the pipe shall not be allowed. 6. Previously completed joints shall not be disturbed during the jointing operation. 7. All joints shall be watertight and free from leaks. 8. After the initial acceptance of the sewer main, the Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any leak resulting from improper workmanship or materials, which is discovered within a two-year period. 3.02 Pipe Installation A. Pipe Laying: 1. Begin pipe laying at the lowest point, unless otherwise approved by Engineer, and install the pipe with the spigot ends pointing in the direction flow. 2. lay pipe true to line and grade, and join in such a manner that the offset of the inside of the pipe at any joint is held to a minimum at the invert. The maximum offset at the invert shall be 1 % of the inside diameter, or 3/8 inch, whichever is smaller. 3. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, complete the joint in accordance Avilh the applicable pipe material specification and adjust the pipe to the correct line and grade. Make adjustments by scraping away or filling pipe bedding under the body of the pipe, and not be wedging or blocking up the bells. 4. Secure the pipe in place with the specified bedding tamped under and around the pipe, except at the joints. Do not walk on small diameter pipe or otherwise disturb any conduit after the jointing has been completed. 3.03 Construction of Appurtenances A. Install cleanouts and stubs at locations indicated on the drawings. Insert removable watertight plugs in unused stubs and record location of cleanout or stub referenced to a minimum of two permanent surface references. 3.04 Field Quality Control A. Each section of sewer shall meet the requirements of the following tests. Repair all defects as indicated as a result of the tests. Furnish all equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary, and conduct tests in the presence of Engineer. B. Alignment Tests: 1. Engineer may lamp each section of sewer between manholes to determine whether any displacement of the pipe has occurred. Provide suitable assistants to help Engineer. 2. Repair poor alignment, displaced pipe or other defects discovered. C. Infiltration Tests: City of Fort Collins Section 02700 - Sanitary Sewer System Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 1. Conduct infiltration tests on sections of the sewer where infiltration appears to exceed specified limits. 2. Conduct tests by placing a calibrated V-notched weir in the line as it enters the manhole, and plugging the line as it leaves the next higher manhole. 3. Allow sufficient time for the water level behind the weir to stabilize before reading. Remove any foreign matter hanging on the weir before reading. Take successive readings until consistent results are obtained. 4. Maximum allowable infiltration shall be 0.04 gallons per inch ol'pipe diameter per foot of pipe length. 5. If the infiltration rate exceeds the maximum allowable, suspend construction on that section and provide electronic or photographic visual inspection of the interior of the pipeline. 6. Repair all defects found and continue to test the sewer until the infiltration limits arc met prior to proceeding with further construction. D. Exfrltration Tests: 1. Conduct exfiltration tests on section of sewer where the groundwater table is below the elevation of the top of the sewer. 2. Where the difference in elevation between inverts of adjacent manholes is greater than 10 feet, conduct an air test as specified in this section in lieu of an exfiltration test. 3. Test each section between successive manholes by plugging all pipe entrances at manholes, except those connecting the reach being tested. 4. hill the upper manhole and pipe with water to a depth of 4 feet above the invert of the sewer at the center of the upper manhole. 5. Duration of Test: Two hours minimum. 6. Maximum allowable leakage shall be determined by the following formula: Q = 0.00067 LD (11) %: Where L is the length of the sewer tested in feet; Q is the allowable leakage in gallons per hour; D is the pipe diameter in inches; and H is the difference in elevation between file water surface in the upper manhole and the invert of the pipe in the lower manhole in feet; or if groundwater is present above the invert of the pipe at the lower manhole, the difference in elevation between the water surface in the upper manhole and the groundwater elevation at the lower manhole. 7. For the purpose of determining the maximum allowable leakage, manholes shall be considered sections of equivalent size pipe. E. Air Tests: 1. Air tests may be used in lieu of exfiltration testing for vitrified clay, PVC, and ABS composite sewer pipe, but not for manholes or reinforced concrete sewer pipe. 2. Comply with the requirements of ASTM C828. 3. Test manholes and reinforced concrete sewer pipe using cxfiltration tests. 4. Preparation for Test: Flush and clean the sewer line prior to testing in order to wet the pipe surfaces and produce more consistent results. Plug and brace all openings in the main sewer line and the upper end of any connections. Check all pipe plugs with a soap solution to detect any air leakage. If leaks are found, release the air pressure, eliminate the leaks, and start the test procedure over again. City of Fort Collins Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 1 5. Procedure of Test: Add air until the internal pressure of the sewer line is raised to approximately 4.0 psi gage, at which time the flow of air shall be reduced and the pressure maintained between 3.5 and 4.5 psi gage for a sufficient time to allow the air temperature to come to equilibrium with the temperature of the pipe. 6. After the temperature has stabilized, permit the pressure to drop to 3.5 psi gage, at which time a stop watch or a sweep second hand watch shall be used to determine the time lapse required for the air pressure to drop to 2.5 psi gage. 7. The time elapsed shall not be less than: a. t = 0.472d; where t = time in minutes; d = pipe diameter in inches. 8. Maximum Air Leakage: 0.003 cfm per square foot of internal pipe surface. 9. Brace all plugs sufficiently to prevent blowouts, and vent the pipeline completely before attempting to remove the plugs. 10. Provide pressurizing equipment with a regulator set at 5 psi to avoid overpressuring and damaging and otherwise acceptable line. 3.05 Cleaning: A. Prior to substantial completion, remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the sewer system. Use mechanical rodding or bucketing equipment as required. B. Upon final inspection, if any foreign matter is present in the system, flush and clean the sections of the line as required. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System Page 5 of 5 �DNISIt�N� SECTION 02810 — IRRIGATION f PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes: A. Furnish labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, and perform operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. ., 1.02 Related Work: B. Refer to System Plans and installation Detail drawings. ^ 1.03 Submittals: A. Materials List:: Submit materials list for all components to be used in the irrigation system B. Weekly redline drawings of changes made in irrigation system installation from those on construction plans and drawings. r 1.04 Handling and Storage: — A. Protect materials used for construction from damage, deterioration, sun exposure. or loss while in storage and during construction. 1.05 Reviews: A. Reviews of the irrigation installation will be ongoing during the contract. Reviews shall be made of , irrigation mainline, lateral, head, valve and other.equipment locations prior to installation. B. Reviews of Tread coverage as zones are completed will be ongoing. Any changes of head locations or nozzeling shall be completed immediately. .. C. Other reviews shall take place as outlined under Execution. D. Submit redline installation drawings with changes made in installation from those on plans every week to College representative and/or General Contractor. 1.06 Environmental Condition: A. Irrigation installation shall be only when weather and soil conditions permit and in accordance with locally accepted practices, and as reviewed by the owner's representative. 1.07 Guarantee/Warranty and Replacement: The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner Receives materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. Guarantee/warranty materials and workmanship against defects due to any cause for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of all work. B. This quarantee/warranty will not be enforced shall defects be due to improper maintenance procedures HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 — IRRIGATION Page 1 of 7 J carried out by Owner involving watering, mower damage, improper operation of system, fire, flood or damage; or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Replace components when they are no longer in satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner's representative for the duration of the guarantee/warranty period. Make replacements within seven days of notification from the Owner's representative. D. Replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as described in the contract documents. Repairs and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner. E. Guarantee/warranty shall apply to originally specified and installed materials, and any replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART-2: MATERIALS 2.01 Quality: A. All materials used for construction shall be new and without flaws or defects of any type, and shall be the best of their class and kind. 2.02 Mainline: A.• Mainline shall be PVC Class 200, NSF approved pipe. 3" and larger pipe shall be ringtite pipe. 2 ''/z' and smaller pipe shall be glued joint. 2.03 Laterals: A. 2" or larger: Class 200 PVC, NSF approved. B. 1 '/2" or 1 ": Class 200 PVC, NSF approved. C. No laterals smaller than 1" are permitted. Trickle tubing shall be weather and UV resistant material. D. '/4" Polyethylene Drip Pipe. NSF approved, SDR pressure rated pipe, only as approved for drip applications. 2.04 Pipe Fittings: A. Funny Pipe (pop-up spray turf heads only): to be compatible to the elbows needed for head installation. B. Lateral fittings: Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld with ASTM Standards D2466 and D 1784. C. Wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per installation details for all copper pipes. D. Mainline fittings: Ductile Iron for 3" and larger, PVC Schedule 80 for 2 1 /2" and smaller. 2.05 Sleeves: A. Ductile Iron Pipe or PVC under all paved surfaces. B. Sizes to be a minimum of two sizes larger than the pipe being sleeved. Minimum 2" diameter or larger for irrigation lines. C. Wires to be in separate sleeve from pipe, 2" min. size pipe for control wire sleeves. HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION Page 2 of 7 Provisions concerning retainage are set. forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the Cit.y's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: city of Fort ColLins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement — to certify that- the cement. was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous: waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SH1114 BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported uo authorities as such. Your authorized signature of. this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. ._ For !.itformdt..ion regardirig results for individual Bids send a self- .. addressed, sE:lf-stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. _ END OF SrCTION 7/96 Section 00100 Page 8 D. Sleeves shall have marker tape on upper side and both ends for future locates. Install per drawing details. 2.06 Valves: A. Remote Control Zone Valves: Electrically operated, appropriate for the water supply, with manual bleed device and flow control stem. Shall have a slow -opening and slow -closing action for protection against surge pressure. Brand and model to be Rainbird PESB or 300BPE valves with Dial Pressure regulator size as shown on plans. -. B. Isolation Gate Valves: Kennedy 1571X or Matco #1 OOM, able to withstand a continuous operating pressure of 150 psi. Clear waterway equal to full diameter of pipe. Resilient wedge gate valve conforming to AW WA C-509 standards Shall be opened by turning 2" square nut to the left (wheel �^ opening is unacceptable). C. Manual Drain Valve: 3/4" ball valve with tee handle. Watts, #B-0000, or approved equal. D. Quick Coupling Valves: V brass, Rainbird #5RC units with rubber cover. Keys Rainbird 55K 1" brass key. " I 2.06 Valve Boxes: A. House valves in valve box with matching locking cover (AMETEK brand only). Only one valve per box. Install in box sizes to allow work on components. .. B. Install 3/4" drip tubing ends with end closure in 10" round valve box with cover at end of each run. - r 2.07 Control System: A. Use Irritrol MC-18 Plus-B controller with P-GB Pedestal. Mount terminal strips in the pedestal to -+ change from 14 gauge field wire to 18 gauge wire for nm into controller. B. Surge Protection: 8 foot copper grounding rod, #4 solid copper wire, grounding buss receptacle, ground terminal strip and/or as recommended by manufacturer. C. Install Hunter Wireless Rain Clik rain sensor (one per controller) at location near the controller but not where it will receive precipitation from the irrigation system. Owner must approve location. D. Provide Eicon remote receiver and field transmitter with frequency as specified by Owner. Wire receiver to controller and mount in the pedestal. ..r 2.08 Electric Control Wiring: A. #14 feed wire and #14 common wire solid copper direct burial OF or PE cable, UL approved, or larger, per system design and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Five wires widi consistent color scheme throughout: -Red = live (one per valve) -White = ground y� -Black, blue and green = extra from controllers to furthest extent of mainlines. C. Wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to be used to join control wires to remote control valves. 2.09 Sprinkler Heads: A. All heads shall be of the same manufacturer as specified on the plans, and marked with the HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION Page 3 of 7 J manufacturer's name and model in such a way that materials can be identified without removal from the system. Owner will specify brand and models to match other equipment in use in public system in the vicinity. B. Gear driven Rotor heads: Rainbird. C. Pop -Up Spray heads: Rainbird. D. Xeri-Pop Heads: Rainbird. 2.10 Backflow Device: A. Backflow device shall be Pebco 825 YD installed in a Guard Shack enclosure (per manufacturer's recommendations). PART-3: EXECUTION 3.01 Pipe trenching: A. Install pipe in open cut trenches of sufficient width to facilitate thorough tamping/puddling of suitable backfill material under and over pipe. B. Trench depths: 1. Mainline - Minimum of 24" deep from top of pipe to finished grade for 6" and under mainline. Minimum of 32" deep from top of pipe to finished grade for 8" and larger. 2. Lateral -Minimum of 16" deep from top of pipe to finished grade. %" drip pipe 8" deep from top of pipe except in shrub beds. 3. Sleeves - Install sleeves at a depth, which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. 3.02 Sleeves: A. Boring shall not be permitted unless obstruction in pipe path cannot be moved, or pipe cannot be re- routed. B. Mainline installed in existing sleeves at greater depth than adjacent pipe, shall have a manual drain valve at each end if the sleeve is longer than 20 feet, or at one end if the sleeve is less than 20 feet. C. Install sleeve so ends extend past edge of curb, glitter, sidewalk, bikepath or other obstruction, a minimum of 2 feet. D. Mark sleeves with an "x" chiseled in walk (or other surface) directly over sleeve location. E. Sleeves installed for future use shall be capped at both ends. P. Separate sleeve (2" min. size) shall be used for all wiring. G. Sleeves shall not have joints. If joints are necessary, only solvent welded joints are allowed- H. Compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% of Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Use of water puddling around sleeves for compaction will not be allowed. 3.03 Pipe Installation: A. Use Teflon tape on all threaded joints; only schedule 80 pipe may be threaded. HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 — IRRIGATION Page 4 of 7 B. Reducing pipe size shall be with reducing insert couplings: at least 6" beyond last tee of the larger pipe. C. Snake PVC lateral pipe from side to side within trench. D. Cut pipe ends square and do -burr. Clean pipe ends before using primer and solvent cement. Join in manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe. E. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, stones larger than 2" diameter, frozen material and vegetative matter. Do not backfill in freezing weather. If backfill material is rocky, the pipe shall be bedded in 2" of fill sand covered by 6" of fill sand. F. After puddling or tamping, leave all trenches slightly mounded to allow for settling. G. Compact to proper densities depending on whether surface area over the line will be paved or landscaped. 3.04 Thrust Blocks: A. Shall be installed where PVC mainline (2 %" or larger) changes direction over 20 degrees. B. Minimum of one cubic foot of concrete shall be used per thrust block. See installation details for recommended sizes and volumes. C. Keep pipe joint clean of concrete. Do not encase. D. Place wiring away from thrust block to avoid contact with the concrete. Use clear plastic sheeting to isolate the concrete from other materials. 3.05 Valve Installation: A. Install at least 12" from and align with adjacent walls or paved edges. B. Automatic Remote Valves: Install in such a way that valves is accessible for repairs. Make electrical connection to allow pigtail so solenoid can be removed from valve with 24" (min.) slack to allow ends to be pulled 12" above ground. 1. Flush completely before installing valve. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest valve, before installing heads. 2. Valve assembly to include ball valve and union for ease of maintenance and repair. 3. Install in valve box per details. C. Quick Coupler Valve: Install in 10" round locking valve box. Flush completely before installing valve. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest valve. D. Isolation Gate Valves: Install in valve box as per detail. E. Valve Boxes: I. Brand all valve boxes with the following codes: "SW and the controller valve number per as built plans for all remote control valves; "DV" for all drain valves; "GV" for all isolation valves; "DRGV" for all drip system isolation valves; "QC" for all quick coupling valves; "WA" for all winterization assemblies; "FM" for all flow meter assemblies; and "MV" for all master valve assemblies. Use a branding iron stamp with 3" high letters. 2. Valve box shall NOT rest on mainline. Use brick or other non -compressible material per detail. Top of valve box to be flush with finish grade. Use add -oils to depth of valve gravel. HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 — IRRIGATION Page 5 of 7 J 3. Install valves in box with adequate space to access valves with case. Vales shall not be too deep to be inaccessible for repairs. 3" depth of 3/4" washed gravel to be placed in the bottom of each valve box with enough space to fully turn valve for removal (see detail). 3.06 Head Installation: A. Set heads plumb and level with finish grade. In sloped area, heads to be tilted as necessary to provide full radius spray pattern. B. Flush lateral lines before installing heads. thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest head, before installing heads. Cap risers if delay of head installation occurs. C. Pop -Up Heads along walks and bikeways: Bed heads in 6" layer of sand under the base of the head. D. Nozzles: Supply appropriate nozzle for best performance. E. Adjustment: Adjust nozzles and radius of throw to minimize overspmy onto hard surfaces. 3.07 Controller Installation: A. To be installed in an above ground location suitable to prevent vandalism and provide protection from adverse weather conditions, and per Owner direction. All exposed wiring to and from the controller shall be encased in galvanized metal conduit. Exterior controllers to be installed per manufacturer recommendations. B. Install Controller per Owner direction and in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. install surge protection, grounding rods and other accessory components as specified. C. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit. Label wires with the identification number of the remote control valve activated by the wire. 3.09 Wiring: A. Comply with local electrical codes. B. Power source brought to controller to a ground fault receptacle installed within controller casing. C. String control wires as close as possible to mainline, consistently along and slightly below one side of the pipe. D. Leave minimum loop of 24" at each valve and controller and at each splice, at the ends of each sleeve, at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring, and change of direction of 90 degrees or more. Band wires together at 10' intervals with pipe wrapping tape. E. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve. Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted. Install three extra wires, as specified, to the furthest vale on the system and/or each branch of the system. F. Run 14 gauge wire to terminal strips in the controller pedestal and 18 gauge from terminal strips to controller. 3.10 Point of Connection: A. Make connection at a point (minimum of five feet) from the outside meter pit wall. Runt 3" pipe to a point due south of the pump location and split off the restroom supply. Run 3" metal pipe into the backflow device and out to the intake Z-pipe for the pump. Begin running PVC pipe for mainline (4") at the outlet Z-pipe using a mechanical connection. HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION Page 6 of 7 3.11 Testing A. All tests to be run in the presence of Owners' representative. Schedule all tests a minimum of 48 hours in advance of tests. Repeat any failed tests until full acceptance is obtained. B. Pressure Pest: Leave mainline uncoverd at joints and fittings. Place a pressure gauge (capable of reading pressures up to 120 psi minimum) on a Quick Coupling valve attached to the system. Fill mainlines with water and bring to full pressure. If new system is an add -on to existing system, isolate - the new system from the old system after filling. Record pressure readings at 15-minute intervals for 4 hours. Pressure shall not drop more than 5% of initial reading. If pressure drops more than 5%, a thorough walk through of the mainline shall be made to discover leakage and corrected. Repeat test until maximum desired pressure drop is achieved. C. Operational Test: Activate each remote control valve from the central control system in the presence of Owners' representative. Replace, adjust or move heads and nozzles as needed to obtain acceptable performance of system. Replace defective valves, wiring or other appurtenances to correct operational deficiencies. 3.12 Completion Services When project construction is complete, request from Owners' representative a punch list inspection for Construction Acceptance: A. Demonstrate system to Owner personnel. B. Provide Owner personnel with ordering information including model numbers, size and style for all components. C. Provide two sets of as built drawings per below, showing system as installed with each sheet clearly ` marked "AS -BUILT DRAWINGS", the name of the project and all information clearly provided. As- builts shall reflect changes indicated on weekly red line submittals. 1. One set of reproducible Mylar, no larger than 24" x 36". 2. One set of all sheets reduced to I x 17", with each station color coded, and each sheet plastic laminated. 3. Provide as -built drawing on computer disk in a *.DWG format. tia F. Clean Up: Remove all excess materials, tools, rubbish and debris from site. G. Contractor shall request Final Acceptance inspection from Owner. 11. Provide Owner personnel operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, warranties/ guarantees, maintenance manuals, and contractor's affidavit of release of liens. Keys, tools and other operating equipment need to be turned over to Owner. Submittal of all these items must be accompanied by a transmittal letter and delivered to the Owner offices (delivery at the project site is acceptable with " sighed receipt). END OF SECTION HOMESTEAD PARK SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION Page 7 of 7 `°" DIVISION 2 `, SECTION 02870 - MISCELLANEOUS SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Barbecue Grills B. Bike Racks C. Picnic Tables D. Site Benches E. Playground Equipment 1.02 Submittals for Review A. Submittals shall be directed to the Owners Representative and shall be approved in writing before affected work commences. B. Submit shop drawings and technical literature from manufacturer for all items specified in Section 1.01 above. C. Submit all color swatches on finish metal colors for each of the above site furnishings at the same time. D. Submit warranty inf'omtation at time of review 1.03 Substitutions A. Alternative bid proposals, which propose material substitutions, must be filly supported by necessary documentation showing compatibility/comparability with specific materials. Substitutions must be submitted to the Owners Representative prior to the bid opening. Substitutions must also comply with the General Conditions. Some Materials may not be substituted. 1.04 Warranty A. Warranty all products under this section for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion. In addition to the manufacturer's product Warranty, Contractor shall warranty the installation of all products in this section exclusive of normal wear and tear and damage caused out of the Control of the Contractor. This Warranty shall extend to removal and replacement of any defective materials or damaged products arising out of the failure of the product of improper installation of the Contractor. PART 2: MATERIALS 2.01 Barbecue Grills Two (2) Quality Industries, Model Number 1520, Embedded. Factory Representative: Alex Rachak Recreation, Port Collins Co, 1-970-221-5745 2.02 Bike Rack One (1) BRP Highwhecler bike rack, Model Number IIW-10-PF, (8"x54"xl08"), surface mount, hunter green. Factory Representative: Recreation Plus, Golden CO, 1-303-278-1455 or 1-888-278-55. City of Fort Collins Section 02870 — Site Furnishings Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 2.03 Picnic Tables WEBCOAT Inc., Visions Innovative Products; Model T8STDHDCPALT; 8' mesh table, 2 attached 6' �r benches centered, '/,'89 expanded metal, 2 3/8" legs, Black Powder Coat metal, Forest Green Webcoating, portable. Factory Representative: Ermold Park and Recreation Products, Eastlake, CO 1-303-450-9185 2.04 Site Benches Four (4) model M 2806-6 Timber Form Renaissance Bench with Arrests, surface mount, forest green. Submit color samples. ^ Factory Representative: Woods -Site Playscapes, Elizabeth CO, 1-303-688-2132 or 1-888-686-2132 —' 2.05 Playground Equipment ~ A. The following playground equipment supplied by Rocky Mountain Recreation P.O. Box 620411 Littleton, Co. 80162 — (303) 783-1452. No substitutions. 1. One (1) Landscape Structures Custom Playbooster w/ Cool Topper (il 15595) W 2. One (1) Landscape Structures Arch Belt Swing, 8', 4 place, galvanized chain, 2 belt scats, 2 molded bucket seats, 2 full bucket seats (it 100050) 3. One(]) landscape Structures 9 Block Climber (if 117966A) _- 2.06 Miscellaneous Hardware A. Hardware: All hardware including nuts, bolts, and washers, shall be cadmium plated, and shall conform to ASTM A307. _ B. Expansion Bolts: Expansion bolts and anchors shall be galvanized. Where expansion bolts are to fasten to concrete, they shall be Hilti KWIK BOLT or approved equal. C. Where expansion bolts are used to fasten to concrete block or other masonry construction, they —_ shall be RAWLY anchors or approved equal. D. Anchor picnic tables with a Pool Cup Anchor, Model #58290; 3" round CPB clip anchor with cross bar; Spectrum Aquatic Catalog 1-800-776-5309 or local pool supply company. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 Site Furniture A. locate barbecue, picnic tables, benches on site for review by Engineer prior to installation. See plan for dimensional locations. B. Anchor barbecue per plans, details, and per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Anchor picnic table and benches per plans and manufacturer's recommendations. D. Provide all concrete footings and hardware necessary for installation per plans and manufacturer's recommendations. _ E. Prior to completion of project, clean all furniture, as needed, to remove any dust and dirt, and provide a clean factory finish at time of final review. Touch up paint as needed. rW 3.02 Bike Rack A. Install bike racks per manufacturer's recommendations. City of Fort Collins Section 02870 - Site Fumishings .� Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 .+i B. Set racks plumb with grade and, parallel and perpendicular to building walls and/or walks. C. Provide all concrete footings and hardware necessary for installation per plans and manufacturer's recommendations. D. Prior to completion of project, clean bike racks, as needed, to remove dust and dirt. Provide a clean factory finish at time of final review. Touch up paint as needed. 3.03 Playground Equipment A. Playground Equipment to be installed by suppliers. 3.04 Protection A. Protect all painted surfaces from cracking or chipping during installation. Use blankets, tarps etc., to protect paint surfaces while handling. B. Do not accept materials damaged during shipping. Damaged parts shall not be accepted. if minor repairs are required, it shall be at the discretion of the Owners Representative whether the items are acceptable. C. Verify proper operation of all equipment prior to acceptance. Contractor shall be responsible for proper operation of all materials. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02870 - Site Furnishings Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 DIVI$1©N 2; SECTION 02900 - LANDSCAPE TREES, SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perforttt all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of the plantings and guarantee as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: 1. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees. 2. Installation of trees, shrubs and perennials. 3. Mulch. 1.02 Related Work A. Tree Protection: Section 02122 B. Irrigation Installation: Section 02810 C. Seed Construction: Section 02940 D. Sod Construction: Section 02950 B. Planting Maintenance: Section 02970 1.03 Submittals & Quality Assurance A. Submittals and test results shall be directed to the City Representative and shall be approved in writing before affected work commences. ALL COSTS TO ENSURE QUALITY SHALL. BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. 1. Submit three copies of manufacturer's specifications and literature on all products. 2. Submit three copies of complete materials list including quantities and descriptions of materials. B. Summary of submittals from this section: 1. Soil amendment analysis. 2. Mulch. 3. Plant material. C. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 1.04 Inspections A. Site Inspection: 1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be revegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment City of Fort Collins Section 02900— Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 1 of 6 from adjacent areas. Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding of mulching and discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegelation. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to Ilse City Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. 2. Contractor shall notity City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will be responsible to monitor the work. B. Pre -planting Inspections: I . All plant material shall be inspected by a City Forestry Representative before planting. Inspection of materials may be sequenced by major planting areas to accommodate efficient planting operations. Plants for inspection must be in a single location preferably on the project site. All rejected materials must be removed from the site, replaced and reinspected before planting. If the supplier is a local nursery, tagged plants may be inspected at the nursery. Photographs of the plant materials to be obtained from non -local sources may be submitted to the City Forestry Representative for preliminary inspection. This preliminary inspection is subject to final approval of plants at the job site. The Owner reserves the right to reject any plant material at any stage of construction or guarantee period. 2. All soil amendments, backfrll mixes and mulches will be inspected at the site by the City Representative before they arc used in planting operations. 3. City and Forestry Representatives will inspect staked locations of all trees before digging for those plants occurs. City Representatives will inspect the location of all shrubs in their containers at the proposed locations before digging commences. Contact City Representatives at least two days in advance. C. Final Inspection: 1. As soon as all planting is completed, a review and preliminary inspection to determine the condition of the vegetation will be held by the City Representatives upon request by the Contractor. 2. The inspection will occur only after the following conditions have been met: a. All areas will be free of weeds and neatly cultivated; b. All plant basins shall be in good repair; c. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with all beads properly adjusted; d. All debris and litter shall be cleaned up and all walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of soil and debris left from planting operations. 3. If, after the inspection, the City Representative is of the opinion that all work has been performed as per the Contract Documents, and that all vegetation is in satisfactory growing condition, he will give the Contractor Written Notice of Acceptance and the Guarantee Period shall begin. 4. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the City Representative shall be performed within the first ten (10) days of the guarantee period. Any work not performed within this time will necessitate an equivalent extension of the guarantee period. Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, and shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 5. Final approval and Substantial Completion notice will be given when all deficiencies are corrected. City of Fort Collins Section 02900 — landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 6 SECTION 00.300 BID FORM D. End of Guarantee Period Inspection: I. At the end of the second full growing season City Representatives will inspect all trees for satisfactory condition. The inspection shall take place in September and the City shall contact the Contractor concerning replacements. Replacements may take place the following spring if deemed proper or necessary. ^ 2. The Contractor is responsible for removal of all tree slakes, wire and webbing at the end of the guarantee period. 1.05 Guarantee A. Guarantee landscape construction materials against defects due to any cause for a period of two years. B. Guarantee plant material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two full growing seasons from the date of acceptance of all work. This guarantee includes insect infestation or infection by disease organisms. C. This guarantee will not be enforced should woody vegetation die due to vandalism; improper maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner involving over or under watering, lawn mower damage, over -fertilization, fire, flood, or hail or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. ` D. Replace woody vegetation when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the City Representative for the duration of the Guarantee Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. Replacement planting for trees shall be done in the spring planting season, except as approved otherwise. Remove dead plants within seven days of notification. If a tree is in marginal condition at the end of the guarantee period it may be agreeable to both parties to wait until the end of the growing season before deciding whether to replace that tree. E. All replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as described in the contract documents unless changes are approved by City Representatives. Repairs and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner. F. Guarantee shall apply to originally specified and installed plants and other landscape materials, and any replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Plant Material A. A complete list of plants including a schedule of quantities, sizes and other requirements is shown on the Landscape Plan. If discrepancies occur between quantities of plants indicated in the plant list and as indicated on the plan, the plan quantities shall govern. B. No substitutions shall be accepted without approval from the Owner's Representative. C. Plant material shall be a first-class representative of its species; healthy, vigorous, well -branched r and well proportioned with respect to height and width relationships. Inspect to assure that all .. plants are free from disease, injury, insects and weed roots; and conform to the requirements of the American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI 260.1 All plants are subject to inspection see 1.04 B. D. Plant material that is grown in a zone more mild than USDA zone 5 shall be acclimated to Colorado conditions prior to planting. E. Digging, Wrapping, and Handling: Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment in a manner that will not cause damage to branches, shape, and future development after planting: City of Fort Collins Section 02900 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials ... Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 6 .I 1. Balled and burlapped plants shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled with firm, natural balls of soil in sizes and ratios conforming to the Colorado Nursery Act as cited above. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with non -treated burlap, secured with wire or jute, Broken balls will not be accepted 2. Container grown plants shall have been nursery grown in containers and shall have sufficient roots to hold the entire soil mass together after container removal without being root -bound. 3. Options as to method: If all other requirements are met, a container grown plant may be substituted for a balled and burlapped or field collected plant. Trees transplanted by mechanical tree spade may be substituted for balled and burlapped trees as long as minimum ball sizes are equal to or larger than AAN Standards. F. Plant Protection: Plants shall be handled so roots are adequately protected at all times from drying out and from other injury. Protect balls of balled plants which cannot be planted within twelve hours of delivery with mulch or other suitable material. Where possible, store plants in the shade. Keep all plant roots moist before, during, and after planting. 2.02 Soil Amendment A. Compost or Well Rotted Manure: Compost shall be dry, friable, free from lumps, stones, weeds seeds, and other foreign matter, and free from mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life; a totally organic product that has been aerobically and naturally processed without the addition of coarse wood chips, in such a manner as to maintain a consistent temperature of 140 degrees Fahrenheit or greater for a period of time sufficient to create the following characteristics, measured by dry weight: 1. Maximum allowable organic matter: 60%.. 2. pH: 7.4 to 8.5 pH. 3. Salts: <5 mmhos/cm. 4. Eradication ofall harmful weed seeds, pathogens, and bacteria. 5. A non -offensive, earthy smell. Submit sample and analysis for City approval prior to use in planting. 2.03 Staking Materials A. Tree Stakes: 6-foot long metal "T" posts. B. Guying and Staking Wire: Galvanized iron or steel 12-gauge wire. C. Webbing: 2-inch nylon webbing. 2.04 Mulch A. Shredded wood: Mulch shall be free from noxious weed seed and all foreign material harmful to plant life. Submit samples. 2.05 Herbicide: A. Round -Up 2.06 Watering: A. No water will be available on site until installation of the irrigation system is complete. It is the intent that all plant material be watered using the irrigation system after installation. City of Fort Collins Section 02900 - Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 4 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Planting Woody Vegetation A. Location: stake tree locations and place container shrubs as shown on the plans. Coordinate review of locations with City Representative. B. The following table identifies the minimum distances from trees to utilities etc. Item Minimum Distance (feet) Curbs 5 Sidewalks 5 Electric buried cable 4 Water lines 6 Sewer lines 10 Gas lines 4 Street lights - Shade trees 40 Street lights - Ornamental trees 15 Street signs 7 Intersections 30 Vaults and pits 5-10 Irrigation rotor heads 12-20 Tree to tree - Shade trees 25 Tree to tree -- Evergreen trees 15 Tree to tree -- Ornamental trees 15 C. Planting Pits: 1. Dig planting pits two times the width of the root ball, see planting detail. 2. Roughen sides of the pit to remove any compacting or glazing. Mix loosened soil with specified backfill. D. Backfill Material: Tree and shrub planting pits shall be backfilled with the following mix: 1. 2/3 existing pit soil by volume. 2. 1/3 soil amendment by volume. Thoroughly mix backfill material in accordance with industry accepted technique in order to obtain a uniform, evenly blended consistency, free from pockets of unblended material and clods or stones greater than two inches in diameter. Coordinate review of backfill mix with City Representative. E. Planting: 1. Place each tree and shrub in the planting pit so that it will be two inches above finish grade for trees and one inch above finish grade for shrubs. City of Fat Collins Section 029nn - Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 6 2. Untie and remove burlap from top third of root ball on balled and burlapped material. Complete removal of wire baskets is preferred, at a minimum remove wire baskets from top and sides of root ball. 3. Backfill planting pit with backfill material and tamp to compact. Rater in thoroughly. Be sure no soil is placed on top of the root ball. 4. Stake all trees in a true vertical position per the appropriate construction detail. 5. Coordinate woody vegetation operations with other construction activities so that the irrigation system can be used to water the vegetation immediately after planting. 3.02 Placing Mulch A. Place a layer of wood mulch in all tree rings to the depth of 3-4 inches as shown on the construction detail. Do not install weed barrier in tree rings. Deciduous tree rings shall be 4 feet in diameter, coniferous tree rings shall extend 1 foot beyond the drip line. B. Place mulch in all planting beds, if shrub or perennial beds are planned. Place mulch to a 3-4 inch depth. Do not use weed barrier in perennial or groundcover beds (if present). Gently brush mulch off of perennials once installed. Take care in placement not to damage newly planted vegetation. 3.03 Maintenance A. Continuously maintain all plantings included in the Contract from the beginning of Contract work and during the progress of work, see Section 02970 Planting Maintenance. 13. The Owner will assume the responsibility of maintenance including watering, fertilizing, weeding, etc. upon written acceptance of Substantial Completion from the Owner. The Contractor shall periodically inspect the project during the two year guarantee period and immediately notify the Owner's Representative of any irregularities or deficiencies which will affect the guarantee. C. Round -Up herbicide may be used in mulched tree rings if grass seed has sprouted from seeding operations. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for resetting of any plants to an upright position or to proper grade and for the removal and replacement of any dead plant material. 3.04 Project Record (As -Built Drawing) A. Maintain one complete set of contract documents on site. Keep documents current. Record any changes in location, quantity and species of plant material. Submit corrected drawings to the Owner's Representative prior to final inspection. 3.05 Tree Stakes A. Remove all metal T-posts, wire and webbing at the end of the two season guarantee period. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02900 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 6 DIVISION'2 SECTION 02940 — TURF SEED CONSTRUCTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for irrigated turf seed construction in the quantities required. Furnish and -. install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a healthy, sound, and complete, craftsman -like installation. Work to include: ' 1. Application of herbicides. 2. Soil preparation. 3. Fine grading of all planting areas. 4. Seeding and mulch. 5. Maintenance during establishment. 1.02 Related Work A. Tree Protection: Section 02122 B. Irrigation Installation: Section 02810 C. Sod Construction: Section 02950 _ D. Planting Maintenance: Section 02970 1.03 Submittals & Quality Assurance A. Submit three copies of: ` 1. Manufacturer's specifications and literature on all products; 2. Manufacturer's tests (within G months of application) on supplied products; 3. Complete materials list including quantities and description of materials. B. Summary of submittals from this section: 1. Seed mix content. 2. Soil amendment analysis. 3. Mulch. 4. Seed tags from bags. C. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 1.04 Inspections _. A. Initial Inspection: Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that top soil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be revegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. City of Fort Collins Section 02940 -Turf seed Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Substantial and Final Acceptance: Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will monitor the work. 2. Upon completion of the seeding operations, the contractor shall notify the City Representative to review the work. If all work is acceptable, the City Representative shall record the date and issue a "Conditional Acceptance" certificate which states that the Contractor shall begin maintenance of all seeded areas as specified. 3. Seeded areas shall receive' Final Acceptance" provided a healthy, even colored, viable turf is established, free of weeds and undesirable grass species, disease and insects. Seeded areas shall meet the required coverage for seed establishment. 1.05 Guarantee A. Guarantee seed against defects for a period of one growing season from the date of final acceptance. B. This guarantee will not be enforced should seeded area die due to vandalism, improper maintenance by Owner, lawn mower damage, or other circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Replace seeded turf when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner's Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. 1). Areas seeded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall no later than October. Areas seeded in the fall will be inspected October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Herbicide A. Round -Up 2.02 Soil Amendment A. Use compost or well rotted manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Do not use Colorado mountain peat, sphagnum peat is acceptable. Soil amendment must be free of mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have the following properties: Organic Matter: 35-40% pH: 7.4 to 8.5 Salt: <7mmhos/cm Submit test results prior to application. Apply at a rate of six cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 2.03 Seed A. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall be certified seed with a PLS (pure live seed) rate no lower than 92%. Seed shall meet the requirements of Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage shall not be used. All seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. City of Fort Collins Section 02940 —Turf Seed Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 1. Irrigated Turf Seed Mix: Dwarf Type Tall Fescue Tile seed mixture shall be a blend of four to five dwarf type tall fescue cultivars to be - approved by the City Representative. The seeding rate shall be 9 lbs. Per 1,000 square feet. 2.04 Fertilizer COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER CONTENT & APPLICATION RAPE Commercial fertilizer Percent available by weight (18-46-0) Nitrogen 18 Phosphorus 46 Potassium 0 Application rate of 242 lbs. per acre. 2.05 Mulch A. Clean Graminae (grass family) straw supplied from local area. Free of weed seeds and other matter that has not been specified in this section. 2.06 Tacklfier A. Non -toxic organic tackifier. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Site Preparation Prepare areas as follows: 1. Remove any existing vegetation not scheduled to remain. Apply Roundup herbicide to all weeds and undisturbed areas that shall be re -seeded. Allow herbicide to sit for 7 to 10 days before tilling or preparing soil for seed. Apply Roundup at manufacturer's recommended rate for vegetation type specified. 2. Rip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight inches in one direction using an agricultural ripper with tines spaced at no greater than 18 inches. Areas adjacent to walks, structures, curbs, etc., where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked with —+ smaller equipment or by hand. 3. Place soil amendment at a rate of 6 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 4. Till all areas to be planted to a depth of 6 inches. 5. In tree protection areas, the topsoil shall be worked by hand to a depth of 3 inches. 6. Remove all rubble, stones, plant material and extraneous material over I% inches in diameter from the site. 7. Apply fertilizer specified in this Section. 8. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Coordinate restoration of fine grade to establish the vegetation subgrade at one inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Match grade at property lines and work - limit lines. A. Remove any additional stones over 1'/2 inches that have come to the surface. Perform drainage test by applying water with the irrigation system. All grades shall provide for run-off of water .� without low spots or pockets. Do not plant until the finished grade is reviewed by the City City of Fort Collins Section 02940 — Turf Seed Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 -. Representative. This review does not reduce Contractors responsibility to provide a finished product that drains properly. 3.02 Seed Application A. Seed areas indicated on drawings and areas disturbed by construction. B. Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor's responsibility, consistent with germination and erosion control requirements. C. Re -work previously prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic. D. Apply by drilling, drill in a minimum of two directions at right angles to one another. Broadcast or hydro seed in areas that are inaccessible or too steep to drill or as indicated on plans. E. Do not drill or sow during windy weather or when ground is frozen or untillable. F. Cover seed to depth of 1/4 inch by raking or dragging. G. Firm seeded areas with a roller weighing maximum of 100 lbs. per trot of width. 3.03 Hydraulic Seeding and Mulching Option A. Not Used 3.04 Maintenance A. Seed Establishment Period: 1. Water seeded areas as needed, minimum of two times per day, until grass is established. Water so that no erosion or movement of seed or mulch occurs. I land water as necessary to prevent movement of seed. 2. Seed establishment period shall begin upon the notice of "Conditional Acceptance" given by the City Representative in writing and continue through the first mowing m until the turf is established. 3. Post "keep off the grass" signs until turf is established. 4. Maintain seeded areas until the grass is established and has been mowed at least once. Maintenance shall include watering, fertilizing and herbicide weed control as necessary. Do not apply herbicide before the first mowing, do not mow before the majority of seedlings have three leaf blades. 5. Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be twenty five (25) viable live seedlings of the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead. Determination of required coverage will be based on a random sampling of the entire project area, and shall consist of a minimum of five samples, each two square feet in area. Bare spots are defined as those areas larger than one square foot which do not meet the required coverage. After the inspection it is the Contractor's responsibility to perform the required maintenance within one week to insure a healthy established seeding condition. 6. The total area occupied by bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet must not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total seeded area. Maximum single bare spot size is one square foot. All seeded grass areas which do not meet the satisfactory stand of growth qualification shall be reseeded and hydromulched. 7. Once the maintenance periods are completed and seed establishment is accepted, the City Representative shall issue a written notice of Final Acceptance. The guarantee period extends for one growing season after Final Acceptance. City of Fort Collin Section 02940 - Turf Seed Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 3.05 Reseeding and Repair A. Reseed areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. Scratch the surface to prepare seed bed and over -seed with drill seeder or hydromulch. B. Reseed areas that have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor's operation according to these specifications. C. After one growing season, there shall be no visual difference between seed and healthy sod in irrigated areas. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02940 —Turf Seed Construction Park Planning & Development (Xvision Page 5 of 5 DIVISION.2 SECTION 02940 -TURF SEED CONSTRUCTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for irrigated turf seed construction in the quantities required. Furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a healthy, sound, and complete, craftsman -like installation. Work to include: 1. Application of herbicides. 2. Soil preparation. 3. pine grading of all planting areas. 4. Seeding and mulch. 5. Maintenance during establishment. 1.02 Related Work A. free Protection: Section 02122 B. Irrigation Installation: Section 02810 C. Sod Construction: Section 02950 1). Planting Maintenance: Section 02970 1.03 Submittals & Quality Assurance A. Submit three copies of. 1. Mamd'acmrer's specifications and literature on all products; 2. Manufacturer's tests (within G months of application) on supplied products; 3. Complete materials list including quantities and description of materials. B. Summary of submittals from this section: 1. Seed mix content. 2. Soil amendment analysis. 3. Mulch. 4. Seed tags from bags. C. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 1.04 Inspections A. Initial Inspection: Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that top soil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be revegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. City of Fort Collins Section 02940 - Turf Seed Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page t of 5 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT: HOMESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723 Place 215 N. Mason 2nd Floor; Fort Collins Date July 31 2002 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated July 31, 2002 and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned Sinnett Builder Inc a **(Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor)** authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of Bid Bond 5% ($ in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified' performance and payment bbo ds is as rd follows: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, HartfoCT 0618� 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid. Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through v,,� 7/96 Section 00300 Page 1 Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetalion. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Substantial and Final Acceptance: 1. Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will monitor the work. 2. Upon completion of the seeding operations, the contractor shall notify the City Representative to review the work. if all work is acceptable, the City Representative shall record the date and issue a "Conditional Acceptance" certificate which states that the Contractor shall begin maintenance of all seeded areas as specified. 3. Seeded areas shall receive "Final Acceptance" provided a healthy, even colored, viable turf is established, free of weeds and undesirable grass species, disease and insects. Seeded areas shall meet the required coverage for seed establishment. 1.05 Guarantee A. Guarantee seed against defects for a period of one growing season from the date of final acceptance. B. This guarantee will not be enforced should seeded area die due to vandalism, improper maintenance by Owner, lawn mower damage, or other circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Replace seeded turf when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner's Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. D. Areas seeded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall no later than October. Areas seeded in the fall will be inspected October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Herbicide A. Round -Up 2.02 Soil Amendment A. Use compost or well rotted manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Do not use Colorado mountain peat, sphagnum peat is acceptable. Soil amendment must be free of mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have the following properties: Organic Matter: 3540% pH: 7.4 to 8.5 Sall: < 7 mmhos/cm Submit test results prior to application. Apply at a rate of six cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 2.03 Seed A. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall be certified seed with a PLS (pure live seed) rate no lower than 92%. Seed shall meet the requirements of Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage shall not be used. All seed shall be delivered in scaled bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. City of Fort Collins Section 02940— Turf Seed Construction Park Planning 6 Development Division Page 2 of 5 1, Irrigated Turf Seed Mix: Dwarf Type Tall Fescue The seed mixture shall be a blend of four to five dwarf type tall fescue cultivars to be approved by the City Representative. The seeding rate shall be 9 lbs. Per 1,000 square feet. 2.04 Fertilizer COMMERCIAL. FERTILIZER CONTENT & APPLICATION RATE Commercial fertilizer Percent available by weight (18-46-0) Nitrogen 18 Phosphorus 46 Potassium 0 Application rate of 242 lbs. per acre. 2.05 Mulch A. Clean Graminae (grass family) straw supplied from local area. Free of weed seeds and other matter that has not been specified in this section. 2.06 Tackifier A. Non -toxic organic tackifier. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Site Preparation Prepare areas as follows: 1. Remove any existing vegetation not scheduled to remain. Apply Roundup herbicide to all weeds and undisturbed areas that shall be re -seeded. Allow herbicide to sit for 7 to 10 days before tilling or preparing soil for seed. Apply Roundup at manufacturer's recommended rate for vegetation type specified. 2. Rip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight inches in one direction using an agricultural Tipper with tines spaced at no greater than 18 inches. Areas adjacent to walks, structures, curbs, etc., where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked with smaller equipment or by hand. 3. - Place soil amendment at a rate of 6 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 4. Till all areas to be planted to a depth of 6 inches. 5. In tree protection areas, the topsoil shall be worked by hand to a depth of 3 inches. 6. Remove all rubble, stones, plant material and extraneous material over 1'h inches in diameter from the site. 7. Apply fertilizer specified in this Section. 8. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Coordinate restoration of fine grade to establish the vegetation subgrade at one inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Match grade at property lines and work - limit lines. A. Remove any additional stones over 1 %, inches that have come to the surface. Perform drainage test by applying water with the irrigation system. All grades shall provide for run-off of water without low spots or pockets. Do not plant until the finished grade is reviewed by the City City of Fort Collins Section 02940 - Turf Seed Construction Pads Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished product that drains properly. 3.02 Seed Application A. Seed areas indicated on drawings and areas disturbed by construction. -. & Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor's responsibility, consistent with germination and erosion control requirements. C. Re -work previously prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic. D, Apply by drilling, drill in a minimum of two directions at right angles to one another. Broadcast r or hydro seed in areas that are inaccessible or too steep to drill or as indicated on plans. L. Do not drill or sow during windy weather or when ground is frozen or untillable. F. Cover seed to depth of 1/4 inch by raking or dragging. G. Firm seeded areas with a roller weighing maximum of 100 lbs. per foot of width. 3.03 Hydraulic Seeding and Mulching Option r A. Not Used 3.04 Maintenance A. Seed Establishment Period: 1. Water seeded areas as needed, minimum of two times per day, until grass is established. Water so that no erosion or movement of seed or mulch occurs. Hand water as necessary to prevent movement of seed. —, 2. Seed establishment period shall begin upon the notice of "Conditional Acceptance" given by the City Representative in writing and continue through the first mowing or until the turf is established. ^ 3. Post "keep off the grass" signs until turf is established. 4. Maintain seeded areas until the grass is established and has been mowed at least once. Maintenance shall include watering, fertilizing and herbicide weed control as necessary. Do not apply herbicide before the first mowing, do not mow before the majority of seedlings have three leaf blades. ^ 5. Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be twenty five (25) viable live seedlings of the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead. Determination of required coverage will be based on a random sampling of the entire project area, and shall consist of a minimum of five samples, each two square feet in area. Bare spots are defined as those areas larger than one square foot which do not meet the required coverage. After the inspection it is the Contractor's responsibility to perform the required maintenance within one week to insure a healthy established seeding condition. ^ 6. The total area occupied by bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet must not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total seeded area. Maximum single bare spot size is one square foot. All seeded grass areas which do not meet the satisfactory stand of growth qualification shall be reseeded and hydromulched. 7. Once the maintenance periods are completed and seed establishment is accepted, the City Representative shall issue a written notice of Final Acceptance. The guarantee period extends for one growing season after Final Acceptance. -- City of Fort Colflns Park Planning & Development Division Section 02940 —Turf Seed construction Page 4 of 5 ^ r 3.05 Reseeding and Repair A. Reseed areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. Scratch the surface to prepare seed bed and over -seed with drill seeder or hydronmlch. B. Reseed areas that have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor's operation according to these specifications. C. After one growing season, there shall be no visual difference between seed and healthy sod in irrigated areas. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02940 —Turf Seed Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 DIVISION 2' SECTION 02950 - SOD CONSTRUCTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for sod construction in the quantities required. ^ B. Furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a healthy, sound, and complete, craftsman -like installation. Work to include: 1. Application of herbicides 2. Soil preparation. ^ 3. Fine grading of all planting areas. — 4. Sod installation. 5. Maintenance during establishment. _. 1.02 Submittals & Quality Assurance _ A. Submit three copies of: -- 1. Manufacturer's specifications and literature on all products. _ 2. Manufacturer's tests (within 6 months of application) on supplied products. 3. Sod growers letter certifying the sod's species composition. B. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. _ 1.03 Inspection A. Initial Inspection: 1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be sodded are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Substantial and Final Acceptance: 1. Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will be responsible to monitor the work. 2. Upon completion of the sodding operations, the contractor shall notify the City Representative to request a review of the work. If all work is acceptable, the City Representative shall record the date and issue a "Conditional Acceptance" certificate which states that the Contractor shall begin maintenance of all sodded areas as specified. City of Fort Collins Section 02950 — Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 ,,,� 3. Sodded areas shall receive "Final Acceptance" provided a healthy, even colored, viable turf is established, free of weeds and undesirable grass species, disease and insects. 1.04 Guarantee A. Guarantee sod against defects for a period of one growing season from the date of final acceptance. B. This guarantee shall not be enforced should sod die due to vandalism, improper maintenance by Owner, lawn mower damage or other circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Replace sod when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner's Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. D. Areas sodded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall not later than October. Areas sodded in the fall will be inspected in October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Herbicide A. Round -Up 2.02 Soil Amendment A. Use compost or well rotted manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Soil amendment must be free of mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have the following properties: Organic Matter: 35-40% PH: 7.4 to 8.5 Sall: <4 mmhos/cm 2.03 Fertilizer A. Commercial Fertilizer (20 -- 20 — 10) apply at manufacturers recommendation. 2.04 Sod A. Provide strongly rooted sod not less than 2 years old and free of weeds. B. Species composition shall be a mix of dwarf fescue grass. C. Furnish in rolls: 1. Uniformly mowed height when harvested. 2. Free of disease, nematodes, pests and pest larvae. 3. Thickness: Soil thickness of sod cuts shall not be less than 3/4 inch nor more than 1 inch. D. Weeds: 1. Free of Bermuda grass, Quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy, nut sedge, nimble will, Canada thistle, bindweed, bent grass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel. 2. Containing less than 10 Jimsonweed, mustard, Iamb's quarter, chickweed, cress or crab grass plant per 100 sq. ft. 2.05 Water A. Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Contractor responsible for watering even if area sprinkler system is not operational. Cily of Fort Collins Section 02950 - Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 2.06 Pegs A. Softwood, 3/4 inch diameter, 8 inch length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Site Preparation A. Prepare areas as follows: 1. Remove any existing vegetation not scheduled to remain. 2. Rip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight inches in one direction using an agricultural -� ripper with tines spaced at no greater than 18 inches. Areas adjacent to walks, structures, curbs, etc., where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked with smaller equipment or by hand. 3. Place soil amendment at a rate of six (6) cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 4. Till all areas to be planted to a depth of 6". 5. In tree protection areas, tine topsoil shall be worked by hand to a depth of 3 inches. 6. Remove all rubble, stones, plant material and extraneous material over 1 %: inches in diameter from the site. 7. Apply pre -planting fertilizer as specified in Part 2 of the Section. 8. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Coordinate restoration of fine grade to establish the vegetation subgrade at one inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Match grade at property lines and work - limit lines. B. Remove any additional stones over 1 %, inches that have come to the surface. Perform drainage test by applying water with the irrigation system. Do not plant until the finished grade is reviewed by City Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished product that drains properly. 3.02 Installation I A. Sod areas indicated on drawings. B. Selection of the time of sodding shall be the Contractor's responsibility, consistent with weather limitations. Coordinate with Parks Maintenance if fall watering is required for establishment. C. Begin sodding from bottom of slopes. D. Lay first row of sod in a straight line with long dimension of pads parallel to slope contours. L. Butt side and end joints. F. Stagger end joints in adjacent rows. G. Do not stretch or overlap sod. H. Peg sod on slopes greater than 3 to 1 with a minimum of two pegs per sq. yd. I. Water sod immediately after transplanting. J. Roll sod, except on pegged areas, with roller weighing not more than 1501bs. per foot of roller width. K. Water sod and soil to a depth of 4 to 6 inches within four hours after rolling. U L. Provide sufficient barriers and signage notifying the public to keep off the newly sodded areas. City of Fort Collins Park Planning & Development Division See0on02950—Sod Construction Page 3 of 4 3.03 Maintenance A. Sod establishment period: 1. Sod establishment period shall begin immediately after installation and continue through the third mowing or until turf is established. Maintenance shall include watering, mowing, fertilizing and weed control as necessary. 2. Watering: Water sod areas as needed to keep wet to a depth of 4 to G inches for 2 to 3 weeks until grass is established. Avoid standing water, surface wash or erosion from over -watering. Reduce water application after the first few weeks. 3. Mowing: Mow when the grass is 4inches long, sometime after 2 weeks. Mow at a height of 3 inches. If the turf reaches over 4 inches, mow off one third of the height even if two weeks has not passed. Do not cut shorter than 3 inches for the first few mowings., Reduce water prior to mowing so as not to damage sod. Mow with walk behind mower. 4. Disease and Insect Control: A licensed applicator shall apply fungicides and insecticides as required to control disease and insects in accordance with state law requirements. 3.04 Resod and Repair A. Resod areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. B. Sod shall be established at least 30 days prior to Final Acceptance. C. Re -sod spots larger than I sq. 11. not having a uniform stand of grass. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section O2950 — Sod Construction Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 7 .. SECTION 02970 - PLANTING MAINTENANCE - PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish all supervision, labor, material equipment, and transportation, and perform all operations ^ in connection with and reasonably incidental to maintaining all planting, including winter watering, called for under this contract. Maintain landscape materials in an attractive, healthy, operable condition until seeded areas are established, landscape punch list items are complete, and — all landscape work is accepted by Owner. 1.02 Quality Assurance _ A. Work Force: Contractor's representative shall be experienced in planting and irrigation _- maintenance. B. Maintenance Record: Submit to the Owner's Representative a monthly record of all maintenance operations performed, including a record of all herbicides, insecticides, and disease control chemicals used. 1.03 Environmental Conditions A. The requirements for winter treatment of plants will be applicable when the maintenance period extends past October 15. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Materials - A. Replacement materials shall conform to the specifications for original installation. - PART 3 - EXECUTION rnl 3.01 Tree Care A. Watering: When hand watering, use a water wand to break the water force. All trees and shrubs shall be winter watered using a need type root feeder at least once per month between irrigation system winterization and spring start-up. Irrigation system may be used for winter watering, providing the system is re -winterized after each use. B. Staking: Inspect stakes monthly to prevent girdling of trunks or branches, and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds. Remove stakes and guys after one year, or as determined by Owner's Representative. Stakes will remain the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. ^ C. Weed Control: Keep planting areas free of weeds. Use recommended legally approved .. herbicides. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots. Weed at least once per week. D. Insect and Disease Control: Maintain reasonable control with approved materials to prevent visual ~ and structural damage to the plants. -, L. Wounds: All wounds or injuries should be traced out and disinfected with alcohol or equal. No tree wound compounds or paints shall be applied. F. Tree rings: Mulched tree rings shall be kept tidy and weed free. City of Fort Collins Park Planning 8 Development Division SECTION 02970 - Planting Maintenance Page 1 of 2 --� r G. Replacement of plants: Remove dead and dying plants and replace with plants of an equal size, condition, and variety or original planting plan. Replacements shall be made at no expense to Owner. 11. Trash Removal: Remove trash, clipped grass, and blown dirt weekly from shrub beds, lawns, walks, and tree basins. Keep the entire area within the limits of planting free from trash and dirt (water or wind carried) at all times. Repair erosion damage for duration of maintenance period. 3.02 Turfgrass Care A. Mowing: Mow only the turf areas as needed to maintain a height between a minimum of 2 inches and a maximum of 3 % inches. Do not mow wildflowers or low maintenance grasses, except as specified below. B. Edging: Trim edges at least twice monthly or as needed for neat appearance. Catch clippings and removed from lawn areas. Vacuum or blow off walks. C. Watering: Water turf areas at the frequency required to obtain proper turf establishment and to maintain a lush, green lawn. Apply water in such a way to encourage deep root growth. 3.03 Low Maintenance Grasses A. Mowing: Mow low maintenance grasses and wetlands grasses only after they have produced mature seeds and/or gone dormant for the winter or for weed control. B. Watering: Water as frequently as needed to obtain plant establishment (usually G to 8 weeks) and thereafter as needed to avoid dieback. Apply water slowly and deeply to prevent runoff and encourage deep root growth. C. Weed Control: The Owner will determine the need for weed control. END OF SECTION City of FM Collins SECTION 02970 - Planting Maintenance Pads Planning R Development Division Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Formwork for Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Formwork Accessories B. Install Only: 1. Cast -in Items such as Angles, Plates, Pipe Rail Sleeves, Anchor Bolts, etc.: Furnished under Section 05500. 1.02 RELAT1D WORK: A. Exterior Concrete: Section 02515 Site Concrete B. Reinforcement and Accessories: Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement C. Concrete and Flalwork Screeds: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete D. Mechanical and electrical blockouts: Division 15 and Division 16 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria: I. Safety: Assume responsibility for the safety of the formwork and provide necessary design, construction, materials and maintenance to produce the required concrete Work safely. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Reference standard: Design and Construct formwork in conformance to ACI. Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Footings: Dressed lumber or plywood B. Non Exposed Concrete: Plywood, Steel or Dressed Lumber TAS 02136 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork - 1 2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Adjustable in length to permit tightening of forms and of such type to leave no metal closer that I " of the surface nor holes or depressions larger than 7/8" in diameter. B. Clatnps, Brackets, Braces, Washers, Wedges, Walers, Etc.: Contractor's option. C. Chamfer Strips: 3/4" 45" job cut wood or 3/4" 45" PVC for unexposed surfaces - use PVC. for exposed surfaces. 2.03 MISCELI.ANF,OUS MATERIALS A. Form Oil: Non -staining. Contractor's option. B. Expansion Joint Filler: Bituminous fiber type complying with ASTM D1751, sizes as indicated. C. Slab Construction Joint Forms: Burke Keyed Kold Joint or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Foundation Bearing Surfaces: Inspected and approved by the Geotechnic:d FnIgineer prior to placing of' concrete. See Section 02200. Note: bearing material should be inspected after form work is placed to insure footings are poured on undisturbed material. B. Formwork: Formwork surfaces that will provide the finish surface of exposed concrete must be inspected h7 the Architect before placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Underslab surfaces: Fine grade to a smooth, level surface prior to installation of slab forms. 3.03 ER :C HON A. Footings: The use of earth as a form will not be allowed. Lap forming with dressed lumber or plywood will not be allowed. Butt form material end to end conforming to shape. lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings. Properly brace or tie to maintain position. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent excess leakage of mortar. B. Walls and Grade Beams: The use of earth as a form will not be allowed. Lap forming with dressed lumber or plywood will not allowed. Forms shall conform to shape, lines and dimensions of the members indicated on the Drawings and shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Properly brace or tie to maintain position, shape and lateral stability, and provide sufficient strength to carry construction operations and material dead loads without deflection or vibration. Design forms to be capable of needed adjustments and carefully watched as work proceeds with faults promptly corrected. Where finished concrete is to remain exposed,joints shall be regularly spaced and held to a minimum both horizontally and vertically. Provide access panels in formwork for cleanout or placing as required. C. Construction Joints: Use construction joints at temporary stopping of concrete placemont or as indicated on the Drawings. Submit tothe Architect for approval the locations ofjoin(s desired for construction, locatejoints in walls and footings at least 10 feet from any comer. Leave joints in reinforced structural members rough and provide longitudinal keys at least 1-1/2" deep. TAS 02136 Section 0.3100 Concrete Formwork - 2 D. Anchors, Inserts, Blockouts and Built-in Items: Securely fasten anchor bolts. inserts, form biockoutsand other items built into the concrete to formwork or hold in place with templates. Insertion into concrete after pournig will not be allowed. E. Chamfer Strips: Install strips at exposed outside corners. F. Slabs on Grade: Where concrete slabs are deposited on earth, take care to obtain a smooth level surface w - - slabswillbeofunifonmthicknessasrequiredthroughout. Location of expansionjoints and controljoints shall be as indicated on Drawings. Place joint forms in a straight line flush with finished surface and in accordance ^ with the manufacturer's direction. Wire bottom alignment slots and bottom of key to metal support stakes. 1. Control Joints: Sawed joints maybe substituted for joint forms at contraction joints. Sawed joints shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Joint sawing shall be timed properly with the setting of the concrete. Cutting shall be started as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates being dislodged by the saw, and shall be completed priorto the formation ofany shrinkage cracks. 3.04 FORM COATING A. Coat the surface of formwork prior to each pour. Apply in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions. Apply coaling prior to the placing of the reinforcement. Prontptl}rcnwve any excess coating material _ Remove coatings of dust from contact surfaces of fonts prior to depositing concrete. 3.05 REMOVAL A. Fornts in general may be removed from vertical surfaces after 24 hours from time of placing unless othenrise ^ specified under Cold Weather in Section 03300. 3.06 RI'sIISE A. Clean form material suitable for reuse before erection. No form material will be acceptable for reuse if it will not produce a finished surface required by these Specifications or called for on the Drawings. END OF Sf'.CTLON TAS 02136 Section 03100 -� Coucrcte furum%ork - ? ti SECTION 03200 CONCRETE' REINFORCEMENT PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Reinforcing Bars for Cast-ln-Place Concrete 2. Welded wire fabric for Cast -In -Place Concrete B. Furnish only 1. Reinforcing steel for masonry For section 04200 Unit Masonry 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Exterior Concrete: Section 02515 Concrete Curbs B. Formwork: Section 03100 Concrete Formwork C. Concrete: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.03 REPLRENCES A. Reference Standards: Detailing, Fabrication, and placement shall follow recommendations of: l . Refer to General Structural Notes on Sheet S 1. 1.04 SUBMITFA1S A. Shopbraw•ings: Submit in accordance with Section01300. Indicate size, configuration, pertinent dimensions, number, exact position, and spacing or reinforcement and the exact location of a1I openings, framing, or special conditions affecting the work. Include 1/8" scale plan of all floors and walls with reinforcing indicated. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND IIANDLING A. General: Complywith Section 01600. Unload and store reinforcing bars so they will be kept free of mud. Store on timber skids while awaiting use. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: Refer to general notes on structural drawings. TAS 02136 Secuon 03200 Concrete Reinforcement - I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Reinforcement: Provide ample notice to the Architect to allow him to examine forms and reinforcement prior to pouring the concrete. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with General Notes on Structural Drawings. B. Bending: Bend reinforcement cold. Bars shall be full length required and accurately bent to details. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field bent except as indicted on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Architect. C. Placing: Place reinforcement accurately and hold firmly in place before and during the placing of concrete. Provide specified concrete protective cover for reinforcement from the exterior face of members in accordance with ACI 318 and notes on Drawings. Provide bar supports and spacers to place bars in the proper location _ and wire adequately at intersections to hold bars firmly in position while concrete is placed. Lap reinforcement as indicated on Drawings. Wire bent dowels in place before placing concrete. 1. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117. D. Splicing: Wherever it is necessary to splice reinforcement other than as indicated on the Drawings, the character of the splice shall be approved by the Architect on the basis of allowable bond stress and the stress in the reinforcement at the splice. Splicing shall not be made at points of maximum stress nor shall adjacent bars be spliced at the same point. Lap continuous bars as noted on Drawings. r E. Supports and Spacers: Types of supports and spacers are optional with the installer. Supports shall be properly spaced and shall have sufficient strength to carry the loads of reinforcing steel and deposited concrete without collapsing or allowing bars to sag. Bar supports and spacers which will be in contact with concrete surfaces exposed to weather shall be galvanized or plastic coated. Do not use bar support runways for concrete buggies or similar loads. 3.03 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Lay welded wire fabric continuously, with edges and ends overlapping adjoining sheets a minimum of one full mesh, tied and placed over all piping and conduit. Lift the fabric by approved methods to the center of slabs during the placing of concrete, or properly support in this position. Where required, construct bulkheads at construction joints and screeds to place the fabric in the proper position. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean reinforcement prior to placing concrete to remove scale, oil, ice or other coatings that will destroy or reduce the bond, including mortar from previous concrete pours. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 03200 Concrew Keinfoiccmcm .. SF.C'1'ION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PARTI- GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes I. Formed Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Concrete Flatwork 3. Miscellaneous Concrete B. Install Only: 1. Anchor bolts and inserts furnished under other sections. C. Related Requirements: I . Testing: Section 01400 Quality control 2. Quality Control: Section 01400. 1). Related Sections: I. Grouting: Section 03600 Grout. 2. Formwork: Section 03100 3. Reinforcing: Section 03200 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with following except as modified by supplementary requirements of this project specification. I. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. AC 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials" 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: Not less than 2 weeks prior to placing any concrete, submit concrete mixes for acceptance in accordance with Product Data provisions of Division I. I. Submit manufacturers data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials including admixtures with specified requirements. 2. Submit separate mix design for each concrete mix type to be used in project. Include following: a. Mix identification designation. b. Statement of intended use for mix. C. Mix proportions, including admixtures. d. Wet and dry unit weight. C. Entrained air content. 1'. Design slump. g. Design compressive strength. h. Strength qualification data. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete - I 3. Strength Qualification Data: a. Submit required average strength qualification data and documentation per ACI 301 3.9.1, 3.9.2, and 3.9.3. b. If trial batches are used to qualify average strength, mix design shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory and shall achieve average compression strength a minimum of 1,200 psi greater than specified strength with slump within I inch of maximum permitted and air content within 0.5% of maximum allowable.' C. If field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project, including copies of concrete testing agency's reports from which data "as complied. E. Test Reports: Reports of control tests, special tests and core tests specified under Field Quality Control in Part 3 shall be distributed by independent testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01400. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: All testing will be conducted by approved testing laboratory. See Field Quality Control - Part 3 and Section 01400. B. Source Quality Control: Architect shall be offered uninterrupted access to ready -mix hatching plant while work is in progress. C. Record of Work: Keep record listing time, location, and date of placement of concrete for structure. Keep such record until completion of project and make available to Architect for examination at any time. 1.05 DELIVER, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Materials handling and hatching shall conform to applicable provisions of ASTM C94. 13. Hauling Time: Discharge concrete transmitted in truck mixer, agitator or other transportation device within 1'/2 hours after mixing water has been added. C. Extra Water: 1. Deliver concrete to site in exact quantities required by design mix. 2. Should extra water be required for workability before depositing concrete and water/cement ratio of accepted mix design has not been exceeded, General Contractor's superintendent shall have sole -- authority to authorize addition of water. Any additional water added to mix after leaving batch plant shall be indicated on truck ticket and signed by person responsible. 3. Where extra water is added to concrete it shall be mixed thoroughly for 50 revolutions of drum before depositing. 4. Water may be added at the site only once for each batch. D. Redosage with High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): Maybe done with prior acceptance of Architect regarding dosage and time periods. _ 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: I. Cold Weather Placement: TAS 02136 Section 03300 —� Cast -in -Place Concrete - 2 it. When for three successive days prior to concrete placement the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 401F or when the average outdoor temperature is expected to drop below 40°F on the day of concrete placement, preparation, protection, and curing of concrete shall comply with ACI 306.1. b. Minimum temperature of concrete upon (lei iaery shall conform to ACI 301,'1able 7.G.1.1. Concrete temperature at placement shall conform to minimum values of ACI 306.1. 'rabic 3.2.1, and shall not exceed minimum values by more than 20T. C. Subject to acceptance of Architect, an accelerating admixture may be used. Admixtures shall meet requirements of Part 2. Calcium Chloride and other chloride -type accelerating admixtures will not be allowed. d. Subject to acceptance of Architect,Contractor may substitute cement for equal weight offly ash in design mix. C. Comply with concrete protection icmperulure requirements of ACI 306 1. Record coucrote temperatures during specified protection period at intervals not to exceed 16 hours and no less than twice during any 24-hour period. f. Submittal of detailed procedures, means, and methods for production, transportation, placement, protection, curing, and temperature monitoring of concrete during cold weather is not required. 2. Hot Weather Placement: a. When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of ACI 305R. b. 'temperature of concrete at time of placement shall not exceed 85°F. C. When air temperatures on clay of placement are expected to exceed 90T, mix ingredients shall be cooled before mixing. Flake ice or well -crushed ice of a size that a+ill melt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of mix water. d. Retard ingadmixturemaybeused suhjecttoacceptance ofArchitect. Admixturesshallmect requirements of Part 2. C. Protect to prevent rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible. 3. Unless adequate protection is provided, concrete shall not be placed during rain, sleet, or snow. Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the mixing water nor to damage the surface finish. PART 2 - PROM JC I'S 2.01 MATERIALS A. ACI 301: Provide materials in accordance with ACI 301, paragraphs as listed, unless mandated or superseded by requirements of this section or general notes on structural drawings. 13. Concrete Materials (ACI 301 Chapter 2); I. General: Ready -mixed Concrete: ASTM C94-86b. Gn-site mixed concrete not allowed. 2. Cement: ASTM C150-86,'Type I - II. 3. Fly ash will be allowed as a cementitious component of the mix. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618-87 Class C or F. Fly ash shall not exceed 20% of total cementitious material by weight. 4. Aggregate: ASTM C33-86, obtained from same source throughout project: a. Fine Aggregate: Natural sand. b. Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone containing no deleterious substances which cause surface spalling. Determine maximum coarse aggregate sizebythickness ofmembers, finish required, and spacing of reinforcement. Size: Accepted by Engineer prior to placing any concrete. 5. Water: Potable. 6. Air Entraining Agent: AS-1 M C260-86. 7. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494-86, -Type A: a. Eagle Admixtures Conad N. b. Cormix PSI-N. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place ('oncrcle 7 C. Euclid Eucon WR-75. d. Master Builders Pozrolith 200N. C. Prokrete Industries Prokrete-N. 1'. Sika Plastocretc 161. g. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 8. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494-86, Type T or G: a. Eclid Eucon 37. b. Sika Sikament 300. C. Master Builders Rheobild. d. Cormix PSI Super. e. W.R. Grace WRDA 19. f. Prokrete Industries PSP. g. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 9. Non -Corrosive, Non -chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494-86, Type C or E, containing not more chloride ions than present in municipal drinking water and with long-term test data from independent -. testing laboratory providing non -corrosive effect on reinforcing steel: a. Euclid Accelguard 80. b. W.R. Grace Daraset. C. Sika Plastocrete 161 FL d. Master Builders Pozzutec 20. C. Gilco Accelerator. F. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 10. Water -Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Typc D: a. Cormix PSI-R Plus. b. Euclid Eucon Retarder 75. C. W.R. Grace Daralard-17. d. Master Builders Po7zolith R. e. Prokrete Industries Protard. f Sika Plastiment. g. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. C. Miscellaneous Materials I. Curing Compound -Vertical Surfaces: ASTM C309-81. 2. CuringandSealingCompound-Interior Slabs to Remain Exposed, Interior Slabs to receive Resilient Flooring and Carpet, and Exterior Concrete: Minimum 30% solids content, maximum moisture loss of 0.030 grams per square centimeter (300-square feet per gallon coverage): a. Eclid Super Rex Seal or Super Pliocure. b. Master Builders Masterseal. C. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. Comply with requirements of floor finish manufacturers. 3. Floor Sealer: Second coat of Curing and Sealing Compound - Interior Slabs to Remain Exposed as specified above. 2.02 ADHESIVES AND BONDING COMPOUNDS A. Epoxy Adhesives for Use in All Structural Repairs: Two components, 100%solids, 100%1 eactivec0111pound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces and complying with ASTM C881. I . Euclid Euco Epoxy 452 M V or 620. 2. Sika Sikadur Hi -Mod. 3. Approved substitute in accordance a ith Section 01600. r Where epoxy injection procedures are used, use low viscosity epoxy made by one of above manufacturers. TAS 02136 Section 03300 7 Cast -in -Place Concrete - 4 13. Bonding Compound (Interior Only): I. Euclid Euco Weld. 2. Larsen Products Weldcretc. 3. Sika Sikabond. 4. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. Use only at areas not subject to moisture. C. Epoxy Joint filler: Three component, 100% solids compound wi(h minimum shore D hardness of 50 I. Euclid Loco Epoxy 600 or 700, 2. Sika Sikadur Lo-Mod. 3. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. 2.03 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Reference Standard: ACI 301 Chapter 3. B. Design: Confonn togeneral notes on structural drawings. Proportion ingredients for mixes in accordance with ACI 3013.9. l . Should contractor require special mix due to structural requirements, weather or materials, submit samples of cement and aggregate to be used to approved testing laboratory. Testing laboratory will make analysis of materials and design proper mix to be used. C. Durability: Conform to ACI 301 3.4 as modified herein. 1. Concrete Exposed toWeatherorFreeze-Thaw Including paving, Site Work and Exterior Slabs: Meet requirements of' ACI 301 3.4.1 except that concrete shall have a water -cement ratio not cxcccdiug O�li. 2. Concrete Fxposed to Deicers or Aggressive Chemicals Including Parking Slabs, Vehicular Ramps, and Loading Docks: Meet requirements of ACI 301 3.4.3 3 except that concrete shall have a water cement ratio not exceeding 0.40. D. Slump: Design water-cementitious material ratio to provide slumps indicated under mix type. I. Concrete Containing High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticiaer): Slump of 2 to 3" upon arrival at site, maximum slump of 8" after addition of superplasticizer. 2. Other Concrete: Maximum 4". E. Concrete for Floors: Conform to ACI 3013.14 as modified herein. F. Selection of Proportions 1. Mix Design: Cost of concrete mix design by concrete contractor. 2. Selection of Proportions: Use method of ACI 301 3.9. Proportioning based on method of ACI 301 3.10 not allowed. a. Field test records used for documentation of the average strength produced by a proposed mix in accordance with ACI 301 3.9.3.2 shall, in addition to the requirements there listed. comply with the following: 1) The test record shall represent production concrete from a single design mix, produced during the past year, and may be composed of 30 or more consecutive tests. 2) 'rhe test record shall represent concrete made with identical materials and proportions (including admixtures) to the proposed mix. 3) The test record shall represent concrete proportioned to produce the maximum slump allowed by these specifications and for air entrained concrete within i- 0.5% of the maximum air content allowed. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete - i Project: HOMESTEAD PARK BID SCHEDULE Bid Item #1 Description I Unit I Unit Price Estimated Dty. I Total General 1 Bid Bond LS $ ,j I Q' Z 1 $ 2 Mobilization LS $ Ai n(o, L)0 1 $ 3 Surveying LS $ 1 $ 10 n 4 Safety Fencing LF $ 'y 65 $ Z-?p 5 Demolition LS $ JAI G} , (, 1 $ I �� Earthwork 6 Topsoil CY $ Z..q 1 3,294 $ 7 Earthwork - Cut CY $ '�. ng , 6,092 $ / 7, a Earthwork -Import Fill (loose) CY $ (e - AAJ 210 $ Drainage, Erosion Control, and Utilities 9 Erosion Control LS $ % /e �` 1 $ �r�ei� 10 Erosion Control Cover Crop LS $ ?J3'� S 1 $ 33A L 11 Subdrains- perforated LF $ _(. Aq 161 $ -2— 79 12 Subdrains - non -perforated LF $ I (e , !a!"' 125 $ 2O Tro 13 Domestic Water Service and Distribution LS $ % 1,1$ W 1 $ 14 Sanitary Sewer Service and Drinking Fountain Drain LS $ -11 /eG °I 1 $ y 670 15 Electrical Service and Distribution LS $ 1 Paths, Plazas, Ramps, and Steps 16 5" Thick Standard Grey Concrete SF $ Z _ 2rS 22,337 $ 17 Entry Ramp at Playground LS $ 34 r, Al 1 $ 3AJ Fr 18 Entry Stairs at Core Area LS $ Z,f 3$ . Sp., 1 $ 19 Playground Curb LF $ I S' 161 $ 20 Playground Header LF $ j . 22 88 $ Metal Railing 21 Plaza Step Handrails LS $ q R, 1 $ 9 3 Multi -use Concrete Courts 22 Multi -use Court LS $ �--'� �'- 1 $ Go Playground 23 Safety Surfacing Loose CY 161 $ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Architect's Review: Provide minimum of 24-hour notice to Architect to allow him to review forms and reinforcement just before concrete is placed and to observe placing of concrete 13. Contractors Review: Contractor shall inspect forms and reinforcing prior to concrete placement to assure accurate placement of embedded items. 3.02 GENBRAI. A. Install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, paragraphs as listed unless amended or superseded by this section or notes on structural drawings. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Do not begin concrete work until operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as continuous operation for entire section that is to be placed. Clean equipment for mixing and transporting concrete. 1. Forms: Cleaned of debris and ice, wetted (except in freezing weather), and coated as specified under Section 03100. , 2. 1f water accumulates in fomts, pump out before concrete is deposited. 3. Clearly mark finish top surface ol'vertical members on form walls. B. Protection: Cover masonry walls, glazing, and other finish materials with polyethylene or otherwise protect from damage due to placing of slabs, sidewalks, or floors above. 3.04 PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with ACI 301, Chapter 8. B. Placement: Place concrete in approximately uniform horizontal layers not over 2 feet in height. Piling up of concrete in forms or chuting in manner to separate aggregates will not be permitted. Do not drop concrete in free fall over 5 feet. C. Water: Prevent accumulations of water on surface of concrete due to water gain. segregation. or other causes. during placement or compacting. Make provision for removal of water as may accumulate so that concrete not be placed in such accumulation. D. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete during and immediately aflcr depositing by means of mechanical vibrators. Supplement by hand spading at corners an angles of forms, around embedded fixtures and in other difficult areas. 1. Mechanical Vibrator: Comply with ACI 309, minimum frequency of 8,000 vibrations per minute. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6" into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete - 7 Ii. Finishing: Where tops of cast -in -place concrete walls will form finished surface, immediately finish concrete _ in form by skilled cement finisher. Walls or surfaces not finished to level subject to removal and replacement. 3.0 FLATWORK A. Screeds: Iislablish finish plane of horizontal surfaces by screeds, carefully aligned and securely set, spaced not over 8 feet apart and installed at proper level or slope, prior to placing concrete. B. Floor Slab'folerances; Lcvel within maximum tolerance of 1/4" in 10 feet except slope to drains as indicated. C. Selection of Finishes: In accordance with Section 11.8 ofACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. Interior floor slabs shall receive a troweled finish in accordance with Section 11.7.3 of ACI 301. Finish surfaces sparingly with special tools, such as roller bugs, to force coarse aggregate slightly below surface. Jitterbug tarnpers not allowed without acceptance of Architect. Dusting of wearing surfaces with dry materials not allowed. D. Requirements for Slab Finish: Comply with requirements of various Sections for slab tolerances, finishes, curing, etc. Be responsible to repair or replace slabs as required and specified in those sections to meet requirements. 3.06 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Reference Standard: ACI 301 9.I. 13. Inspection: Allow Architect to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of firms. J C. Repair I. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, details,and elevations. 2. Repairorreplace concrctenot properly placed resulting in excessive honcycombing or other defects. Do not patch, repairor replace exposed architectural finished concrete except upon express direction of Architect. 3. Patch holes and defects. D. Repair defects in structural concrete walls as follows I . Deep Defects Exposing Reinforcing: Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loosc " concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of epoxy adhesive. Form and pour full with non -shrink grout prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy adhesive. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. Moist cure and apply clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 2. Defects Greater than 1/2-inch Depth not Exposing Reinforcing: Chip, clean, and appIN epox% adhesive. Place or dry pack using non -shrink grout prior to development of tack -Gee condition of _ epoxy adhesive. If dry pack consistency is required, use non -shrink grout damp pack formula. Provide specified finish and cure. 3. Defects Less than 12-inch Depth and All Tic Holes: a. For concrete having a specified compressive strength of 5,000 psi or less: Chip and clean per 1. above. Dry pack, finish, and cure per 1. above. 4. Other equivalent repair procedures may be used subject to review of Architect. E. Unformed Surfaces I. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope in addition to smoothness using a template having required slope. TAS 02136 Section 0330O Cast -in -Place Concretc - 8 rl 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grindingorothermethods acceptable totheArchitectafter concrete has cured a minimum of 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend with adjacent concrete. Where acceptable to the Architect, the specified underlayment compound, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, may be used. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding I" diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts, and expose reinforcing steel %A ilh at least 3 4" patching concrete and apply specified bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 5. Repair isolated random cranks and single holes not over 1" in diameter by dry pack method. Groove top ol'cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean ofdust. dirt. and loose particles. Dampen cleaned surfaces and apply specified bonding compound. Mix dry pack, consisting of one part Portland cement to 2'/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Place dry pack after bonding compound has dried. Compact dry pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 3.08 TREATMENT OF FORMED SURFACES A. Reference Standard: ACI 301 Chapter 10. B. Form Removal: Finish and cure concrete surfaces covered by formwork immediately alley forms have been removal Do not expose more surface area than can be finished and clued on I working day. C. Patching I. Patch voids, honeycombs, or damaged areas in accordance with repair of surface defects above. 2. Add while cement to patching grout as required to match colorofexisting concrete where patches are exposed to view. 3. Patch all lie holes. 4. Use specified bonding compound and epoxy adhesive. D. Laitance: Remove deposits of laitance occurring on top of concrete surfaces as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent injury to concrete. Repair areas where laitance is removed as specified for patching. E. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces: Treat surfaces of concrete wall, slabs, beams, and columns, which are to be covered by subsequent work, as specified under patching. Unpainted Exposed Concrete Surfaces: 1. Carefully protect from damage and soiling concrete surfaces, both interior and exterior, to remain exposed but unpainted. 2. Patch where required as specified under Patching. Where indicated on the drawings, rub concrete with carborundum stone or like took, as required to remove evidence of form features. Upon completion of work, reclean damaged or soiled surface as required to make clean, smooth, and finished in every respect. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Gist -in -Place Concrele _') 3.09 CURING AND PRO'I ECTION Reference Standard: ACI Chapter 12. B. Protection: Protect exposed surfaces of concrete from premature drying and frost. Protect freshly placed _ concrete from rain damage. Protect finished slabs from mortar leakage from pouring of slabs above. C. Form Removal: Do not remove forms until times as specified. Remove carefully to not injure concrete surface. Protect edges and comers to prevent cracking, chipping, or other damage and premature drying. D. Vertical Surfaces: Clean surfaces of loose sand, mortar, debris and grout; spray lightly with water and coat with clear or translucent curing compound as soon as possible after removing forms. Apply curing compound same working day that forms are removed. li. Horizontal Surfaces: 1. As soon as possible after placing concrete, coat exposed horizontal surfaces with curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and cover with white polyethylene sheeting of minimum of six mil nominal thickness. Give special attention to providing adequate curing of slab edges. 2. Provide polyethylene sheeting as wide as practical, edges lapped minimum 6 inches, weighted to prevent blowing, and sealed to prevent loss of moisture. Keep sheeting in place a minimum of7days. F. Protection: Protect concrete surfaces from staining, cracking, chipping, and other damage during progress of the work, and leave in good condition upon completion. 3.10 FLOOR SEALING A. Floor Sealer: Cure concrete floor slabs as specified above. 1. Prior to completion of project, apply second coat of curing and scaling compound to concrete floors not receiving other finishes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Upon completion, provide surface clean without discoloration or laces of excess materials. 3.11 MISCBLLANBOUS CONCRI IT REQUIREMENTS A. Other Concrete Work: Furnish and install other concrete work indicated on drawings, even though not } specifically mentioned herein to complete work, including the following: 1. Anchors: Install anchors furnished under Section 05500 in accordance with accepted shop drawings for structural and miscellaneous steel. 2. Equipment Bases: Furnish and install concrete bases for pumps, boilers, tanks, fans, transformers. floor mounted electrical equipment, etc. as indicated. Fumish and install concrete fill in inertia base frames provided under Division 15. Install anchor bolts and inserts in accordance with setting diagrams furnished by contractor responsible for installing the equipment. Finish bases in workmanlike manner with troweled finish. Located and size bases as determined by contractor furnishing equipment. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Reference Standard: ACI Chapters 16 and 17. B. General: Testing will be conducted by an approved testing laboratory. See Section 01400. C. Test Priority: Control tests shall be used to determine concrete quality throughout project; however, special tests shall have precedence over control tests, and core tests shall have precedence over all pre%ioiu tests. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete - 10 D. Tests: Cooperate fully with those making tests. hollowing tests and procedures are subject to change during construction at discretion of Architect; 1. Test Reports: In accordance with Section 01400. 2. Slump Tests: The General Contractor shall provide necessary equipment and shall make tests in confonuity with ASTM C 143-078. The Contractor shall make slump tests on the first truck of each pour and as often as deemed necessap, by the Contractor to maintain the required slump and adequate records. In addition, the Contractor shall make slump tests when directed by the Architect or Lngineer. a. Tests shall be made by poison thoroughl} familiar m ith requirements spccif ied. b. Sample concrete at point of placement. C. Should slump exceed limits stated in Concrete mix Types in Part 2, batch shall be rejected. d. Keep accurate record of lime, location in work, and results of slump tests which shall be available for inspection by Owner and Architect. 3. Control Tests: a. Control tests of concrete work shall be made on ever, 50 cubic vards of fraction thereof of concrete placed and, in any case, minimum of once during each day's pour. b. Each test shall consists of 6 standard 6" test cylinders cast and cured in accordance with ASTM C31-84 and ASTM C172-82. C. Sample concrete at point of placement. d. Two cylinders shall be broken at end of 7 days afler placing, 2 cylinders shall be broken at end of 28 days after placing, and remaining cylinders shall be stored until their disposition is determined by Architect. C. In general, remaining cylinders will be broken only when previous test reports indicated unsatisfactory results. f. Tests on remaining cylinders shall be at expense of the Contractor. g. Architect resenns right to slop future concrete wort: %Nhen 7- or 18 da: tc,l, indicaw unsatisfactory results until, in his opinion, proper corrective measures have been taken to insure quality concrete in future work and corrections deemed necessary have been made. h. 'rests shall be made ut time control tests are taken and so staled in reports to determine slump, air content, unit weight, and temperature of concrete. i. All tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C138-81 or ASTM C2.31-082. 4. Special Tests: a. Should Contractor desire control tests to facilitatecarlyremoval offorms,theyshallbentade in addition to those specified for control tests and shall be completely site -cured. b. Expense for making additional test cylinders, testing, curing, and protection shall be Contractor's. 5. Strength Level: Considered satisfactory if average of all three sets of consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi. 6. Core Tests: a. If, at any time, concrete control test specimens show compressive strength of 28 days below required level, or if concrete has been frozen before it has taken final set, so se%erely that, in opinion of Architect, its strength has been adversely affected, Contractor shall, at his own expense. have sufficient core tests taken, number and location to be accepted by Architect on such portions of work as may have been affected to determine actual conditions of concrete. b. Securing, Preparing, and Testing: ASTM C42-84a. Should tests reveal that concrete does • not meet requirements of this specification, Contractor shall, of his own expense, replace entire section involved or make corrections deemed necessary by Architect. TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete - I I 3.13 PROTECTION A. Installed Work: Protect newly finished slabs from weather dainage. END OP S13CTION TAS 02136 Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete - 12 SECTION 03450 ARCI BTECTl1RAL PRECAST CONCRETE. PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: I. Precast Sills 2. Accessories Related Requirements: I. Testing: Section 01400 Quality Control 2. Quality Control: Section 01400 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Masonry Support: Section 04200 Unit Masonry B. Water Repellent Coating: Section 07150 Dampproofing C. Joint Caulking: Section 07900 Joint Sealers 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: I. Production ol'Precast Units: Comply with PCI MNI, 117 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products. 2. Welding: Comply with AWS Structural Welding Code 1)1.1-Steel and 1)1.4-Reinforcing Steel. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Erection Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01300. Include connection anchorage and insert details; size and location of reinforcing steel and inserts, and member identification marks. 'These identification marks shall appear on the members. Provide drawings ofprecast copings and trim components including anchorage. Indicate rustication joints and reveals on shop drawings. Do not fabricate precast units until shop drawings are approved. Shop drawings shall be original drawing produced by the subcontractor or supplier and shall not be reproductions of the Contract Documents. Samples: Submit samples of each type of precast unit to be provided for the project. Match sample on rile at Architect's office. C. Quality Control Submittals: I. Test Reports: Make available to the Architect, upon request, records of concrete cylinder breaks for concrete used in the precast concrete products and mill tests of reinforcing. and prestressing steel used. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Welder Qualifications: Currently qualified according to AWSDI.I. TAS 02136 Section 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete - I B. Source Quality Control Quality control of precast concrete products shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer. The Architect or his representative shall have access to the manuf touring plant at all times during the manufacture of precast concrete products. The manufacturer shall cooperate with the Architect by providing casting schedules when requested. C. Design of Precast Units: Under the direct supervision of a professional engineer registered in Colorado and shall bear his seal and signature. U. Manufacturer's Plant: PC] Certified E. Erector: Manufacturer or competent erection contractor specializing in erection of precast. F. 'Tolerances: Comply with PCI MNLI 17. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Transporting: Use care in transporting precast units to thejobsitc. Handle members in a [Wanner to prevent excessive stresses, spalling, or cracking. B. Storing: Store products utilizing good plant procedures and proper handling in a manner to prevent damage. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 h1ATL'RIALS A. Material: As outlined in ACI 318 and A1SC Manual of Steel Construction, conforming to latest ASTM specifications and in the general notes on the structural drawings. Reinforcing steel requiring welding shall be chemically suitable for welding. 2.02 MIXES A. Concrete Properties: 1. Concrete Strength: 4,000 psi 2. Water -Cement Ration: Maximum 40 tbs. water to 100 lbs. cement. 3. Air Entrainment: 3% minimum, 6% maximum. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Manufacturing procedures shall be in general compliance with PC] MNL 117. B. Finishes - Exposed Surfaces: 1. Smooth. C. Patching: Cosmetic patching will be allowed only alter the Architccfs approval of methods and workmen to be used. Patching shall be done by the manufacturer. 1 D. Testing: Sampling and testing in accordance with the manufacturer's standard procedure, subject to approval by the Architect. r J TAS 02136 Section 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete - 2 j 2.04 DRY PACK GROU I' A. As specified in Section 03600. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FXAMINAIION A. Verification of Conditions: Prior to start of erection, check the location of embedded anchor bolts, plates, angles, etc. and report deviations from the setting plans to the General Contractor. 3.02 IiR I?CTION A. General: Lill members by means of suitable lifting devices at points provided by the fabricator. Temporary shoring and bracing, if necessary, shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 13. Alignment: Align members and level as required by approved shop drawings and within allowable tolerances. Level out variations between adjacent members by jacking, loading, or any other feasible method recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the Architect. Member must be positioned so cumulative dimensional errors do not occur. C. Repair: Members damaged during erection may be repaired providing such damage does not impair the structural adequacy or appearance. Cosmetic patching will be allowed only after the Architect's approval of methods and workmen to he used. D. Erection Tolerances: Erect architectural precast with joints in positions indicated on the drawings and within the following limits: 1. pace Width of Joints: Drawing dimension plus or minus'/,". 2. Step in Pace: '''A" maximum. 3. Jog in Alignment of Edge: S'<" maximum. E. Grouting: Use grout in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Grout joints under precast [nembes where indicated. P. Caulking: Leave clean and openjointbetwcen endjoints of prccastand elsewhere where caulking is indicated. Caulking will be installed by caulking subcontractor under Section 07900. 3.03 CLBANING A. Cleaning: Clean exposed surfaces as necessary to remove dirt and stains which may be on surfaces after erection. Clean precast units after installation procedures are completed. Wash and rinse exposed surfaces in accordance with precast manufacturer's recom[ncndations. Remove weld stains. END OP SECTION TAS 02136 Section 03450 Architectural Precast Cuneretr .. SECTION 03600 GROUT PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Grout under steel beam and column bearing plates. 2. Grout elsewhere as indicted. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete Foundations: Section 03300 Cast-ln-Place Concrete. B. Masonry Grouting: Section 04200 Unit Masonry. C. Steel Framing and Rase Plates: Section 05120 Structural Stec]. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Division I. Submit manufacturer's catalog data, mixing and installation instructions and specifications on grout proposed for use. 1.04 PROJECTCONDITIONS A. EnviromnentalRequirements: Maintain temperature of40"For above toratleast 72hours after placement has begun. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Deliver in original unopened containers and store undercover. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Master Builders "Masterflow 713" 2. Protex Industries "Propak" 3. U.S. Grout Corporation "Five Star Grout" 4. W.R. Meadows "Sealtight V-V 5. Accepted Substitute TAS 02136 Section 03600 Grout - I Architectural Structures 24 Restroom and Picnic Shelter 25 S Curved Walls 26 S Curved Seat Walls Landscaping 27 Fine Grading 28 Landscape Trees 29 Fescue Seed 30 Fescue Sod Irrigation 31 Irrigation System 32 Irrigation Pump Miscellaneous Site Features 33 Plow installation 34 Barbeque Grills 35 Bike Racks 36 Picnic Tables 37 Site Benches 38 Playground Equipment TOTAL x+ �b Alternate Bid Item # 1- Restroom Block 1 Block Substitution - (deduct) Alternate Bid Item #2- Restroom Windows 2 Window Substitution - (deduct) LS $JSi 1 1 $ 1FSS1�.� EA $ Y1, t . Ott 3 $ j�D -372 EA $ 1310.A1 3 $ 3931 AC $ 2 �iQK 4.88 $ Z31 ti 0 LS $ 31(.ito 1 $ 31to1 (� AC $ 3�1�ie 4.82 $ 411-7 SF $ (oY 2,305 $ 1 6-5 's- LS $ 55 $sw ti 1 $ 65" 8?sS LS $ z9q Lb 1 $ at 9 co LS $ ' 736. 32 1 EA $$ 2� 2 EA $� 2 EA $ q EA $ l 4 LS $ 3S 3Q5 17 1 LS $- <3200 1 LS $ t $ 7 3'7 Figure ' Dollars 420",- Type: Non -shrink, non-ferr011S, non-gaseous, non -staining, non -corrosive, complying with Corps o f Engineers CRD C621 and ASTM Cl 107. (A minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, roughen to improve bond. Clcan steel bearing surfaces. B. Ensure that wedges, shims and anchor bolts are properly placed and tightened. Cut off Hedges or shims protruding beyond edges of hearing plates or flange. C. Completely fill with grout under beam and column bearings, erection blockouts, connection blockouts or pockets, and elsewhere as required. Mix,install, and cure grout accordingtomanufacturer's recommendations. D. Pack grout in a manner to assure that no voids remain. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 03600 Grout - 2 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MA'rER1A1S A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold weather construction. 13. hydrated Lime: AS I'M C207, Type S. C. Aggregates for Mortar: ASTM C144. D. Water: Clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies or organic materials. li. Aggregates for Grout: ASTM C404 (1985). Coarse Aggregate maximum size of 3/8". Antifreeze Compounds: Not permitted. G. Mortar Color: Color selected by Architect. IL Other Admixtures: Not permitted. 2.02 MIXES A. Mortar Materials and Proportions: Conform tothe requirements ofthe property specifications of ASTM C270. 13. Unit MasonrySetting Mortar: 'type S containing l'ypc I Portland cement, hydrated lime and aggregate The use of accelerators or anlilreezes will not be permitted. 1800 psi average compressive strength in 28 days based on field samples. Grout for Reinforced Masonry: I. Pine and Coarse Grout: ASTM C47G, contain ingaminimumof6sucks ofl'ortland Cement per cubic yard. Add sufficient water to provide proper consistency without segregation for pouring or troweling. a. Minimum Compressive strength: 2500 psi at 28 days. 2. Pine Grout: Proportion by volume. One part Portland Cement, with not more than 1/ l0 part hydrated lime or lime putty added, and 2-1/4 to 3 parts sand. 3. Coarse Grout: Proportioned by volume. One part Portland Cement with not more than I/10 part hydrated lime or lime putty added, and 2-1/4 to 3 parts sand, and I to 2 parts coarse aggregate. 4. Use fine grout except where narrowest clear dimension exceeds 2" and where minimum clearance at reinforcing is greater that 0.375", coarse grout may be used at Contractors option. PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean equipment for mixing, transportation and placing mortar before starting work. 3.02 MEASUREMENT AND MIXING A. Measurement: Method of measuring materials shall be by either volume or weight and such that specified proportions can be controlled and accurately maintained. Measurement of sand by shovel is not allowable. TAS 02136 Section 04100 Mortar and Grout - 2 B. Mixing: Mix cementitious materials and aggregate for at least 3 minutes and not more than i minutes in a mechanical batch mixer, with the maximum amount of water to produce a workable consistencv. C. Grout mixing: May be site mixed. D. Retempering: Mortars that have stiffened because ofevaporationofwater from the mortar shall berctcmpered by adding water as frequently as needed to restore required consistency. Mortar shall be used within 2-1/2 hours after initial mixing. Do not use mortar which has begun to set. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Mortar Cube Tests: Mortar cubes will be prepared, cured and tested by an approved testing laboratory, See Section 01400. Testing will be done in accordance with ASTM C91 and CMI 201.1. B. Grout Tests: Control tests of grout will be conducted by an approved testing laboratory. See Section 01400 and Section 03300 for requirements. C. Groin and Mortar Tests: Taken once per day that mortar or grout is being used unless otherwise directed by Architect. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 04100 Mortar and Grout - 3 SECTION 04150 MASONRY ACCESSORIES PARTI - GENERAL. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install I. Anchors and Joint Reinforcement. 2. Control Joints. 3. Weep Holes. 4. Flexible Plashing. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Reinforcing Bars: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete Reinforcing Bars. B. Mortar: Section 04100 Mortar. C. Block: Section 04200 Unit Masonry. D. Caulking Control Joints: Section 07900 Joint Scalers PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ANCHORS, JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND CONI'ROL JOINTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Dur-O-Wal 2. AA Wire Products 3. Ileckman Building Products 4. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America 5. Accepted Substitute. 13. Horizontal Reinforcement: I. General: Welded wire units of ASTM A82 cold drawn wire, No. 9 gage deformed side rods except 3/16" dia. side rods above and below stacked windows, and No. 9 gage plain cross rods. Width shall be approximately 2" less than width of wall. Provide prefabricated comers and tees. 2. Finish: Galvanized at exterior walls. Bright finish at interior walls. 3. Type: Truss design except provide ladder type at reinforced masonry walls. C. Wire Ties and Anchors: I. General: Fabricate from 3/16" cold drawn steel wire, ASTM A82. 2. Unit Masonry Ties: it. Provide rectangular ties for use with hollow masonry units. b. Provide hook type (90' bend, 2" min. hook) for use Nyith solid masonry unit. TAS 02136 Section 04150 Masonry Accessories - I 3. Flexible Anchors: Where masonry is indicated to be anchored to structural frame a orkwith llexible anchors, provide two piece anchors which will provide lateral restraint. 4. Finish: I lot dip galvanized after fabrication. ASTM A) 53, Class 13-2 (1.5 oz. per sq. 11.) or 7 mil copper coating, ASTM 13227, Grade 301IS, except manufacturer's standard mill galvanized may be used for interior walls and partitions. D. Control Joints: ASTM D2000, 2AA-805 rubber with durometer hardness of approximately 80. E. Vertical Reinforcement: ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel. 2.02 WEEP ITOLE AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING MATERIALS A. Cord: 1/4" cotton sash cord. B. Flexible Flashing: Black PVC, 20 mil thick. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. Masony Walls: htslall joint reinforcement continuously in everysecond horizontal block course (16" o.c.) of all masonrywalls. Install continuously at 8" o.c. al free standing walls. Lap 6" al splice. ProN ide unc additional piece above and below openings extending T minimum beyond the opening. Use prefabricated pieces at corners and tees. 13. Control Joints: Do not extend joint reinl'orcernent through control joints. lixtend bond beam reinforcement through control joints. 3.02 CONTROL JOINTS A. Install control joints in masonry walls as indicated on the Drawings. Joints shall be installed completely through and full height of masonry. Both sides ofjoint shall be caulked under Section 07900. Maximum spacing shall not exceed 24 feet. 3.03 REINFORCING STLEL A. General: Install as specified in Section 04200 Unit Masonry. 3.04 WEEP HOLES AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING A. Weep Holes: Install weep holes where flashing or waterproofing turns out and terminates in horizontal mortar joints. Install at 24" o.c. in soft mortar. Pull out after mortar has set. B. Flexible Flashing: Install metal flashing in slurry of fresh mortar as indicated. Start flashings 1/2" frmn outside face of wall. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 04150 lvlasonn Accessories - 2 .. 1.04 SUBMI'll'ALS A. Certificates: Furnish manufacturer's certification and test results indicating that masonry units meet specified ASTM requirements. Samples: Submit samples consisting of not less than 3 units per sample of each type of exposed block required. Include in each set the full range of exposed color and texture to be expected in the completed work. Architect's review will be for color and texture only. C. Sample Panel: Construct 4' X 6' composite wall panel with block, colored mortar, block and joint reinforcement in location as directed by Architect. Approved sample wall shall be standard for rest or work. Remove at completion of project. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Single Source Responsibility 1. Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. 2. For block obtain all units from the same run. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Inspect masonry units upon delivery and handle carefully to avoid chipping and protect against wetting prior to use allowing air circulation under stacked units. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Conform with UBC and following: I. Cold Weather Protection during Installation: a. Preparation: Before beginning work, remove ice carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to or snow formed on masonry bed by ^ touch. Remove frozen or damaged masonry. b. A¢ Temperature 40°F to 32°F: Heat sand or mixing water to minimum of 55"F and maximum of 120 *F. 1 C. Air Temperature 32°F to 25°F: Heat sand and mixing water to minimum of 65°17 and maximum of 120°F. d. Air Temperature 25°F to 20°F: Heat sand and mixing water to minimum of 75"1" and maximum of 120°F. Use salamander or other sources of heat on both sides of walls under construction. Use windbreaks when wind is in excess of 15 mph. e. Air Temperature 20°F and Below: Heat sand and mixing water to minimum of 75 °F and —. maximum of120°F. Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain air temperature above J 32°F. Temperature of units when laid shall be not less than 20°F. f. Grout: Place grout in masonry at a minimum temperature of70°Fand maximum temperature of 120°F. Maintain grouted masonry above 32°F for 24 hours following placement of r grout. .. g. Admixtures: No mortar admixtures will be permitted without the written approval of the Architect. h. Frozen Work: The above paragraphs are designed to permit masonry work to continue during periods of cold temperature. Any frozen masonry work will be prima facie evidence .i that the above requirements have not been complied with. Remove and replace frozen materials as directed by the Architect. 2. Cold Weather Protection after Installation: TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonnnn--? �+ a. Mean I)ailyAir'lemperaturc40`F1o32"F: Protect masonry fronimin orsnow Rx24hours. b. Mean Daily Air Temperature 32"F to 25'F: Cover masonry completely for 24 hours; 48 hours for grouted masonry. C. Mean Daily Air Temperature 25°F to 20°F: Cover masonry completely with insulating blankets for 24 hours; 48 hours for grouted masonry. d. Mean Daily Air'1'emperawre 20`F and Below: Maintain masonry temperature above 32`F lot 24 hours by enclosure and supplementer) heat. by electric heating blankets. infra -red heat lamps or other method proved to be satisfactory. 3. llot Weather Protection During Installation: When air temperature exceed 99`F in the shade, protect freshly laid masonry from direct exposure to wind and sun. 4. Moisture Protection During Installation: Where exposed to weather, cover top of masonry \calk at the end of each day's work using a waterproof material weighted down to insure its remaining in place. Maintain such protection until final capping of the wall. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MASONRY UNITS A. Lightweight Concrete Block (Less than 105 lbs. per Co. Il. oven -dry weight of concrete): I. Aggregate: Conform to ASTM C331 (Lightweight). 2. hollow Loadbearing Units: ASTM C90. 3. Solid L.oadbearing Units: ASTM C145. 4. Classification: Grade N, Typc 1. 5. Nominal Sire: 8" x 8" and 8" x 16", height as indicated. 6. Minimum Net Compressive Strength: 1,500 psi. 7. provide lintel blocks, corner blocks, jamb blocks, header blocks and required special Shape, as detailed or required to complete the job. 8. Provide bullnose blocks at all outside comers as indicated on the Drawings. 9. Curing: In moisture controlled atmosphere at normal pressure and tcmperaure, or in an autoclave. to comply with requirements for Typc I units. 10. Provide "knock -out" scored web units at all bond beam locations unless otherwise shown on the structural drawings. 13. Face Masonry Units 1. "Valley Block" 8" x 4" high x 8" long split face, 2 sides, with integral color. Color to be selected. 2. "Valley Block' 8" x 8" high x 8" long ground face with integral color. Color to be selected. 3. "Valley Block' 8" x 8" high x 16" long with standard face. standard grey color. 4. "Valley Block' 8" x 8" high x 16" long standard face with integral color (Alternate 5. "Valley Block' 8" x 8" x 8" x 8" long ground face, 2 sides, with integral color. Color to be selected. 2.02 PREFACED CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Manufacturer and Product: Spectra Development Corporation - Spectra Glaze 11 Block or equal as manufactured by others. I . A lightweight modular concrete block with a permanent integrally colored glazed facing on one or more faces (refer to drawings). 2. Dimensions of units (nominal) Type 1: a. Width - 16" b. Height - 4" and 8" C. Depth - 8" or as noted on drawings. d. Tolerances: {/- 1116" max. TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonry - 3 n Type 2 a. Width - 16" b. Height - 8" C. Depth - 1 3/4" d. Tolerance: i/- 1/16" max. 3. Glaze a. Polymer to exceed requirements of ASTM (744 and BRC standards. b. 'thickness - 1/8" nom. C. Permanent penetration and bond to concrete masonry unit using heat treatment. d. Uniform color through depth of glaze. 4. Standards a. ASTM C90, Type 1 b. ASTM C744, (prefaced masonry units) C. Federal Specification: SS-C-621b, forth B 1) Taber Wear Factor: 43.3 (Abrasion) 2) Highly Resistant (no effect) - Chemical Resistance 3) Water Absorption: "to small to measure" 4) Surface burning - Flame Spread: less than 25 - Fuel Contribution: 0 - Smoke Density: Less than 50. 5) Weathering: no change in color, gloss, or texture. 6) Stain Cleanability: "slain removed" d. Acid Rain: Materials Engineering Test (MET) - no significant deterioration. e. Freeze/Thaw: ASTM C67 78.8 - No separation, cracking, or disintegration of facing 2.03 MORTAR AND ACCESSORIES A. Mortar and Grout: See Section 04100. B. Joint Reinforcement and Accessories: See Section 04150. -. C. Flashings for Masonry: Provide concealed flashings, shown to be built into masonry as follows: 1. Hard or virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers formed into uniform flexible sheets not less than 20 mil thick, black. 2. Fabricate through -wall metal flashings with deformations in both directions for integral mechanical - mortar bond. D. Brick Vents: Cast Aluminum as manufactured by Sunvent Industries. 1. Model C 168 16" x 7 3/4" x 4" deep. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Rebar: Furnished under Section 03200. TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonry - 4 �+ PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPIiC'l ]ON A. Bearing Surfaces: Inspect foundations and other bearing surfaces 1'or proper grades and clevations, It ecduut from dirt and other foreign material. Report unsatisfactory conditions in writ ing tothe General Contractor %k ith a copy to the Architect. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Cleaning: Remove dirt, ice, loose rust and scale from walls, ties and reinforcing prior to installation. 13. Cooperation: Check relationship of masonry to work under other sections, cooperate with others and proceed as desirable for general progress and best interest of project. f cA 7 t� u Ia[.Y�7 � I :�•/ 1► 6'> I ril I I llii M [�l A. General: I.. Lay masonry plumb, level and true to lines to the tolerances indicated. Bond as indicated on elevations and details. 2. Adjustmasonrydimensionsandinstall startcrunilsasrequired toelintinatesmall cutsmrdtonutintain bond. Cut ncally around contacting work. 3. Construct slots, chases, cavities and similar spaces as required for other work. 4. Masonry dimensions for exterior openings are nominal. Lay out masonry openings to provide 114" maximum sealant joint at metal frames. Solid Units: I_ Use solid units for top course of exterior walls, as indicated and required. 2. Use solid units wherever cores of hollow units would be exposed to view or weather. C. Mortar Joints: I . Lay masonry work in shoved manner in full beds of unfurrowed mortar. Completely fill vertical and horizontal joints and voids with mortar. 2. Joints: Plumb or level. 3. Joint Treatment: a. "fool exposed joints to slightly concave surface well bonded to units. b. Cut unexposed joints flush. C. Rake joints where indicated. 4. Avoid overplumbing and pounding of the corners and jambs to fit stretcher units after being set in position. Where an adjustment must be made after the mortar has started to harden, remove mortar and replace with fresh mortar. D. Built -In Items 1. Cooperate to build -in items of others into masonry as work progresses. 2. Steel Door Jambs: Grout steel doorjambs set in masonry full of mortar as wall is built. 3. Lintels: Install for openings over 16" in width. Steel lintels furnished under Section 05500. Install in beds of mortar and do necessary pointing. Pill hollow masonry units full with grout for three courses at lintel bearings. 4. Chases and Recesses: Provide chases in masonry walls as indicated and required for mechanical and electrical work for pipes and conduits. Build recesses as required for accommodation of cases and cabinets, radiators, and unit heaters. Install lintels for recesses over 16" in %� idth. TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonry - 5 5. Built -In Items: Install sleeves of proper sire provided by others, where directed, to permit passage of'pipes through Halls. Build -in wall sleeves, anchors, plates, and other members provided b3 others. Properly set built-in items as walls progress and under direction of the party providing same. 6. Access Panels: Install access panels occurring in masonn wall. Access panels will he furnished under other sections of these Specifications. Accurately locate as directed. 7. Embedded Sheet Metal: Install embedded sheet metal flashing, reglets, etc., provided by others. Clean surfaces of masonry smooth and free from projections which might puncture or otherwise damage embedded materials. Place embedded items on bed of fresh mortar. Corer with tiesh mortar before laying succeeding courses. 8. Cast Aluminum Brick Vents. Install per manufacturers recommendations Coordinate installation of ductwork with the mechanical contractor. E. Starting and Stopping: Where fresh masonry joins masonry that is partially or totally set, clean the exposed surfaces of the set masonry and wet lightly to obtain best possible bond with new work. Remove loose masonry and mortar. If it is necessary to stop off a horizontal run of masonry, step back one-half masonry unit length in each course. Do not tooth. F. Cutting: Where cutting of units is necessary, make cuts with a motor -driven masonry saw. G. Accessories: Install joint reinforcement, anchors, control joints, weep holes, fabric flashing and other accessories in accordance with Section 04150. If. Bracing: Adequately brace masonry until cured and permanently supported. Bracingshallbedesignedtolinrit horizontal deflection to L/360 based on 1J13C exposure C for 100 mph basic wind velocity. 3.04 FORMS AND SI IORES A. Construct forms as required to shape, lines, and dimension indicated substantially and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar or grout. Brace or tic to maintain position and shape. Do nol remove until masonry cured sufficiently to support own weight and other applied loads. 3.05 CONCRETE BLOCK INSTALLATION A. General Unless otherwise indicated on (he Drawings, lay concrete block in running bond. 1. Install bullnose block at locations as indicated. B. Joints: Uniform approximately 3/8" wide, unless noted otherwise. C. Wetting: Do not wet units. Lay dry. D. Partition Heights: Extend interior masonry walls to heights indicated. 3.06 REINFORCED MASONRY A. General: Where indicated on the Drawings, reinforce masonry unit cores or cavities with deformed steel reinforcing bars and grout as indicated. B. Layout: Build reinforced hollow unit masonry to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells to be filled. Maintain a clear, unobstructed vertical opening area measuring not less than 2" X 3". C. Reinforcement: I told vertical reinl'orcemen(in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 4'-0". Lap 36 bar dia. minimum. TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonry - 6 J SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors 7/96 Section 00410 Page 1 1). Grouting: fill cells containing reinforcement solidly with grout. Pour grout in lilts of 4' maximum. Consolidate grout at time of pouring by puddling or vibrating. When the grouting is stopped fur I hour or longer, stop pouring of grout 1-1/2" below the top of the uppermost unit. Locate grout lifts to provide minimum 36 bar dia. lap above lift joint. 3.07 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1. In lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises: a. 1/4" in 10'. b. 3/8" in any story or 20' nmaximutn. C. 1/2" in 40'. 2. For external corners, expansion joints and other conspicuous lines: a. 1/4" in any story 20' maximum. b. 1/2" in 40'. B. Maximum variation from level or grades for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines: 1. 114" in any bay or 20'. 2. 1/2" in 40'. C. Maximum variation oflinearbuilding I me from an established position it) plan and relaledportions ol'columns, walls and partitions: 1. 1/2" in any bay or 20' maximmm. 2. 3/4" in 40'. 3.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching: Cut and patch masonry wherever necessary for other trades. DO such work with experienced mechanics in a workmanlike manner. Do not cut and patch work which will tend to injure the strength or appearance of any finished work. Cutting of finished masonry l'or the purpose of building -in members will not be allowed. 3.9 POINTING AND CLEANING A. Pointing: Cut out defective j oints and holes in exposed masonry and repoint with mortar. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set at end of each day's work and after final pointing. B. Cleaning: Upon completion of pointing and cleaning leave the work area and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots, droppings, and broken masonry. Comply with requirements for scalers. See Section 09900. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Masonry: Submit the following tests for each class of unit and type of masonry assemblage two weeks prior to start ofconstruction. Prepare specimens and test in accordance with Uniform Building Code and standards cited therein. 1. Tests made on individual masonry units within the last four months. 2. Current mortar test including mortar proportions. 3. Current grout test including grout proportions. TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonry - 7 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protection of Completed Work from Physical Damage: Protect projecting masonry liable to damage after setting by suitable planking well supported. Securely box jambs and sills of openings used for passage. 13. Replacement: Replace masonry work showing damage or disfiguration during the progress of work in its entirely. Patching or hiding of defects will not be permitted. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 04200 Unit Masonry - 8 DIVISION 5 METALS SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STU-1, PART I - GENFRAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Definitions: For the purposes of this Section, structural steel is defined asloadbcaringstructural metal haming excluding steel studs and loose steel angle lintels built into masonry. B. Furnish and Install: 1. Structural steel framing and support members, columns, and struts, complete with required braces, hangers, connection plates, welds, washers, bolts, nuts, shims, anchor bolts, and templates. 2. Base and cap plates. 3. Erecting, connecting, field welding, and adjusting for plumb and level. 4. Other structural steel components indicated on drawings. C. Related Requirement: I . 'Testing: Section 01400 Quality Control 2. Qualily Control System: Section 01400 Qualily Control 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Miscellaneous Metals: Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 1:. Supports for Mechanical or 131ecirical Equipment: Division 15 and 16 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication or structural steel for projects of similar sire an(] difficulty. B. Welder Qualification: Currently qualified according toAWSDI. 1. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Detailing, Fabrication and Erection: Comply with AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel Buildings" and AISC "Code of Standard practice for Steel Building and Bridges." B. Welding: Conform to AWS DI.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings as specified under Division 1. All shop drawings shall be original drawings produced by the subcontractor or supplier and shall not be reproductions of the contract documents. 2. Clearly indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, anchorages, framed openings, size and type of fasteners, cambers and clearances. 'CAS 02136 Section 05120 Structural Steel - I Indicate welded connections using standard AH'S welding symbols. Clearly indicate net weld lengths, sizes, and welding sequences. Clearly identity all high strength bolts not required to be tensioned (installed "snug tight" as defined by AISC). B. Quality Control Submittals: J. Design Data: Submit design calculations, bearing the seal and signature of a professional engineer, employed by the Contractor and registered int he State of Colorado fur the following: a. Connections not completely detailed on the structural drawings. b. Request for substitution of member sizes or material grades. C. Modification of the strength or configuration of structural framing requested for the Contractor's convenience, erection sequence, or construction equipment and'or materials. C. Mill Test Rcports: Furnish Mill Test Reports on request. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry construction to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations or masonry work. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices. 13. Storage of Structural Steel: Deliver and store materials in accordance with Section 01600. Structural steel members which are stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms. skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weather tight and dry place, until ready fir use. Store packaged materials in their original unbroken package or container. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes, Bars and Plates: ASTM A36. 13. Hollow Steel Section: AS'rM A500, grade 13 C. Standard Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307. D. High Strength Bolts: ASTM A325. E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A36. I'. Shop Paint: Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC 15. G. Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. H. Welded and Seamless Steel Tube: ASTM A500, Grade B. 1. Filler Metals for Welding: Meet requirements of AWS D).1, 70 series. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications. B. Connections: Provide connections as indicated on the Drawings. Connections not indicated shall be in accordance with notes on Structural Drawings. 1 AS 02136 Section 05120 Slrnetmnl Steel -' C. Shop Painting: After fabrication, clean off all loose scale, rust, weld slag or flux deposit, oil, grcasc, dirt of other foreign materials. Shop coat fabricated items with shop paint. I. Omit shop paint on surfaces to be enclosed in concrete and surfaces to be welded. 1). Marking: Mark members in protected plainly visible locations in accordance with referencenumbersoil setting diagrams. The member workpoint at each end of columns shall be determined and marked in the shop with a center punch or other acceptable means. Marking shall be placed on the flanges and web at each end of columns. Workpoinl shall be as defined RISC Code of standard practice, section 7.11.2 (a). Finished Work: Finish work in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. Work shall be true and tree from heists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects. F. Cutting and filling: Perform necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation of other trades and do whatever is necessary to secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is delivered. Cutting or drilling will not be permitted on the job without the approval of the Architect. G. Welding: Comply with AISC Specifications and AWS DI.I. Weld not specified shall be 3/16" continuous fillet but not less than AISC minimum based on thickness of parisjoined. it. Splices: Splicing of members to obtain the required lengths will not be permitted without prior approval of the Architect unless indicated on the Drawings. Cambering: Camber beams and girders as indicated on Drawings. J. Substitutions: Where exact sizes and weights called for are not readily available, secure the Architect's acceptance of suitable sizes in time to obviate any delay due to such substitutions. 2.03 ANCHORS A. Provide anchors for columns, beams, channels, plates, etc., as indicated on Drawings and required. locate as indicated on Shop Drawings. 13. Anchor Bolts: AST'Ivt A307 with suitable nuts and plain washers. Sire and length as shown on drawings, hooked unless other wise indicated. C. Expansion Anchors: Wedge type with current ICBO approval and published ICBO Research Report. Complete with required nuts, washers and manufacturers installation instructions. Size and manufacturer as indicated on drawings. I. Interior Use: For use in conditioned environments free from potential moisture provide carbon steel anchors conforming to ASTM A307 with zinc plating in accordance with FS 22-Z.-235. 2. Exterior or Exposed Use: In exposed or potentially wet environments and for attachment of exterior cladding materials, provide galvanized or stainless steel anchors. Galvanized anchors shall conform to ASTM A133. Stainless steel anchors shall be Series 300 stainless steel bolts with Series 300 or Type 18-8 stainless steel nuts and washers. 3. Where anchor manufacturer is not indicated, subject to compliance with requirements and acceptance by the Architect and provide one of the following: a. Kw'ik-Bolt or Super Kwik-bolt: Hild Fastening Systems b. ParabolC Molly Fastener Group C. Red Head Wedge Anchor: Phillips D. Adhesive Anchors: 'Threaded carbons steel rod conforming to ASTM A307 complete with required nuts, washers, adhesive system and manufacturer's installation instructions. TAS 02136 Section 05120 Structural Steel - 3 PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Embeds: Prior to start of erection, check the location of embedded anchor bolts and report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General Contractor in writing with copy to Architect. Do not proceed until all unacceptable conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. B. Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required to maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary guy lines as required to properly align members before bolting or welding. C. Field Measurements: Take measurements on site as required for correct fabrication and installation. Be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit of structural steel. 3.03 ERECTION A. Irection: 1. General: Erect structural steel inaccordance withAISCSpecifications %%ilhadd itioualrryuircnientn of this Section. 2. Bearing Plates: Set base and bearing plates level (L 1/32") and at correct elevations (.j 1, IG). Temporarily support on steel wedges or shims until supported members are plumbed and grouting is completed. 3. Field Assembly: Assemble structural steel frames to the lines and elevations indicated within the specified erection tolerances. Align the various members fonuing parts of a complete frame or structure after being assembled and adjust accurately before fastened. Splice only where indicated on Drawings. Field correction of fabricated items by gas cutting not allowed. 4. Field Connections: Make field connections with bolls, high strength bolts or field welding unless otherwise indicated. Clean existing surfaces before welding to existing steel. No drifting or cutting to enlarge unfair holes will be allowed. Make minor corrections by reaming. Serious defects may not be corrected in the field but shall be called to the attention of the Architect for a decision as to the method or procedure. He may order new holes drilled or the member rejected and replaced. 5. Compression Splices: Fasten splices in compression after bearing surfaces have been brought into contact. Clean bearing surfaces before assembling. Gaps 1/32" wide or greater shall be closed by driving non -tempered mild steel shims full depth of the bearing surface along the full length of the gap. 6. Temporary Bracing: Consider structural steel as non -self supporting steel frames. Provide suitable temporary bracing as necessary to maintain structural steel in proper position until permanently secured. Leave temporary bracing in place as required for safety. 7. Field Modification: Written approval of the Architect must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural steel. Be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. 8. High strength (ASTM A325) bolts shall be installed using load indicator washers. B. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice except maximum accumulative tolerance from all sources shall not exceed I" on columns. I. Bases of Columns: Located on established column lines within 1 /- 1/8". 2. Members Connecting to Columns: TAS 02136 Section 05120 Structural Steel - 4 it. I lorirontal deviation of member working point from position with respect to supportinu column working line shall not exceed 4/- 1/16" from the location shown on drawings. b. Elevation deviation of memberworkingpointwith respect toupper splice line ofsupporting column shall not exceed .11/8" or-1/4" from the elevation shown on drawings. 3. Other Members: Deviation of member working point horizontal located and elevation with respect to the supporting member shall not exceed t/- 1/ 16" from the location and elevation shown on the drawings. 4. Leveling and Plumbing: Based on mean temperature of 70' F 5. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. 3.04 TOUCl I UP PAINT A. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connection, and abraded areas, and paint all exposed areas with the sane material as used for shop painting. B.. Coat all steel extending below finish floor or below grade with heavy asphaltic mastic. 3.05 FILED QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection: Include examination of erected steel for welding, proper fitting, and tensioning of bolts and alignment. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 05120 Structural Steel - 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATION PARTI- GENERAI. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Definitions: The term "metal fabrication" is synonymous with the term "miscellaneous metals". B. Furnish and Install: 1. Metal fabrications work as shown -on drawings for items fabricated from iron and steel shapes. plates, bars, strips, tubes, welded wire mesh, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere. C. Furnish Only: 1. Anchor bolts and weld plates for anchoring metal fabrications for Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete and Section 04200 Unit Masonry 2. Angle steel lintels for Section 04200 Unit Masonry 1.02 RF.LATI?D WORK A. Concrete: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 13. Masonry: Section 04200 1.03 QUALI I Y ASSURANCE A. Welder Qualifications: Currently qualified according to A WS DI.1. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Steel: Conform to RISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. 2. Welding: Conform to AWS DLI Structural Welding Code- Steel. 1.05 SUBMY17AIS A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Division 1. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600 l . Store metals above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports. Protect steel from corrosion. 2. Store other materials in weathertight and dry place, until ready for use. TAS 02136 Section 05500 Metal Fabrication - 1 B. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry construction to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations and masonry work. Pros ide setting drawings, templates, and directions far the installation of anchor bolts and other devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes, Bars and Plates: ASTM A36. 13. Steel Pipe and Tubing: Conform to ASTM A53, A501, or A500, minimum wall thickness I 1 gage. C. Shop Paint: 1. Items to Receive Painted Finish: Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC 13. 2. Primer selection must be compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinator selection with the finish paint requirements specified in Division 9. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General I. Fabricate in accordance with details and approved Shop Drawings miscellaneous items of metal work indicated or as necessary to complete the work. 2. Materials shall be stock of types and sizes indicated. 3. Make cuts clean and sharp with wore edges ground smooth. One completion, the work shall be straight, rigid and light and free from defects. 4. Close exposed ends of steel pipe or tubing with welded caps. 13. Welding: Comply with A WS DI.1. Miter and cope intersections and weld all around. Remove splatter, grind exposed welds to blend and contour surfaces to match those adjacent. C. Shop Painting: After fabrication, clean off loose scale, rust, weld slag or flux deposit, oil, grease, dirt, or other foreign material and shop coat all fabricated items with shop paint. D. Substitutions: Where exact sizes and weights called for are not available, secure Architect's acceptance of suitable sizes prior to proceeding. 2.04 FABRICATIONS A. General: Fabricate metal fabrications as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Weld or boll all items securely in place or otherwise fasten as indicated on the Drawings or approved Shop Drawings. Include all items indicated, scheduled or listed in Article 1.01. Grind field welds smooth and touch up with red primer. END OF SUCTION TAS 02136 Section 05500 Metal Fabrication - 2 DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS SE,CfION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. I"urnish and Install: Carpentry work as shown on the drawings and work normally performed by carpenters not elsewhere specified. B. Products Furnished but not Installed under this Section: I. Anchor bolts built into concrete or masonry for support of wood: Install under Section 03300. Formwork or Section 04200, Unit Masonry. 1.02 RL'LATrD WORK A. Finish Carpentry: Section 06200 Finish Carpentry B. Mechanical and Electrical Blockouts: Division 15. Mechanical and Division 16, Electrical. 1.03 REFUR f7NCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with: I. Wood Framing: Uniform Building Code and "National Design Specification for Wood Construction," 1982 edition, as published by National Forest Products Association. 2. Lumber: Comply with Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber, latest edition, published by Western Wood Products Association. Each piece of lumber shall be grade stamped. 3. Plywood: Comply with U.S. Product Standard PSI-83 for softwood plywood/construction and industrial. Each panel shall be identified with the grade trademark of the American NyNsood Association (APA). 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Store material off the ground and cover with waterproofing covering. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE. CONDITIONS: A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, milers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. TAS 02136 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry - I `r t SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned Sinnett Builders, Inc. as Principal, andTra e e and uret as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of £ort Co lins Colorado as OWNER, in the sum of $ 5% of total bid for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, HOMESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said B_d shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The SuzeLy, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 3.03 WOOD FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Nail or spike members in accordance with Uniform Building Code. Framing 16" and 24" o.c. as indicated. Cut framing square on bearings, closely fit, accurately set to required lines and levels. Secure rigidly inplace at bearings and connections. Do not use shims for leveling on wood or metal bearings. Use steel shims with full bearing on masonry or concrete. B. Openings: Frame members for passage of pipes and ducts to avoid cutting structural members. Do not cut, notch, or bore framing members fir passage of pipes or conduits without Architect's permission. reinforce framing members as directed where damaged by cutting. C. Firestopping: Firestop concealed spaces in framing. Prevent drafts from one space to another. Use ?" thick accurately fit wood blocking to fill opening. D. Joists and Beams: Sizes and spacing as indicated. Set crown edge up with 3 1/2" bearing unless noted otherwise. Toe nail joists to wood sills with 10d nails both sides or secure with metal connectors. Lap and spike joists over supports. Double joists and rafters to form headers and trimmers at openings over 4' and support with metal joist hangers. Provide joist hangers at joists framing into flush wood beams. Provide blocking or suitable edge support between members as necessary to support edges of sheathing. E. Bridging: Provide as indicated and noted, or as required by code. F. Studs: Size as indicated. Single bottom plate and double top plates with joints staggered. Double studs at openings and triple at corners and intersections. Double headers with double trimmers over openings. Provide blocking and backing as necessary. 3.04 SHEATI ZING INSTALLATION A. Root' Sheathing: Install plywood panels with face grain perpendicular to trusses with end joints supported. Stagger ends of adjacent sheets 4'- 0" where possible. Nail at 4" o.c. along all edges and 12" ox. along all intennediate supports unless indicated otherwise. 3.05 FURRING AND BLOCKING A. Install blocking as required for truss system. B. Install as required for backing. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry - 3 „r SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PARTI- GENFRAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Definitions: Finish carpentry is generally defined as woodwork requiring asmoodtfinish and exposed tovic%t but not considered as cabinets or casework. 13. FURNISH AND INSTALL: Interior and exterior finish carpentry. C. Install Only: 'Toilet room accessories, finish hardware. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Finish: Section 09900 Painting E. Corian Counter Tops: Section 06600 L03 REFERENCES A. References Standards: Conform to the Custom Grade requirements of "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and Guide Specifications", 1985 edition, as published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE.. AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Do not deliver material until the building or storage area is enclosed and sufficiently dry to prevent damage from excessive changes in moisture content. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR MATERIALS A. Wood Trim: Clear Pine or Poplar. Trim material shall be free of defects to the extent required by A W'I Custom Grade allowances for the species used. 2.02 EXTERIOR MATERIALS A. Trim Material: Redwood clear vertical grain, smooth surface. Trim shall be fret of defects to the extent required by AWI Custom Grade allowances for this species. TAS 02136 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry - I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: All installations AWI Custom Grade unless otherwise specified. B. Interior Finish: 1. Wherever possible, each length of finish shall be in single piece. Butt joints will not be allo�Ncd. Stagger joints in adjacent members. 2. Install interior finish level, plumb and true and tightly secure to bracing with nails, screws, glue, etc. Blind nail wherever possible. Where surface nailing is necessary, use finish nails carefully set %N ith nail punch. Finish bearing hammer marks, splits, cracks, mars or defects of any nature will ordered replaced. 3. Trim Finishing against walls or ceiling shall be milled with extra width to permit scribing to wall or ceiling at job. 4. Except where molded, trim shall be milled with perfectly square edges. After erection the exposed edges shall be slightly rounded by sanding. 5. All finish shall be hand smoothed, ready for transparent finish under Section 09900 and free from machine or tool marks or any roughness. C. Exterior Trim: Wherever possible, each length of finish shall be in single piece. Face nail into framing using aluminum casing nails. Drive flush but do not set. D. Bxlerior Soffit Boards: Blind nail and apply trim as indicated. Fxposed fasteners not allowed. F'. Plywood Ceiling and Soffits: Face nail into framing. FND 017 SECTION TAS 02136 Section O6200 Finish Carpentrc - 2 SECTION 06600 CORIAN COUNTERTOPS PART] -GENERAI, 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Corian Shect for horizontal and vertical surfaces 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06200 Finish Carpentry B. Counter Support: Section 05500 Metal Fabrication C. Lavatory: Division 15 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Material shall be solid and homogenous filled methyl melhacrylate, not coated, laminated or of a composite construction. B. No cracked, chipped, broken, stained or defective material will be accepted. C. Color match differences between sheets shall be minimal. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM, MENA, and NAHN tests as specified in Corian Spec. Data Sheet. 1.05 SUBMIFI'ALS A. Submit shop drawings and product installation data in accordance with Division I. B. Submit sample for approval. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING A. Deliver to job site in sequence to be used in accordance with Section 01600. B. Store units indoors as directed and protect against damage in accordance with Section 01600. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. F.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc., Wilmington, DE 19898. TAS 0213E Section 06600 Corian Counter Top, 1 2.02 CORIAN SURNACI'S A. Restroom counter lops shall be Corian (methyl methacrylalc binder) as manufactured by Dupont. B. Thickness (3/4"). C. Corian will be bonded together using Dupont Joint Adhesive except where not recommended by DuPont. D. Color: Selected by Owner from standard colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces and supports are suitable for installation in accordance with shop drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.02 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Fabrication and installation shall be in a workmanlike mariner in strict accordance with DuPont instructions. B. Tolerances are 1 1/8" unless otherwise specified. C. Verify field measurements and check color match before proceeding with fabrication. D. All surfaces to be uniform gloss. all edges to be cased and sanded smooth lI All surfaces to be cleaned upon completion. IiND OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 06600 Corian Counter Tops - 2 SECTION 07150 DAMPPROOFING PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Dampproofing on outside of foundation walls as indicated. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Backfilling: Section 02200 Earthwork/Grading B. Concrete: Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete C. Masonry: Section 04200 Unit Masonry Walls 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not cover dampproofing with backfill or other materials until inspected and accepted by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, SI'ORAGE,AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Deliver in nhanufaclurer's original unopened containers and store at a temperature ofat (cast 50"F. 1.05 PROILCTCONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: "Do not apply if air temperature or surface temperature is below 40'1'. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Dampproofing: Sonneborm Hydrocide 600, 700, or 700b. PART 3 - EXECIPf1ON 3.01 INSPECTION A. Surfaces: Inspect to verify that concrete surfaces are smooth, free of major defects, cured, and dry. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the General Contractor. B. Acceptance: Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. TAS 02136 Section 07150 Danhpproolin!t - I 3.02 PRUARATION A. Surfaces to beDampproofed: Clcanand sinooth with voids and honeycomb in concrete n alls filled N% ith prow. Brush down surfaces to remove loose scale, fins, dust, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Brush or spray two coats of dampproofing at rates recommended by the manufacturer. Allow first coal to dry before applying second coat. Keep the top edge of dampproofing I" below the indicate finish grada. Mask top edge to provide sharp, straight line. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover with backfill until inspected and accepted by the Architect. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 07150 Dantpprooling - 2 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART I - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: I. Thermal Blanket Insulation at: a. Ceilings as Indicated I [LYE fl p S 11➢ A l lsdLi7 ti 7 A. Wood Framing: Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Store insulation undercover to prevent weather damage. PART2-PRODUCT'S 2.01 '1-HFRMA1. BIANKET INSULATION A. Acceptable Manufactures: I . Owens-Corning 2. Manville Corporation 3. CertainTeed 4. Accepted Substitute 13. Type: Fiberglass blankets with Kraft paper face. Width to fit spacing. R value as indicated. PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas to receive insulation to assure conditions are satisfactory for installation. B. Acceptance: Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces by Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Do not install insulation on top of or within 3" of recessed light fixtures unless fixtures approved Im such use B. Blanketor Batt Insulation: Install insulation according tomanufacturcesdirections. Fittighttoadjoiningwork and adjoining insulation so that a completely tight enclosure free from open joints, holes, cracks and voids is achieved. Attach insulation in place in a manner insuring stability and to eliminate sagging. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 07210 Building Insulation - I SECTION 07610 SI IISIi'f MGfAL ROOFING PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish and Install: I. Sheet Metal Roofing. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Plywood Deck: Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. 13. Structural Steel: Section 05120 Structural Steel. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installation only by contractor authorized by the manufacturer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit one 2' long by full width sample of each type of roofing. Samples will be reviewed for pattern, texture and color only. Compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the contractor. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit in accordance with Division 1. Indicate panel layout, flashings, rooftenninalions and all accessories and attachments. C. Design and Specification Approval: Prior to starting roofing, submit a signed statement that the roofing and sheet metal flashing design, details and specifications are proper for this particular project and meet wind load design required by the local authorities. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND I IANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Deliver and store panels and accessories in a dry place to avoid condensation or contact with materials which might cause staining, such as lime, cement, fresh concrete, or chemicals. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Material: Provide manufacturer's standard 20-year warranty that finish will not crack, peel, chalk, or fade in accordance with Section 01700. 13. Installation: Provide 2-year written warranty for roofing and sheet metal flashing in accordance with Section 01700. TAS 02136 Section 07610 Sheet Metal Roofing- I 3.04 SHEE f METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Flashing: Be responsible for total sheet metal roofing and sheet metal flashing installation. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 07610 Sheet Metal Roofing - 3 SP.C'IION 07620 SI-IFFIT METAL PLASHING AND TRIM PART I -GENERAL L01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install Galvanized Iron Plashing 1. Flashing and Counterflashing 2. Gutters 3. Other sheet metal flashing related to the above, indicated on the Drawings and not specified elsewhere. 13. Related Requirements: I. Sealants: Section 07900 Joint Sealers L02 RELATED WORK A. Angles and Plates: Section 05500 Metal Fabrication. B. StrUCIUral Steel: Section 05120 Structural Steel. C. Painting: Section 09900 Painting 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: I. Galvanized Sheet Metal: Comply with recommendations of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual," 1979 edition, as published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). 2. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA), "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual," 1985 edition. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two (2) years in accordance with Section 01700. 1. Guarantee that the system shall be water tight and weatherproof. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL A. Galvanized Iron: ASTM A526-85 commercial quality sheet steel, ASTM A525-86, G90 commercial hot -dip galvanizing. Provide gages as indicated and specified, 24 gage minimum. I. Field Painted: Mill phosphatized. TAS 02136 Section 07620 Sheet Metal Plashing and'1'rim - I 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIAL A. Clips and Cleats: Same material and gage as sheet metal being installed. B. Nails and Fasteners for Galvanized Iron: Galvanized or cement coated, size and type as required. C. Underlayment: Grace ice and water shield. I.). Solder: ASTM 1332-83, Ir2 Icad. 1:2 lin. Use roziu for flux. I . Sealant: Polyurethane, see Section 07900. Roofers mastic is not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Substrate: F'XamiuC surfaces to receive flashing or sheet metal. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Surfaces shall be smooth, sound, clean and dry and fabric Flashing in place before work is started. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Before fabricating sheet metal, verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered. B. Coordination: Coordinate work of this Section erith work of other sections Verif_N plawemcnt of �� ood blockings, inserts, nailing strips, emus, etc. C. Protective Coating: Coat contacting dissimilar metals with asphaltic compound. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. Reference: Standards: Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, workmanship and details shalIcomply wilh SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1. Edges: Hem all exposed edges 1/2" unless otherwise indicated. 2. Drips: Angle bottom edges of vertical surfaces to form drips. B. Joints: Make joints watertight and allow for expansion. 1. Reinforce sheet metal comers as required. 2. Reinforcement: Conceal within finished assembly. C. Fastenings: else concealed hook strips and fasteners. Exposed hook strips and fasteners not acceptable. D. Expansion and Contraction I. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction vtd building movement in completed work. 2. Make watertight and weathertight throughout. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, provide expansion joints at maximum of 20' and not more that 4' from comers. Seal joints with sealant in accordance with Section 07900. 3.04 GALVANIZED IRON SHEE I' METAL A. Finish: As indicated on Drawings. B. Flashing and Counterllashing: As detailed of 24 gage galvanized iron. Lock and solder ioints and hem exposed edges. TAS 02136 Section 07620 ^ Sheet Nletal flashing and 'I.rim - 2 C. Pitch Pockets: Provide where several or irregular shaped items penetrate roofing membrane as required. Fabricate of 24 gage galvanised iron as indicated, approved by roofing manufacturer and similar to SMACNA Plate 61, Figure L. Scam and seal juints. I lem edges. Pocket filled under Roofing Section. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 07020 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - 3 SEC170N 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: Provide all caulking and sealant indicated on the Drawings, -specified herein, and not specified under other sections. In general, seal all openings indicated on the Drawings and at other locations requiring caulking to seal visually and against infiltration from air and water, including but not limited to the following: I . Expansion joints in concrete walks 2. Exterior wall joints 3. Masonry control joints 4. Isolation joints, between structure and other elements 5. Joints at penetrations of walls, decks and floors by piping and other service equipment 6. Joints between items of equipment and other construction 7. Joints between door and window frames and adjacent materials, exterior and interior 8. Bedding for door thresholds 9. Open joints between dissimilar materials as required to close and conceal jointing of the work 10. Construction and expansion joints, joints between dissimilar materials; joints around windows, door frames, louvers, and other penetrations and openings If. Other joints as indicated 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Color Samples: Submit color chart for each type of sealant in accordance with Division 1. Product Data: Submit for each material intended for use and location of application in accordance with Division 1. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND I IANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Deliver in original unopened containers and store in an area not subject to extreme heat or cold. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply exterior sealants during wet weather or when the outside temperature is below 40°F. Do not apply interior sealants when the inside temperature is below 60"F. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide a written three year warranty in writing covering materials and workmanship in accordance with Section 01700. Warranty shall require installer, at no cost to Owner, to repair or replace sealants which fail to perform as air -tight and water -tight joints; or fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, slain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified as an inherent quality of the material by submitted manufacturer's data. TAS 02136 Section 07900 Joim Scalers- I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 JOINT RACKING MATERIAL A. General: Size joint backing material for minimum 30%compression when inserted in thejoint. Material shall be round rod or semi -circular type. 13. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. Dow Chemical Company, Etltafoam 2. Sonnebom, Sonoloam 3. Schlegel Manufacturing Company, Schlegclfoam 4. Denver Foam 5. Accepted Substitute 2.02 SEALANT MATFRIAL. A. Acceptable Manufacturers: I . DAP Incorporated 2. Parr, Inc. 3. Pecora Corporation 4. Products Research and Chemical Corporation 5. Sonnebom Building Products 6. Tremco Manufacturing Company 7. Mantcco International 8. W.R. Grace and Company 9. Accepted Substitute R. Silicone Sealant Manutaclurer: 1. General Electric Dow Corning Accepted substitute in accordance with Section 01600 C. .Acceptable Materials 1. Interior and Under'l'hresholds: Latex acrylic, ASTM C834-761. 2. Other Caulking: Two component polyurethane, FS IT-S-00227E, Type 11, Class A, non -sag 3. Primer: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer 4. Sealant at Concrete Paving: Two -component self -leveling polyurethane, PS IT-S-00227L Type I, Class, pourable type. 5. Sealant at Lavatories: Silicone sealant. 6. Colors: As selected by Architect from standard colors. 2.03 BOND BREAKER TAPE A. Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant -contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self adhesive tape wherever applicable. 'PAS 02136 Section 07900 Joint Scalers - 2 PART3-PXBCOTION 3A1INSPECTION A. Inspection: Inspect work of others prior to application of any work under this section. If any joint or space to receive this work is not according to detail and cannot be put into proper condition to receive the work by specified methods; notify the General Contractor in writing or assume responsibility for and rectify any unsatisfactory caulking and scaling resulting. 13. Acceptance: Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Preparation of Surfaces: 1. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Mask edges, if required, to protect adjoining surfaces and produce a straight finish line. -' 3. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant. 4. Do not proceed with installation of sealant over joint surfaces which have been painted, lacquered, waterproofed or treated with water repellent or other treatment of coating. Remove coating or treatment joint surfaces before installing sealant. " 5. Etch concrete masonryjoint surfaces to remove excess alkalinity unless walant manufacturer's printed instruction indicates that alkalinity does not interfere w ith sealant bond and performance. I.ach w ah 5%solution of murialic acid, neutralize with diluted ammonia solution, rinse thoroughly with water -� and allow to dry before sealant installation. B. Priming: If required, prime surfaces which are to be caulked with manufacturer's recommended or standard printer, after the surfaces have been prepared as specified. Before use, check primers for discoloration and dirt pick -upon adjacent surfaces. Ifstaining occurs, after exposure, take adequate measures to prevent the printer from being applied over the face of adjacent porous materials by maskin& or other suitable measures C. Joint Backing: I. Joints shall be ofdepth necessaryto provide for the specified allowable thickness ofsealant and also the required backing where and as specified. Provide backing of extent and type as specif led and required to provide for the allowable depth of the sealant. 2. Back-up Materials for Sealants: Non -staining, compatible with the sealant and primer, shall be of a resilient nature and as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant. Size and shape of the backing shall be as required by the width ofthejointand specified. Do not use materials impregnated with il, solvents, or bituminous materials. 3. Compress backing material a minimum of 30% when inserted in the joint. Backing material for the upper portion ofjoints shall be a round rod or semi -circular in cross-section with the arc in contact with the sealant. ^ D. Bond Breaker Tape: Install where indicated and as required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that _ sealants will perform properly. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Exterior Metal Sills: Set in full bed of polyurethane sealant. B. Thresholds: Set in full bed of latex acrylic sealant. TAS 02136 Section 07900 Joint Sealers - 3 C. Caulk .loints: I . Apply sealants in continuous beads without openjoints. voids or air pockets, wine it ratchet hand gun or mechanical powered gun. 2. Confine sealants to joint areas with masking tapes or other precautions. Apply compounds in concealed compressionjoints accurately so that excess compound will not extrude from joints. 3. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progresses, and clean adjoining surfaces. 4. In rough surfaces or joints of uneven widths, install sealant, well back into joint. Recess equal to width of joint, or 3/8" minimum at masonry. 5. Use anti -tack agent where necessary to protect freshly applied sealant from public traffic and dirt. G. Slightly recessed joints as to facilitate it painter's line. Handtool and finish joints throughout construction. 7. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and specifications. 1). Concrete Paving Expansion Joints: Cut expansion joint filler down to al low joint depth equal to 75%ofjoint width, but neither more than O.625" deep nor less than 0.375" deep. Seal over expansion joint filler with poured sealant. E. Workmanship: Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps orair pockets, with complete "wetting" oflhejoint hond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface. slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so lhatjoint will not trap moisture and dirt. Joint Sizes: Install sealants to depths as indicated or, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations: I . For normal moving joints sealed with elastonteric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% ofjoint width, but not more than 1;2" deep or less than 1,4" deep 2. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds. f ill joints to a depth in the range of 75°iL to 125% of joint width. G. Spillage: 1. Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces, by either the primer/scaler or the sealant. 2. Remove excess and spillage of compounds promptly as the work progresses. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means maybe necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. Do not damage the adjoining surfaces or finishes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Samples: Where directed by the Architect, cut out and remove it total of three samples consisting of the undisturbed sealant and back-up material from the joint. Samples shall be G" in length. Reseal cut out areas with the same materials. 3.05 CURING, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Curing: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. B. Protection: I. Advise the General Contractor of procedures required for the protection of sealants during the construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal weathering) at the lime of the acceptance. TAS 02136 Section 07900 Joint Sealers - 4 C. Cleaning: I. Protect surfaces from damage. Clean soiled surfaces immediately. Replace with new material any damaged material which cannot be cleaned with near matcrial. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 07900 Joint Sealers - 5 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08111 I IOLLOW MF:I-AL, DOORS AND FRAME'S PART I -GENERAL. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Hollow Metal Frames 2. Hollow Metal Doors 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Hardware: Section 08710 Finish Hardware B. Thresholds and Weatherstripping: Section 08710 Finish Hardware 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE, A. RegulatoryRequirements: provide Ul, label on doors and frames indicated on the door schedule 1.04 SUBMI'I"I'ALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Division 1. B. 'Templates: Hardware templates forhardwaremounted on hollow metal work shall be submitted LIMICI SCCtiOu 087 10 directly tothe hollow metal manufacturer immediately after approval ofthe hardware schedule. Report failure to receive templates with reasonable promptness to the General Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Store doors on edge. Store frames in such a position as to prevent twisting. Doors with dimples or dents will be rejected. PART2-PRODUCTS f��tl � d L� a 15) u I \ ►U1 �iLIII Il�1:i�I Li.9 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. Amweld Building Product, Inc. 2. South Western Hollow Metals. 3. Gateway Metal Products. 4. Hol-O-Met Corporation. 5. North Central Supply, Inc. 6. Colorado Doorways. 7. Accepted Substitute. TAS 02136 Section 08111 I lollmv Metal Doors and Frames - I 2.02 1IOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Frames far hollow metal and wood doors, entrances, windows and borrowed lights, etc. indicated to be hollohv metal shall be of design sections as detailed and assembled as indicated. B. Gages I . Frames on Interior Walls: 16 gage steel 2. Frames on Exterior Walls: 14 gage steel C. Construction: Construct frames encompassing one or more doors with sidelights ui transunls, and steel window walls, etc., in rigid units of as large size as practical to reduce to a minimum the number of job - fabricated joints. Joints and connections including job -fabricated joints shall be welded and ground and the entire assembly reinforced and braced as required to insure absolute rigidity. Provide expansion joints as indicated or required. Where so indicated or as required, provide channel stiffening within and securely welded to frame member. Do not use exposed screws except where specifically accepted. I). Accessories: 1. Reinforcement for Hardware: Machine frames for attachment of hardware, including mortising, reinforcing, drilling and tapping for hinges. a. Butt Hinges: 7 gage, 12" long, full width of frame profile less width of one backhand. b. Closers: 10 gage, 12" long, full width of frame. C. Strikes, Plush Bolts and Other Surface Mounted Hardware: 12 gage. 2. Anchors: Furnish anchors of type and number required for anchoring fi'anhcs to svucture, partitions, etc. as follows: a. 3 jamb anchors on Thigh jamb. b. 4 jamb anchors on jambs over 7'. Wire anchors will not be allowed. Pivvide such installation instructions as arc necessary to insure proper installation of anchors. 3. Silencers: Drill stop of lock jamb of each interior frame for installation of pneumatic rubber door silencers. Silencers shall be furnished under Section 08710, numbers as indicated on schedule. 4. Joints: Conceal welded joints in two-sided mullions or similar sections behind glaring stops. Continuous weld and grind smooth exposed joints. E. Hinges: Install mortar protection box behind each hinge cut. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL, DOORS A. General: Doors indicated to be hollow metal shall be hollow metal, flush, swing type doors of types indicated B. Construction: Construct hollow metal doors from 16-gage steel, fully welded, ground smooth and completely sound and fire insulated. Provide thermal insulation in exterior doors. Manufacturer hollow metal doors and panels with flush tops, sides and bottoms. Plastic inserts are not acceptable. All vertical seams shall be fully welded. Lock seams or epoxy filled seams are not acceptable. C. Labels: Provide fire rated construction and LJL labels where listed in door schedule. D. Hardware: Mortise and reinforce doors to receive hardware. 1. I linges: Seven gage steel plate, 9' , welded to continuous 16-gage interior edge channels. Drill and tap. Use of coined or extruded holes not acceptable. 2. Locks, Latches, Push/Pulls, and Panic Devices: 12-gage steel spot welded to 16-gage interior edge channels and designed to provide adequate support and reinforcement for required hardware. 3. Closers: Not less than 12-gage internal reinforcement. Provide special attention to reinforcing doors Mitre closers are to be bolted through door. E. Insulation: Foam or ball type. Honeycomb core is not acceptable. TAS 02136 Section 081 1 1 Hollo%% Metal Doors and Frames - 2 complete the Site Improvement Survey per current City of Fort Collins standards. Bid Item # 4 — Safety Fencing: clarification - Per the contract documents, 65 I.f. of safety fencing is required. This is a minimum contract requirement for safety fencing and it is up to the contractor to determine appropriate methods and materials to keep the site secure. Bid Item #9 — Erosion Control: Add sentence- Bid item includes a 30'x 40' aggregate tracking pad (1 '/2" round aggregate, 6" depth). Please note - tracking pad to be removed prior to seeding operations. Tracking pad location to be determined at the pre -construction meeting. Bid Item # 13 — Domestic Water Service and Distribution: Delete backflow device from bid item. Bid Item #16 — 5" thick Concrete Paving : Clarification- Sidewalk within R.O.W. along Avondale Road is 5" thick concrete with fiber mesh, per plans and specifications. Bid item # 24 —Restroom/Picnic Shelter: Clarification- Owner is responsible for all special testing that is not covered by City of Fort Collins Building Code Inspection. Please note that this bid item includes the finish floor concrete within the limits of the walls. All other concrete paving under picnic shelter roofing is part of Bid Item #16 — 5" Concrete Paving. Section 03450 — Architectural Precast Concrete Part 1 — general, 1.04 Quality Assurance, C. Design of Precast Units: delete entire sentence Section 04270 — Glass Unit Masonry Add entire sections 04270 to Specifications (see attached) Section 06200 — Finish Carpentry Delete this entire section 06200 from the Specifications DRAWINGS 1. Sheet D-1: Add note on Demolition Plan -City Stormwater rain gauge to be protected. 2. Sheet D-1: Add note on demolition plan -Remove existing silt fence (approximately 430 I.f.) along Avondale Road frontage 3. Sheet D-1: Add note- Existing stormwater outlet pipe at north end of existing concrete trickle pan. 4. Sheet SD 2: Detail 5 - Type III Barricade: Please note that barrier is to be located at the dead end of sidewalks, per plans. Barrier width needs to be at least as wide as the sidewalk it is blocking. Signage is not required for barricades. 5. Sheet A-8, Detail 4/a7: Delete Detail 4/a7 — Pipe Bollard 6. Sheet A-7, Detail 1/a7: Refer to revised drawing showing attachment of windows to precast sill and sill to CMU wall. (see attached) 7. Sheet 1.1 — Irrigation Eguipement Table : Clarification — Guard Shack is the manufacturer of the enclosure. Size enclosure to fit backflow preventer and associated plumbing. ATTACHMENTS 1. Specification Section 04270 — Glass Unit Masonry 2. Detail 1/A7 Restroom Window Detail If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPB, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-6777. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Connie K. Boston, Donald B. Martin, Chris S. Richmond, Darlene Krings, William C. Bensler, Kelly T. Urwiller, Russell J. Michels, Linda M. Nikolaeff, Debra S. Morris, Mary M. Powell, of Greeley, Colorado, their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign mth the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Hoard of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the prover prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Companv officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. 2.04 MIS(TILANFOUS ITEMS A. Provide closures, sub -sills, panels, fillers, etc., indicated as hollow metal, gages and insulation as indicated. 2.05 FINISII A. Cleaning and Primer: Thoroughly clean surfaces ot'grease, rust and scale to insure paint adherence. Apply filler to doors where required to produce smooth surface. Apply one coat of factory primer. PART 3 - L XLCU RON 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Frames: I. Set steel Games accurately in accordance with details, straight and free of'twist with head level and jambs plumb. Rigidly anchor to walls and partitions and securely brace until surrounding work is completed. Provide deflection clearances at frame heads where indicated. 2. Field Welds: Make welds full length of joints. Remove splatter and grind exposed welds to match adjacent surfaces. 3. Whenever possible, leave spreader bars in place until frames are securely anchored. 4. Jambs will be filled with grout under Section 04200 where frames occur in masonry walls. B. Miscellaneous Items: Install closures, panels, fillers, etc. as indicated. C. Doors: Apply hardware in conformance with hardwaremanufacturer'stemplatesarid instructions. liangdoors to be Tree of binding with hardware functioning properly. I. Clearance Tolerances: a. I lead: 1/8" maximum. b. Jamb: 1/8" maximum C. Between Doors (Pair): 1/8" maximum. d. Sill without Threshold: 1/2" maximum. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjustment: At completion of job, adjust doors and hardware as required and leave in proper operation condition. END OF SECTION "PAS 02136 Section 08111 I lollow Metal Doors and Frmmes - 1 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: I. Finish Hardware for Hollow Metal Doors 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Threshold Caulking: Section 07900 Joint Scalers 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier Qualifications: The hardware supplier must have in his employ a regular member, in good standing, of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants, who shall be responsible for the detailing, scheduling and ordering of the finish hardware. B. Regulatory Requirements: Provide UL listed hardware for fire or accident hazard where scheduled or required to maintain rating of opening. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: 1. Within 10 days after receipt of a contract for the finish hardware, prepare a complete schedule and submit. 2. Do not order hardware until a corrected copy of the schedule is returned to the supplier bearing the stamp of the Architect. 3. A Catalog Cut of Each Different Hardware Item: Included with each hardware schedule. 4. Schedule: Indicate the following details: Door Numbers Frame Materials Location Hand of Doer Size and Thickness of Door Degree of Opening Door Material Type of Attachment As well as any other pertinent information regarding the door and the quality and type of hardware to be furnished. B. Templates: Within 10 days after receipt of the approved corrected hardware schedule, submit 4 sets of templates and schedules to the wood door and frame suppliers. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. B. Delivery: Deliver hardware to the job site only after proper provision for storage has been made. C. Labels: Properly package and label each item to indicate exact location for which intended. TAS 02136 Section 08710 Finish Hardware - I D. Check -In: Hardware supplier shall authorize his representative to be present when all finish hardware is delivered to the site and shall check in each item and turn over to Contractor for storage in a secure place under lock and key. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written warranty for the following. 1. Warranty against mechanical failure of door closers for a five year period. 2. Warranty against failure of parts for hardware except door closers for a two year period. Warranty shall include cylinder locks. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Butts: Stanley, Hager, Lawrence, McKinney B. Door Closers: LCN, Corbin C. Locksets: Russwin, Corbin, or Schlage D. Magnetic Locks: Securitron Magnalock E. Thresholds and Weatherstripping: Zero, Master, May, Pemko F.. Stops and Trim: Triangle Brass, BBGW, Master, Quality, TREMCO 2.02 KEYING, KEYS AND MASTER KEYS A. Keying Schedule: Key all cylinders alike or different as directed by Owner. Be responsible to schedule a meeting with the Owner to obtain the Owner's keying requirements. B. Construction Keys: Cylinders shall be construction master keyed At time of Owner occupancy, make construction keys inoperative. Provide six (6) extractor keys. C. Master Key. Cylinders shall be master keyed. Provide a total of six (6) building master keys. D. Keys: Provide two (2) keys for each cylinder keyed. E. Key Delivery: Lock manufacturer shall forward factory direct by registered mail in safety envelopes directly to the Owner, all master keys and submaster keys and change keys properly identified. Mail other keys to General Contractor at his office. 2.03 GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Fasteners: Furnish necessary screws and bolts for proper installation. Provide suitable sizes, type and finish to harmonize with hardware. Hardware attached to metal shall be templated and shall be fastened with machine screws long enough to penetrate 1/2" thick reinforcing. B. Silencers: Provide rubber silencers for doors installed in metal frames. Provide three silencers for each door and two for each pair of doors. TAS 02136 Section 08710 Finish Hardware - 2 C. Cylinders: Furnish cylinders of same keyway unless otherwise specified. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide a factory hardware technician to be present to assist and instruct those applying finish hardware. B. Fastening: Furnish items of hardware with attachment screws, bolts, nuts, etc. as required to attach hardware to type of material involved and with finish to match hardware with which they are to be used. 1. Make all attachments to metal by template machine screws. 2. Through -bolt hardware such as door closers, forearm shoes of closers, holding devices and panic hardware mounted on doors or panels. 3. Attach hardware to masonry or concrete with expansion bolts or similar drilled anchors to develop full strength of attached device. Set expansion anchors in solid masonry, not mortar joints. C. Magnetic Locks: Install per manufacturers recommendations. All wiring shall be concealed and vandal resistant. D. Weatherstripping Thresholds: Run weatherstripping or soundstripping fill height of both jambs and full width of head. Run thresholds full width of opening. Run door bottoms full width of doors. Install thresholds with continuous threshold anchors cast into slab. Set thresholds in caulking under Section 07900. E. Mounting Heights: Dimensions given are from floor to center line of hardware item: I. Door Knobs: Standard - 38" 2. Pushplates: Standard - 46" 3. Pullplates: Standard - 46" Note: a. Install pushplate to conceal through bolts of pull. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Painting: Do not install door silencers, kickplates, pushplates, door bottoms and wall stops until after painting is complete. Loosen locksets and panic hardware prior to painting and retighten after painting is complete. Mask hardware or otherwise protect during painting operation. .. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjusting: Prior to final inspection, hardware manufacturer's representative shall inspect and adjust door closers, locks and items requiring close adjustment and regulation and check all keying. 3.04 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Maintenance Manuals: Submit in accordancewith Section 01700. Include printed sheets from manufadurer covering hardware furnished. Include following information: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of hardware suppliers 2. Maintenance instructions and parts list for each type of operating hardware including: a. Locks b. Closers TAS 02136 Section 08710 Finish Hardware - 3 3. Warranty for closers and other hardware 3.05 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Furnish all items in US26D, Satin Chrome, unless otherwise noted. Weatherstrip shall be natural aluminum finish. t 2 Closers shall be painted aluminum. Doors and Hinges: I PR. Hager BB1279 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 US 26D 1 Hager (concealed electrical hinge far Magnalock pull) 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 US 26D Deadlock: Schlage B4646 US 26D Maglock: Securitron Magnalock Lack: M32F-24 Bracket: Z-32CL Touch Pull: TSH-CL (Note: The following can control both door 1 and door 2 so provide only one each for the project) Power Supply: BPS-24-1 Battery: B-244 Timer: DT-7 Push Pull: Push Trimco No. 1001-3 US 32D Closer: LCN 4510 Painted Finish Kids Plate: 12" x 34" US 32D Door Shoe: Pemco 217AV Threshold: Pemco 171A Weatherstrip: Pemco 303AS Stop: Trimco W 1278 CX Hinges: 1'/2 PR Hager BB 1279 4'h x 4 % US26D Lockset: Schlage D80PD US26D Deadlock: Schlage B4646 US26D Closer: LCN 440 Painted Finish END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 08710 Finish Hardware-4 SECTION 08950 TRANSLUCENT WALL SYSTEMS PART I-(iFNERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fumish and Install: 1. Clearstory Windows. B. Related Sections: I . Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 2. Structural Steel: Section 05120 Structural Steel 3. Wall Caps: Section 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01300. Include dome, joints, gaskets, drainage, accessories, ;aid anchorage. C. Quality control Submittals: 1. Manufacturers Instructions: Submit in accordance with Section 01600. D. Contract Closeout Submittals: I . Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for cleaning in accordance with Section 01700. PART2-PRODUCrS 2.01 ACRYLIC SHEET WINDOW PANELS A. Manufacturers: I. Cyro 2. Accepted substitute. B. Description: 1. Manufacturer and Type: Cyro Acrylite SDP No Drip Impact Modified 2. Light Transmission: 68% 3. Ncat Transmission: R Value 1.61 winter 4. Faces a. Exterior: White b. Interior: White 5. Sire: 8 min thickness TAS 02136 Section 09850 Translucent Wall Systems- I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Comply with Section 01600: I. Layout: Verify layout and sire of limped openings for acrylic sheet panels before beginning Installation. 2. Existing Conditions: Examine construction of opening for panels to receive panels is satisfictorv. 3. Notification: Notify General Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions in writing with copy of Architect. B. Acceptance: Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions by installer 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Double -Skinned Acrylic Sheets: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and accepted shop drawings. I. Set units plumb, level, and true to line without warp or rack. 2. Anchor securely to surrounding frame construction. 3. Caulk all around frame to panel joint. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: Water test acrylic sheet panels upon completion. Conduct lest using hose without nozzle and thoroughly wet entire panel area. Retest until watertight. 3.04 CLEANING A. Cleaning: Clean aluminum and plastic surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END Ol' SECTION TAS 02136 Section 09850 "l ranslucent A all Sy stem, - , SL("PION 09900 PAINTING PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Paint, surface preparation, priming and finish coats of all surfaces not specifically excluded. B. Exclusions: In addition to material obviously not requiring paint such as glass, floor, tile, etc. Do not paint or finish: 1. Surfaces indicated by the finish schedule to remain unfinished. 2. Factory -finished surfaces 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry: Section 04100 S-Deck: Section 07610 Sheet Metal Roofing B. Painted Door Sign: Section 10400 Identifying Devices 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: It is the intent of these Specifications to provide a Type 1 Standard Job as described in the latest edition of "Painting Specifications" prepared by the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America. Where more stringent requirements are specified herein, they shall take precedence. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Color Schedule: Color selections will be made by the Architect from color systems of a recognized paint company. If materials of other manufacturers are used, colors must match those selected and samples may be required by the Architect. B. Paint Samples: Prepare and submit paint samples. Remake samples until approved. C. Material List: Immediately after award of the contract, submit a letter listing the brand and qualih of each different material for use on the project. Materials shall be approved by the Architect before ordering. 1.05 DELIVERY, S"roRAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. B. Delivery: Deliver materials required for painting in unbroken packages bearing the brand name of manufacturer. Order materials sufficiently, in advance to be on lhejob when needed and deliver at the bui Id ing in sufficient quantities so the work will not be delayed. A claim concerning unsuitability of any material specified or inability to produce first-class work with the same, will not be entertained unless such claim is made, in writing, in the material list submittal. TAS 02136 Section 09900 ~ Painting - 1 „� C. Storage and Mixing: Assign a room or space in which to mix or store material. Provide gal%anized mixing pans for this paint room or space in which paints shall be mixed. No mixing of paint shall he done except in these pans. F.ntpty containers hearing the name or brand of any manufacturer shall not be brought upon the premises for mixing of paint unless labels are cancelled and containers are closely marked as to contents. D. Inspection: The paint storage area shall be open for periodic inspection by the Owner to insure only approved materials are being used. 1.06 PROJEC[' CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: Spaces must be clean before finishing is started. Do not finish rooms or spaces %where rubbish has accumulated or while rubbish is being removed. Finishing will not be allowed in dusty rooms. Do not remove rubbish while finish is fresh. Surfaces to which finish is to be applied shall be dry and clean. I?ovironmental Requirements: Do not finish outside surfaces in extreme cold, frosty, foggy, or damp weather. In winter weather, finish only when the temperature is 50" or over and surfaces are absolutely dry. Exterior painting shall not be allowed while dust is blowing. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The best quality materials as manufactured byan),ofthefin lowingmanuftcturers gill be acceptable: I . For brush, roller or spray work: a. Pittsburgh b. Sherwin-Williams c. Devoe d. Benjamin Moore c. Glidden f Pratt & Lambert g. Kelley -Moore h. Tnemec Company Inc. i. Accepted Substitute B. Quality: All products not specified by name shall be "best grade" or "first line" products or acceptable manufacturers. Sec Part 3 - Execution for materials required for this project. Where possible, materials shall' be of a single manufacturer. PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspection: Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint and finishes for conditions that will adversely affect execution, permanence or quality of work and which can not be put into an acceptable condition through preparatory work as included under Preparation. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the General Contractor. B. Primer for I ligh Performance Coating: Inspect surfaces to receive higliperformance coatingsto ensure proper primer has been applied. C. Acceptance: Beginning of application means acceptance of existing surfaces. TAS 02136 Section 09900 Painting - 2 3.02 PREPARATION A. General 1. Sand finishes on wood and metal surfaces between coats to assure smoothness and adhesion of subsequent coats. Use extra tine sandpaper to avoid cutting the edges when sanding. Apply putty or spackling compound after surfaces arc primed and primer is dry. Bring material flush with adjoining surfaces. B. C. 103 2. Surfaces shall be perfectlydry, clean and smooth before starting work. Fill cracks, holes or checks full and make smooth before finish is applied to surfaces. Fill any cracks, etc., which occur utter walls are sized. Ferrous Metal: Remove foreign material from unprimed metal with wire brush and dust clean. Shop Primed Metals: 'touch-up shop primed metals with a primer similar to the existing. Sand shop printer on hollow metal work immediately before painting to remove grease and dirt film from surfaces. Zinc Coated Metal (galvanized surfaces): Wash with mineral spirits and prime as specified. E. Protection: Furnish and lay drop cloths or mask off areas where finishing is being done to protect floors and other work from damage during the execution of work. Where it becomes necessary to remove temporary coverings placed by others, replace same in proper manner. Remove oily rags and waste from die building every night. Do not allow to accumulate. F. Damage to Work of Others: Be responsible Im any damage done to the work of other trades; repairing same to the satisfaction of the Architect. Replace am materials damaged to such an extent that thex anuot be restored to their original condition. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. lxisting Surfaces: If the surfaces are not in proper shape for painting, repair, rebuild or refinish before proceeding with the work. Be responsible for any poor work caused by improper surfaces. The application of the first coat does not relieve the responsibility for die base. Do not apply any coats on either damp or wet surfaces and in no case until the preceding coat is dry and hard. B. Application: Spread materials evenly without runs or sagging of materials and thoroughly brush out. Sand work between coats. C. Colors: Finish coat shall be color as selected by Architect. Tint primers to match finish coat. D. Roller Applied: Where paint or enamel is rolled on, use a fine nap roller so a nearly flat or orange pool texture is obtained. E. Health Department Requirements; I. Concrete Block: Fill with specified filler to attain smooth surface without pinholes to meet Health Department requirements. TA.S02136 Section 09900 Paintin:! - 3 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: Sinnett Builders, Inc. 2. Permanent main office address: 2926 E. Mulberry; Fort Collins, CO 80524 3. When organized: 1973; Incorporated 1975 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: Colorado 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 28 years 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the app priate anticipated dates of completion.) See Attached 7. General character of Work performed by your company: General Contractor Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? No If so, where and why? Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? Are you debarred by any government agency? No If yes list agency name. 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 3.04 COATING SYSTEM - INTERIOR Minimum of the following: A. Ferrous, Zinc Coated or Factory -Primed Metals - Painted: First Coat Suitable Primer or Factory -Prime Coat Second Coat Alkyd Frame] I lndercoat Third Coat Alkyd Enamel Semi -Gloss 13. Hollow Metal Frames and Doors - Painted: First Coat Second Coal Third Coat C. Masonry - Painted First Coat Second Coat Third Coat 3.05 COATING SYSTEM - EXTERIOR A. Ferrous Metals - Painted First Coat Second Coat Third Coat Metal Doors and Frames - Painted First Coat Second Coat Third Coat C. Masonry Sealed (seal all exterior C.M.IJ. incuding precast concrete caps) First Coat Second Coat 3.06 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS Factory -Prime Coal (Sanded) Alkyd Enamel Undercoat Alkyd Enamel Semi -Gloss Block Filler or Suitable Primer Latex Enamel Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel Semi -Gloss Factory -prime Coat or Suitable Primer Alkyd Scmi-6loss Enamel, Exterior Alkyd Scmi-(floss Fnamel, Fxterior Factory -prime Coat or Suitable Primer Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel, Exterior Alkyd Semi -Gloss (Enamel, Fxterior Sure Klean Blok-Guard and Graffiti Control Sure Klean Blok-Guard and Graffiti Control Apply two coats per manufacturer's recommendations A. Grilles, Registers and Louvers: Grilles, registers and louvers, except those built permanently into masonry, will be delivered to this contractor by the party furnishing same. Spray paint in colors as directed thoroughly covering surfaces visible after installation and return to the supplier for installation. After installation, du such touch up of screws and scuffed spots or repainting as required to achieve a uniform paint job. B. Objects on Roof; Paint metal objects on the roof including, but not limited to, rooftop mechanical units, Bashings, roof drains, vents, exhaust fans, air intake hoods, roof hatches, etc., as specified under ferrous or zinc coated metals. 3.07 CLEAN UP A. Final Clean-up: At the completion of work, remove surplus materials, staging, rubbish; clean off paint, varnish, stains from Boors, glass, walls, hardware; and leave the premises in clean condition. TAS 02136 Section 09900 Painting - 4 3.08 EXTRA STOCK A. Extra Paint: At the completion of painting, deliver to the Owner one fill gallon of each paint color and type used along with the color number or formula for each type. END OI' SECTION TAS 02136 Section 09900 Painting - 5 SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES PARTI -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Section Includes: I. Reslroom signs 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit in accordance with Division 1. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE.,A ND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600 PART 2 - PRODIJ(,rS 2.01 RI?S'IROOM SIGNS A. Acceptable Manufacturing: I. Metallic Arts 2. Accepted Substitutes B. Description I. Iypc 2. Material 3. Finish .4 Letter Style S. Letter Size 6. Sire Dimension 7. Mounting 8. Braille 9. Thickness 10. Copy 2.02 Painted Door Signs A. Description I. Location 2. Copy 3. Paint 4. Color 5. Letter Style 6. Letter Size Cast Metal to Meet A.D.A. Requirements Bronze Satin polished raised areas; background with contrasting enamel 1lelvelica Medium 5/8" Min. 8" x 8" Concealed Grade 2 Braille 1/4" with 1/32" raised areas Symbol for Men or Women, and Braille. Also paint on actual doors: Men - Women Restroom Doors Men - Women Semi -Gloss Enamel White Ilelvelica Medium 4" FAS 02136 Section 10100 Idennivina Devices - I PART 3 - EXIiCUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Restroom Signs: Install with concealed masonry fasteners at a location shown on Drawings. Meet A.U.A. requirements. B. Coordinate painted signs with Section 09900. GNU OP Slc'rION TAS 02136 Section 10400 Identifying Devices - 2 SECTION 10810 TOILHT ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install 1. Toilet accessories as indicated and specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry: Section 04200 Unit Masonry 13. Electrical: Division 16 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Division 1. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. Bobrick Washroom I?yuipment, Inc. 2. Approved Substitute. B. Grab Bars - Bobrick B-6206.99 x 36" and Bobrick B-6206.99 x 42 as shown on draNeiugs. C. Electric Band Dryers - Bobrick Auto Pilot I land Dryer Model B-750, or World Dryer Model No. X RA5. No substitutes. 1. Recessed Installation 2. White Cover 3. 115 Volt, 20 Amp PAR,r 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Fasten accessories rigidly and securely to walls or toilet partitions using method and materials recommended by manufacturer. 3.02 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjustment: Before final inspection, inspect each accessory installation for rigid and secure installation. 'rake action necessary for rigid and secure installations. Take action necessary for rigid and secure installations. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 10810 T'oilel Accessories - I SECTION 15010 -BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division I -Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 GENERAL A. Provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - General Requirements, and applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract Documents apply to the work of Division 15 Mechanical. 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A; Work Included: unless specified otherwise, provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary for completely finished and operational mechanical systems. Provide all minor incidental items such as offsets, fittings, etc., required as part of the work even though not specified or indicated. B. Description of Systems: The work of Division 15 includes but is not limited to: 1. Heating and Ventilating System 2. Plumbing System C. Related Requirements: 1. Mechanical and Electrical Coordination: Section 15020 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 3. Mechanical: Division 15 - All Sections 4. General Requirements: Division I - All Sections D. Inspection: Inspect work preceding or interfacing with work of Division 15 sections and report any known or observed defects that affect the work to the General Contractor. Do not proceed with the work until defects are corrected. E. Existing Utilities: Are indicated as accurately as possible on the Drawings. Work on utilities encountered and not indicated on Drawings will be directed by change order after being brought to the attention of the Architect. Close openings and repair damage in acceptable manner to utilities encountered. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15610 - 1 F. Definitions: "Provide" means Contractor is responsible for the furnishing and installation of. 1.03 COORDINATION A. General: Coordinate and order the progress of mechanical work to conform to the progress of the work of the other trades. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. B. Coordination with Electrical Work: Section 15020. C. Utility Interruptions: Coordinate mechanical utility interruptions with the Owner and the Utility Company. Plan work so that duration of the interruption is kept to a minimum. D. Cutting and Patching: Section 15050. E. Drawings and Specifications: The mechanical Drawings indicate the general design and arrangement of lines, equipment, systems, etc. Information shown is diagrammatic in character and does not necessarily indicate every required offset, fitting, etc. Do not scale the Drawings for dimensions. Take dimensions, measurements, locations, levels, etc., from the Architectural Drawings and equipment to be furnished, and from the building. F. Discrepancies: Examine Drawings and Specifications for other parts of the work, and If any discrepancies occur between the plans for the work of this Division and the plans for the work of others, report such discrepancies to the General Contractor and obtain written instructions for any changes necessary. G. Order of Precedence: The precedence of mechanical construction documents is as follows: 1. Addenda and modifications for the Drawings and Specifications take precedence over the original Drawings and Specifications. 2. Should there be conflict within the Specifications or within Drawings of the same scale, the more stringent or higher quality requirements shall apply. 3. In the Drawings, the precedence shall be Drawings of larger scale over those of smaller scale, figured dimensions over scaled dimensions, and noted materials over graphic indications. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 2 4. Should a conflict arise between the Drawings and the Specifications for products indicated on the Drawings, the Specifications shall have precedence. 1.04 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS A. Specification Language Explanation: These Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include incomplete sentences. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall," "a," "the," are intentional. Supply omitted words or phrases by inference in same manner as they arc when "NOTE" occurs on Drawings. Supply words "shall be" or "shall" by inference when colon is used with sentences or phrases. Supply words "on the Drawings" by inference when "as indicated" is used with sentences or phrases. B. Schedule of Drawing Codes (Abbreviations) (* = Codes Referenced in Text) CO Cleanout Plug* CW Domestic Cold Water* DF Drinking Fountain* EF Exhaust Fan* EUH Electric Unit Heater* FCO Floor Cleanout* FD Floor Drain* FWII Frostproof Wall Hydrant GCO Grade Cleanout* G Grille* L Louver* LAV Lavatory* SA Shock Absorber* TSTAT Thermostat* UR Urinal* V Sanitary Vent* VTR Vent Through Roof W Waste WC Water Closet* WCO Wall Cleanout* 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. References: I. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 3 2. The date of the standard is that in effect as the bid date, or date of Owner/Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified or when the standard is part of an applicable code which includes an edition date. 3. When required by individual Specifications section, obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy at job site during work until Substantial Completion. B. Schedule of Referenced Organizations: The following is a list of the acronyms of organizations referenced in these Specifications: ADC Air Diffusion Council 435 North Michigan Ave. Chicago, IL 60611 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Dr. Arlington Heights,11, 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, N.Y. 10018 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, N.Y. 10017 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 45th Street New York, N.Y. 10017 ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 15233 Ventura Blvd., Suite 811 Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 960 Illuminating Building Cleveland, OH 44113 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 4 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 W. Quincy Ave. Denver, CO 80235 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 1499 Chain Bridge Road McLean, VA 22101 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 2101 L St., NW Washington, DC 20037 NSF National Sanitation Foundation Box 1468 Ann Arbor, MI 48106 NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association 1120 Connecticut Ave., NW Washington, DC 20036 PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute 5342 Boulevard Place Indianapolis, IN 46208 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association 8224 Old Courthouse Rd. Vienna, VA 22180 UL Underwriter Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062 1.06 SUBMIT -PALS A. Submit Samples, Shop Drawings, and Product Data as required by various sections of Division 15 in accordance with Division 1. Contractor is to make Submittals to Architect, plus one copy to Owner. Do not make submittals directly to Engineer. Include one additional copy above the requirements of Division 1. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation: Base final installation of materials and equipment on actual dimensions and conditions at the project site. Field measure for materials or equipment requiring exact fit. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 5 11 List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. See Attached 12. List vour major equipment available for this contract N/A — P 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: P 30 years worth of Experience 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: P See attached Resumes. Dennis Sinnett - President; John Sinnett - Vice re-�3en a eers --"Se`cr -aryp 15. Credit available: $ Varies Upon Job' 16. Bank reference: First State Bank of Colorado;2000 S. College Ave.; Fort Co, 80525 Collins - 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? vac _ a 18. —.— Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? �+j 19. Yes If yes, in what city, county and state? a class, license and numbers? Fort Collins, CO -unlimited Contractor A-1 ; Loveland Co, - Class I Contractor #561; Estese Park, CO - 853 Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? Yes If yes, what percent of total contract? 90% and to whom? What 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? No If DETAIL yes, P 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 B. Workmanship: Perform work in accordance with good commercial practice. The good appearance of the finished work shall be of equal importance with its mechanical efficiency. C. Supervision: Be responsible for and coordinate the work of all subcontractors working under Division 15. D. Installation Procedures: Confer and cooperate with other trades and coordinate the work in proper relation with theirs. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with other trades. E. Properly locate anchors, chases, recesses, and openings required for the proper installation of the work. Arrange with the proper contractors for the building of anchors, etc., and for the leaving of the required chases, recesses, and openings. F. Install equipment and materials in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations unless specifically indicated otherwise, or where local codes or regulations take precedence. G. Testing: See other Division 15 sections for testing of mechanical work. 1-1. Protection: Close ends of pipe and ductwork during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical damage before, during, and after installation. Protect fixtures and equipment against damage during mechanical work. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Permits and fees. Refer to General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1. B. Comply with state and local code requirements and ordinances. Comply with requirements of the Utility Companies. Call for inspections required by local building inspection authority. C. Applicable Building Codes and Ordinances: Including but not limited to the following: (See Section 01060) Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition Governing Fire Department Requirements State of Colorado Energy Standards State Department of Labor Requirements State Department of Health Requirements National Fire Protection Association Standards State and Federal Safety and Health Laws AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQIJIR17MENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 6 NFPA 70 1981 Edition --National Electrical Code NFPA 90A 1976 Edition --Fire Detection in Mechanical Systems 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. General: Deliver and store materials and equipment in manufacturer's unopened containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, size, and color. C. Protection: Store materials and equipment off the ground and under cover, protected from damage. D. Acceptance: Check and sign for materials to be furnished by others for installation under Division 15 upon delivery. Assume responsibility for the storage and safekeeping of such materials from time of delivery until final acceptance. 1.10 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions: Comply with Division 1. B. Some materials and equipment are specified by manufacturer and catalog numbers. The manufacturer and catalog numbers are used to establish a degree of quality and type for such equipment and material. C. When alternate or substitute materials and equipment are used, be responsible for space requirements, configurations, performance, changes in bases, supports, structural members and openings in structure, and other apparatus and trades that may be affected by their use. L I I CLEANING A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. Clean exposed surfaces of piping, hangers, ducts, and other exposed items of grease, dirt or other foreign materials. At the completion of the work, remove rubbish and debris resulting from the operations and leave equipment spaces clean and ready for use. 1.12 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Comply with Division 1. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 7 B. Job Site Documents: Maintain at the job site, one record copy of the following: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings 5. Field Test Records C. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition, apart from documents used for construction. D. Record Information: Label each document 'Record Document." Mark information with contrasting color using ink. Keep each record current. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information is recorded. E. Record following information on Drawings: I . Field changes of dimension and detail. 2. Changes by change order or field order. 3. Details not on original contract drawings. F. Record following information on Specifications: Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes by change order or field order. 3. Other matters not originally specified. G. Shop Drawings: Maintain Shop Drawings as record documents recording changes made after review as specified for drawings above. H. Submittal: At completion of project, deliver Project Record Documents to General Contractor. 1.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. Submission: Submit three typed and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manual, 8 and 1/2 inches by II inches in size to the Architect for approval prior to scheduling any systems demonstration for the Owner. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 8 C. Requirement Contents: Manuals shall have index with tab dividers for each major equipment section to facilitate locating information on specific piece of equipment. Identify data within each section with drawing code numbers as they appear on Drawings and Specifications. Include as a minimum the following data: 1. Alphabetical list of system components, with the name, address, and 24-hour telephone number of the company responsible for servicing each item during the first year of operation. 2. Operating instructions for complete system including: a. Emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment. b. Major start, operation, and shutdown procedures. 3. Maintenance instructions, including: a. Valve tags and other identified equipment lists. b. Proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment. C. Necessary cleaning, replacement, and/or adjustment schedule. 4. Product data on each piece of equipment, including: a. Installation instructions. b. Drawings and Specifications. C. Parts lists. d. Complete wiring and temperature control diagrams (as built). e. Marked or changed prints locating concealed parts and variation from the original system design. 5. Warranty information as listed below. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 9 1.14 WARRANTIES A. Warranty: In accordance with Division I, provide a written warranty to the Owner covering the entire mechanical work to be free from defective materials, equipment and workmanship for a period of one year after Date of Acceptance. During this period provide labor and materials as required to repair or replace defects at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide certificates for such items of equipment, which have warranties in excess of one year. Submit to the General Contractor. B. This warranty will be superseded by the terms of any specific equipment warranties which are in excess of one year. Provide certificates for such items of equipment which have warranties in excess of one year. C. This warranty may be voided by improper Owner maintenance. 1.15 CERTIFICATES A. General: Comply with requirements of Division 1. B. Certificates: Upon completion of the work, deliver to the General Contractor one copy of Certificate of Final Inspection. END OF SECTION AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Homestead Park 15010 - 10 SECTION 15020 - MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule: (MD is Mechanical Division; ED is Electrical Division). FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED AND UNDER OR MOUNTED CONNECTED ITEM UNDER UNDER 1. Equipment Motors MD MD ED 2. Magnetic Motor Starters: (a) Automatically controlled, with or without HOA switches MD MD ED (b) Automatically controlled with or without HOA switches and furnished as part of factory wired equipment MD MD ED (c) Manually con- trolled ED ED ED (d) Manually con- trolled and furnished as part of factory wired equipment MD MD ED AE 0221 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION Homestead Park 15020 - 1 FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED AND UNDER OR MOUNTED CONNECTED ITEM UNDER UNDER 3. Line voltage therm- ostats, time clocks, etc., not connected to control panel Systems MD ED ED 4. Electric thermostats, time clocks, remote bulb thermostats motor valves, float controls, etc., which are an integral part or directly attached to ducts pipes, etc. which do not carry full load current or line voltage MI) MD MD 5. Temperature control Panels and time switches mounted on temperature control panels MD MD MD 6. Motor valves, damper motor, solenoid valves, EP and PE switches, etc. MD MD MD 7. Alarm bells MD MD MD 8. Control circuit feeders ED ED ED 9. Low voltage controls, thermostats and valves, dampers, etc. MD MD MD 10. Fire protection controls MD MD ED AE 0221 MECIIANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION Homestead Park 15020 - 2 FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED AND UNDER OR MOUNTED CONNECTED ITEM UNDER UNDER 11. Fire and smoke detectors ED ED ED (1) 12. Boiler and water heater controls, boiler bumer control panels, internally wired MD MD MD 13. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights, line voltage or carrying full load current ED ED ED 14. Heat tape ED ED ED 15. Disconnect switches, thermal overload switches, manual operating switches Ell ED ED 16. Multi -speed switches MD ED ED 17. Contactors ED ED ED 18. Control relays, transformers MD MD MD 19. Refrigeration cycle, cooling tower and controls MD MD MD Notes: (1) Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system by ED; control function wiring by MD. C. Connections: Make connections to controls directly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical equipment with flexible connections. END OF SECTION AE 0221 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION Homestead Park 15020 - 3 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL, MATERIALS AND ME, FI IODS PART] -GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work Included in This Section: 1. Pipe Supports, Anchors and Seals 2. Motors 3. Valves 4. Access Panels Provided by Mechanical for Installation by Others 5. Mechanical Excavation and Backfill 6. Pipe Installation 7. Electrical Requirements 8. Supporting Steel B. Related Requirements: 1. Mechanical and electrical Coordination: Section 15020 2. Cutting and patching: Division 1 3. Excavation and Backfill Division 2 4. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 1.02 REFERENCE'S A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards: 1. American Water Works Association 2. ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping 3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 5. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) 6. National Electric Code (NEC) AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. 1. Pipe Hangers and Supports 2. Valves 3. Items Shown With an Asterisk in These Specifications PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS* A. General: Use adjustable pipe hangers on suspended pipe. Chain or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. Isolate hangers coming in contact with bare copper pipe with dielectric hanger connectors. Provide supports between piping and building structure where necessary to prevent swaying. B. Concrete Inserts: Steel case and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods and lugs for attaching to forms; or machine bolt expansion anchors. Size inserts to match size of threaded hanger rods. C. Hanger Rods: Continuous threaded steel, sizes as specified. D. Hangers: 1. Cold Pipes: a. 1/2" through 1-1/2": Adjustable Wrought Steel Ring b. 2" and Over: Adjustable Wrought Steel Clevis 2. Multiple or Trapeze: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods one size larger than for largest pipe in trapeze. Where trapeze length exceeds three feet, install additional hanger rod at mid span. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 2 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL N/A 22. What are your company's bonding limitations?. $12 Million 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at 9:00 t st day of July 2002 Sinnett B 1 rs, In . Name of B By: ` Title: President State of Colorado County of Larimer Dennis Sinnett being duly sworn deposes and says that he is — President of Sinnett Builder.9, Inc. and that (name of organization) ( the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are I true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 31st day of rq�(ELVABE-TH UJuly 2002• No ary Public AHAM My commission expires 7/96 16/05 Section 00420 Page 3 3. Hanger Sizes and Spacing: Provide hangers with maximum spacing and hanger rods with minimum sizes as follows: Maximum Pipe Type Pipe Size Spacing Copper Pipe 1/2" through l" 8'-0" 1-1/4" through 2" 10'-0" Cast Iron 2" 1 Each Joint 3" 1 Each Joint 4" and 5" 1 Each Joint E. Wall Supports: 1/2" through 3": Cast iron hook 2.02 SLEEVES Minimum Hanger Rod Size 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" A. Steel pipe sized large enough to allow for movement and for insulation. 2.03 MOTORS A. Motors: 1. General: Minimum motor horsepower ratings are specified or scheduled on the Drawings. Minimum requirements for motors are: a. Constructed for operation at worksite altitude b. Dustproof/leak-proof bearing rings C. Built to NEMA standards d. Factory balanced e. Open drip -proof f. Thermal overload protection g. Motors shall have 1.15 S.F. at altitude. h. Additional requirements for motors and starting equipment appear throughout Specifications as they pertain to specified equipment. 2. Voltage Ratings: All motors 1/2 HP and smaller shall be 120V, single phase. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS I Iomestead Park 15050 - 3 B. Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment 1. General: Provide motors, starters, and all necessary control devices such as pushbutton stations, speed controls, transformers and relays as required for proper operation of all equipment furnished under this Division. 2. Remote Switches and Pushbutton Stations: Provide remote switches and pushbutton stations required for manually operated equipment complete with pilot lights of an approved type lighted by current from load side of starter. 3. Control Voltage: Maximum allowable control voltage 120V. Fully protect control circuit conductors in accordance with NEC. 2.04 VALVES* A. General: All valves of a given type shall be of one manufacturer and shall be listed with the Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. B. Valve Connections: I. Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. 2. Thread pipe sizes two inches and smaller. 3. Solder or screw to solder adapters for copper tubing. C. Ball Valves (Drawing Code BV): I. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. American b. Apollo 2. Description: Bronze, swing -away design, full port, chrome plated bronze ball with Teflon seats, 150 WSP, 400 WOG, screwed or soldered ends. D. Drain Valves (Drawing Code DV): 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. American b. Crane C. Nibco d. Stockham AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 4 2. Description: Bronze, compression stop with nipple and cap or hose thread. E. Pressure Ratings: Unless otherwise indicated, use valves suitable for minimum 125 psig and 450 degrees F. and 200 psig and 250 degrees F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Base final installation of materials and equipment on job site dimensions and conditions. Job site dimensions shall take precedence over drawing dimensions. Field measures critical dimensions and do not fabricate or cut materials to length until such measurements are made. Be responsible for accurate location of rough -ins as required for equipment being serviced. B. Cleaning: Ream pipes and tubes. Clean off scale and dirt, inside and outside before joining, leaving ready for painting or identification as required. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. General: Be responsible for excavation, trenching and backfiring required or work under Division 15. Comply with requirements of Division 2. B. Utilities: Verify locations of existing and new underground utilities prior to trenching and, if damaged by this contractor, replace immediately in an approved manner at no expense to the Owner. C. Trenches: For pipe laid in trenches below slabs on grade, compact bottom of trenches in accordance with Division 2 and the Geotechnical Report. Remove rock and stones from bottom of trench. D. Backfilling: Remove rocks and stones from backfill material. Backfill by hand tamping earth under the haunch of the pipe to specified compaction. Backfill and compaction in thin layers until tip of pipe is covered. Complete backfill and compaction in accordance with Division 2 and the Geotechnical Report. E. Do not places backfill over pipelines until lines are properly tested and approved. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 5 3.04 SLEEVES A. Where pipes or ducts pass through concrete construction, install sleeves accurately set in place. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Be responsible for the costs of cutting and patching f'or work under Division 15 caused by improper coordination or notification. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. B. Cutting: Coordinate and supervise cutting required. Notify Architect before any cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling. Use rotary type drill or other method as approved by the Architect. Holes cut with pneumatic hammer will not be accepted. C. Patching: Seal openings and repair and refinish any damage to building elements using skilled mechanics of trades involved in manner acceptable to Architect. 3.06 PIPE AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS A. Where horizontal ducts and pipe pass through walls, and vertical ducts and pipes pass through floors, seal off void between opening and duct, or pipe and sleeve. B. Wherever any pipe, duct, conduit, steel member, bracket, equipment or other material penetrates or passes through fire- resistant wall, ceiling or floor, completely seal voids in Construction with cement grout, plaster or other fire-resistant material, embedding sealing material full thickness of material is penetrated. 3.07 FLASHING A. Provide pitch pockets at piping penetrations through the roof. Be responsible for the exact locations of penetrations and coordinate location and sizes with General Contractor. B. Vents and Drains: See Section 15410 Plumbing Piping. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAI, MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 6 3.08 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Installation: Install piping without springing or forcing, and clear windows, doors, and other openings. Excessive cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate piping installation not permitted. B. Provide sufficient swing joints necessary to permit tree expansion and contraction without causing undue stresses. Make changes in direction with fittings. Support piping independently at equipment so its weight will not be supported by the equipment. C. Install vertical risers plumb and straight, horizontal lines parallel with walls and partitions. Conceal piping above ceilings and within furring and walls unless otherwise indicated. D. Shut -Off Valves: Where indicated, provide shut-off valves and unions suitably located, to isolate each item of equipment, branch circuit or section of piping. E. Provide dielectric unions at junctions of dissimilar metals in fresh water systems. F. Clearance: Provide clearance for proper installation of insulation and for access to valves, air vents, drains and unions. Provide minimum 1/2-inch clearance between pipes after insulation. G. Install below grade piping material specified for building interior to a point five feet outside the building foundation. H. Routes and Grades: Route piping in general locations indicated, in an orderly manner and to maintain required grades. Coordinate with other piping, conduits, ducts and equipment making necessary offsets to accommodate the same. Install piping to conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of available space. Group piping wherever possible at common elevations. Install concealed pipes close to the building structure to keep furring to a minimum. Slope water piping one inch in forty feet and arrange to drain at low points. 2. Grade horizontal drainage and vent piping in accordance with applicable code. AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 7 3.13 EOUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Supporting Steel: Provide supporting steel not indicated on the Structural Drawings for equipment requiring it. Fabricate supports in accordance with RISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Building. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. 3.14 PAINTING A. Supporting steel shall receive one coat of primer paint in the shop after fabrication welding is complete. Paint field joints with one coat of matching primer. Finish painting under Division 9. 3.15 ELECTRICAL A. Install speed controls, transformers, relays, alarm switches, interlock and control wiring that does not handle full load motor or heating equipment current. Wiring shall not be less than No. 14 gauge insulated, color coded, and installed in conduit. See Section 15020. 3.16 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install nickel -plated floor, wall and ceiling escutcheons of adjustable type on pipes passing through walls, floor or ceiling in finished areas after painting is completed. END OF SECTION AE 0221 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Homestead Park 15050 - 9 operation. Pump station base shall be manufactured of marine grade aluminum alloy 5052-1-132. 2.20 Piping. Pump inlet and discharge piping shall be constructed from schedule 40, ASTM A120, ASTM A53, or API 5L steel pipe or heavier. Piping between the pump, the valves and the pressure manifold shall be roll grooved to provide maximum flexibility and expansion and minimum vibration. A cut groove is not acceptable. All piping shall be sized so that at no point in the performance rating of the system shall velocity exceed 13 feet per second. The station should be designed so that the average velocity shall be less than 10.0 feet per second. All piping will be electrostatic zinc plated for corrosion resistance. 2.40 Fan. A fan shall be mounted in the enclosure. The purpose of the fan is to exhaust heat that the motor produces. This fan shall have molded polycarbonate fan blades and a motor with a unit bearing, impedance protected, and mounted in a cast zinc venturi. There shall be guards on both sides of the fan and a screen on the fan discharge to protect against rodent entry. This fan shall exchange the air inside the enclosure at a rate that will keep the temperature inside the pump station enclosure 10 degrees or less above ambient. 2.50 Bolts. All bolts used in the assembly of the pumping system shall be unichrome plated to retard corrosion. The bolts shall meet SAE J429 Grade 5 and ASTM A449 specifications. Part 3 - Pumps and Motors 3.00 Scope. Pump station manufacturer shall strictly adhere to the following specifications. 3.10 Pumps. Horizontal end suction centrifugal pumps shall be of the back pull-out design to allow access to the impeller without disturbing the piping arrangement. The casing/volute shall be manufactured of ASTM A48 class 25-35 close grained cast iron precision machined to modern hydraulic standards. The enclosed type impeller shall be constructed of ASTM A48 cast iron, ASTM A145-5A leaded red brass, or polycarbonate as stated in the attached technical data sheet. The impeller diffuser shall be constructed of cast iron. The mechanical seal shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel metal parts, "Buna-W rubber bellows, ceramic stationary face, and carbon rotating face. ..A 3.20 Motors. Motors shall be NEMA JM, JP, or C face ODP design with 200 degree C rated, high efficiency, moisture resistant copper windings impregnated with high temperature polyester _ insulation resin. Motors shall have locked shaft end bearings for longer life and positive end play control. NEMA JM, JP, and WC motors shall have cast iron endplates and NEMA 56C and 182-4TC motors shall have pressure cast endplates. Bearing seat inserts shall be of machined steel and have ribs for added rigidity. `A Part 4 — Valves and Gauges 4.00 Scope. Pump station manufacturer shall strictly adhere to the following specifications. 4.20 System Discharge Isolation Valve. An isolation valve shall be installed to isolate the irrigation system from the pump station. The valve shall be a Gruvlok butterfly style. The body will be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536. This valve shall be rated for 300 psi at 180" Fahrenheit. Upper and lower shaft shall be type 416 Stainless Steel with neoprene o-rings and shall have bronze shaft bearings. 4.30 Pressure Gauge. All gauges shall be silicon filled to reduce wear due to vibration. Accuracy shall be within 2%. Range shall be at least 30% higher than the highest pressure attainable from the pump at shutoff head conditions. Gauge shall have a stainless steel back and bronze internals. Homestead Park SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM Page 2 of 9 Part 5 - Electrical 5.00 Scope and Codes. Control panel with controls shall be built in accordance to N.E.C., U.L., and E.T.L. standards. The pump station including electrical components and enclosure shall be labeled as a complete U.L. listed assembly with manufacturers U.L. label applied to the pump station. All equipment and wiring shall be mounted within the enclosure and labeled for proper identification. A complete wiring circuit and legend with all terminals, components, and wiring identification shall be provided. 5.10 Control Enclosure. All starting equipment, wiring and controls shall be mounted in a single NEMA 12 enclosure. All components shall be labeled for proper identification and shall be accessible from the front of the enclosure for ease in maintenance and adjustment. Complete drawings shall be provided showing the location and identification of all components. 5.20 Station Disconnect. A three pole main station disconnect shall be mounted on the outside of enclosure to completely disconnect the incoming power. This shall also house the fusing that protects the starter. These fuses shall be time delayed for the appropriate amperage. 5.30 Control Power. Power for the controls shall be provided by a control power transformer which will not be used for any other external load. The control power transformer shall be protected on the primary side by current limiting fuses of adequate size and voltage rating. 5.40 Motor Starting Equipment. The starter shall be full voltage, across -the -line type with overload relay that shall be ambient compensated. The overloads shall be rated to protect each leg and set at 110% of motor nameplate. These overloads need to be capable of detecting loss of or low voltage. 5.50 Lightning and Surge Arrestor. All electrical equipment shall be protected by U.L. approved Category C and Category B surge arrestor to suppress voltage surges on incoming power. The device under IEEE C62.41 Category C will withstand an impulse of 10Kv/10K and Category B to withstand a ringwave of 6Kv/500a and an impulse of 6Kv/3Ka. Pass voltage for a 480v device to the end equipment shall not exceed 1500V-1800V when subjected to a 8ms' 20ms waveshape resulting in the following performance statistics: 3720 joules minimum with a power dissipation of 82,500,000VA at 1800V maximum pass voltage to the protected equipment. Response time shall be less than 5 nanoseconds. Part 6 - Controls 6.00 Scope. To provide complete instrumentation and control to start and stop pump and to smoothly, efficiently, and reliably provide irrigation flow rates. 6.10 Controls. All control logic shall be handled by an industrial grade controller with a two line sixteen character LCD (liquid crystal display) operator interface providing data entry and read-out capabilities. The controller shall provide demand controlled sequential pump start, shutdown and safety features through its pressure sensing and flow sensing devices. The controller shall be provided with a built in EEPROM, capacitor and battery for memory back up. All logic for system control, timing and control of VFD speed shall be handled by the controller. A separate set point controller shall not be accepted nor shall the VFD pump macro be an acceptable mode of pump control. Power input for the controller shall be 15-24 VDC provided through a separate external transformer. The controller shall have a minimum of 64K ROM and 32K RAM. Controller shall have eight low voltage outputs and sixteen low voltage, four analog and one flow sensor inputs. The unit shall have a RS 232 serial port for testing, configuration and field diagnostics. Homestead Park SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM Page 3 ol'R o Safeties, Alarms and Shutdowns o Low discharge pressure safety o High discharge pressure safety o Low water level safety Optional (wet well applications) ... o Low inlet pressure safety -Optional (boost applications) o Inverter fault detection o Pump cycle fault o Individual pump fault detection o High pump temperature safety (centrifugal applications) o All alarms shall be indicated on the LCD screen clearly indicating the current fault. Individual motor phase failure and low voltage safety circuitry shall retire any pump that experiences low voltage, phase failure or phase unbalance as monitored at the load -side of each pump motor contactor. Each pump motor shall have its individual protective device and time delay to allow for transient low voltage during motor starting to allow maximum motor protection. ^ Separate main phase failure and low voltage safety circuit shall also be provided to retire the pumping system if it experiences low voltage, phase failure or phase reversal as monitored at line -side of control enclosure. Phase monitor shall have a time delay to allow for transient low voltage during motor starting and to allow maximum motor protection. Operator interface device (OID), mounted in enclosure door, shall signal phase failure for any affected pump. The individual —. pumps or pumping system shall not operate until the voltage problem has been corrected and safety has been manually reset. Single incoming phase monitor safety circuit is not acceptable. o Panel face switches: Controls shall be designed so operator can discreetly start and stop all pumps in all modes of operation including manual mode. ^ o Panel shall include the following switches: a Individual pump on/off switches • Mode select switch — allows automatic bypass mode of operation that can be used in the event of VFD failure if panel is equipped with bypass contactor for across the line operation. o VFD selector switch — in manual mode, allows user to select which pump will be run of the VFD. o Controller bypass switch allows user to manually operate pumps should PLC fail. o Software will be included to automatically and gradually ramp up irrigation ^ system pressure to the desired operating pressure without overshooting design pressure. This feature operates whenever pressure drops below set point pressure. This ramp up time is fully adjustable by the operator. This control feature is based on an increase in pressure over a pre -defined time period. The acceleration control on the VFD is NOT an acceptable means of adjusting pressure ramp up speed. er Homestead Park SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM Page 4 of 8 Manufacturer uses only high quality material. As with any mechanical or electrical device, some preventative maintenance efforts are required to enhance service life. The customer is encouraged to establish a methodical maintenance service program to avoid premature failure. Manufacturer supports a wide network of technical service agents -and recommends they be utilized for service. Because of varied conditions beyond the control of the manufacturer, this warranty does not cover damage under the following condition or environment unless otherwise specified in writing. o Default of any agreement with manufacturer. o Misuse, abuse, or failure to conduct routine maintenance. o Handling any liquid other than irrigation water. o Exposure to electrolysis, erosion, or abrasion. o Presence of destructive gaseous or chemical solutions. o Over voltage or unprotected low voltage. o Unprotected electrical phase loss or phase reversal. The foregoing constitutes manufacturer's sole warranty and has not nor does it make any additional warranty, whether. express or implied, with respect to the pumping system or component. Manufacturer makes no warranty except as otherwise provided herein, whether expressed or implied with respect to fitness for a particular purpose or merchantability of the pumping system or component. Manufacturer shall not be liable to purchaser or any other person for any liability, loss, or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by the pumping system. In no event shall manufacturer be responsible for incidental, consequential, or act of God damages nor shall manufacturer's liability for damages to purchaser or any other person ever exceed the original factory purchase price. Part 9 - Included Skid mounted and Control Integrated Equipment 9.00 Scope. Pump system manufacturer shall provide the following equipment on skid and shall integrate those devices controls into the main control panel. If there are any discrepancies between this options section and the main specifications, this section takes precedence. 9.02 Enclosure. The Pumping system enclosure shall be of a weather resistant nature manufactured entirely of marine grade aluminum alloy 5052-H32, with a thickness of one eighth inch. The main housing shall be of solid sheet construction punched on the sides with louvers for ventilation. The lid shall have a double hinge system that will prevent accidental closure and will accept a padlock. 9.06 Flow Sensor Electronic. The pump station shall have a flow sensor installed which will provide the d pump station flow rate and total flow. The sensor will be capable of sensing flow and though an interface with the controller will display the instantaneous flow rate and total flow on the panel. The controller shall accept digital input from flow sensor and will be capable of being field configured to display rate and total values in a variety of units of measure. Flow sensor shall be 6 bladed design which provides a low impedance signal proportional to flow. Accuracy shall be plus/minus 2% of actual flow rate between flow velocities of 11-30 ft./sec. 9.07 Suction Pressure Gauge Gauge shall be silicon filled to reduce wear due to vibration. Accuracy shall be within 2%. Range shall be at least 30% higher than the highest pressure attainable from the pump at shutoff bead conditions. Gauge shall have a stainless steel back and bronze internals. Suction gauge shall be mounted inside box on the suction side of pumping system. 9.14 Suction Z-Pipe Assembly. The pump station manufacturer shall suply the suction pipe connecting the pump station to the water supply piping. ASTM A105 SCHEDULE. 40 PIPE or HEAVIER. r Homestead Park SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSITM Page 6 of 8 .. Sinnott Builders, Inc 3.4 Work In Progress 06.01.02 % COMPLETION PROJECT OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACT COMPLETE DATE Centre For Advanced Everitt Commercial Partners Sear*Brown Technology Bldg. B Timnath Elem. Add. & Electrical Poudre School District CCMK Architects Remodel Registry Ridge Pool & Club US Homes Vaught*Frye Architects Harris Bilingual Elem. Remodel Poudre School District R B + B, Inc. Mtn. View High School Pool Thompson Valley School Dist. R B + B, Inc. 4821 Wheaton Addition Bill Bensler Vaught*Frye Overlook at Seneca CenterBSS, LLC Architecture West Pedersen Auto Plaza Pedersen Properties, LLLC. Lockwood Architects Westfield Pool Pool of Dreams, LLC Wickham/Gustafson Angelina's Bakery Everwest WN Design Transnation/Nielsens/Curves Everett Companies Greg D. Fisher 722,508 * 97 02/02 987,778 75 06/02 1,057,842 * 98 06/02 4,080,229 * 87 08/02 4,400,573 * 76 09/02 708,900 * 46 09/02 664,875 * 49 09/02 992,712 * 23 09/02 363,446 45 07/02 88,342 51 07/02 77,367 53 07/02 Sinnott Builders, Inc. 9.15 Discharge Z-Pipe Assembly. The pump station manufacturer shall supply the discharge pipe connecting the pump station discharge to the irrigation main line. AST111 A105 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE or HEAVIER. Project Name: Homestead Park Variable Speed Booster Pumping System rated for 100 GPM at 43 PSI Boost. Minimum suction pressure to be 37 PSI. Motor is 5 HP, 3600 RPM Full voltage, horizontal NEMA faced ODP. Pumps shall have cast iron casing, enclosed impeller and mechanical seal. Electrical power shall be 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz. Standard Construction will include: o UL Listing of complete pumping system. o Marine grade aluminum enclosure with plated piping. o Lockable access cover. o Ventilation fan system. Heat exchanger cooling for variable frequency drive. o External 30 amp electrical fusible disconnect in NEMA 3R enclosure. o 3 in. Flanged suction and discharge connections. o 2 5/8 in. silicone filled pressure gauges with isolation valve. o 3 in. station discharge isolation valve. o Factory run testing using actual suction pressure, discharge pressure and flow conditions. o U.L. listed NEMA 12 control/starter panel. o Suction pressure gauge. o Programmable microprocessor based industrial grade controller with operator interface device. o S.L.A.P. U.L. category B & C surge & lightning arrestor with total power dissipation of 82,600,000 VA. maximum clamping voltage - 1,500 volts (200a Pulse,8'20 msec). o On/Off /Auto selector switches. o Low/High discharge pressure shutdown and alarm. o High pump temperature thermal sensor/safety. o Solid State overload/single phase /phase imbalance/low voltage protection. o 5 HP NEMA 1 Variable Frequency Drive. (For Indoor use only without Enclosure) o Input line reactor (Transient Suppression). Homestead Park SF,CTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM Page 7 of 8 o VFD Fault Shutdown. o Startup. o Flow switch for starting and stopping pump station. 0 1 operation & maintenance manual on CD. o 1 year limited warranty. o Flowmeter with Spool - 3 in. with Electronic Sensor(Part#: SFBZ-C334-BBS) o Z-Pipe - 3" FL x 3" FL x 38" High(Part #: SFBZ-B331-BBS) o Z-Pipe - 3" FL x 3" FL x 62" High(Part #: SFBZ-B333-BBS) Homestead Park SECTION 15140-IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEM Page 9 of 9 SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING PIPING PART 1-GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDE. D A. Furnish and Install: 1. Domestic Cold Water Piping 2. Sanitary Drainage and Vent Piping 3. Floor Drainage Piping and Drains 4. Valves and Specialties 5. Cleanouts 6. Anti -Siphon Equipment 7. Rough -In for Equipment and Fixtures B. Related Requirements: l . Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 3. Hangers and Supports and Valves: Section 15050 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Sanitary Sewage System: Division 2 B. Site Utilities: Division C. Plumbing Fixtures and Connection: Section 15440 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. 2. 3. 4. Plumbing Specialties Floor and Area Drains Cleanouts Air Admittance Valves AE 0221 Homestead Park PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Domestic Cold Water - Inside Buildings: 1. Above Grade a. Smaller than 3": Type L hard copper with wrought copper, bronze or cast brass fittings and 95-5 solder joints. 2. Below Grade: a. 3" and Smaller: Type K soft copper and flared tube joints or Type K hard drawn copper with wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder joints. 3. Drawing Codes: a. Domestic Cold Water: CW B. Water Service - Outside Building: 1. 3" and Smaller: Type K hard drawn copper with wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder. C. Sanitary Drainage and Vents - Inside Building 1. Above Grade: Service weight cast iron no -hub with gasket and clamp fittings or PVC rigid plastic with PVC fittings and solvent weld, elastomeric seal, threaded or mechanical clamp joints, where allowed by Code. 2. Below Grade: Service weight cast iron with bell and spigot fittings and elastomeric joints. Service weight cast iron no hub with gasket and clamp fittings. 3. Drawing Codes: a. Sanitary Drainage: W b. Sanitary Vent: V 2.02 UNIONS AND COUPLINGS A. 3" and Under: 1. For Copper Piping: Bronze or Wrought AE 0221 PLUMBING PIPING Homestead Park 15410 - 2 B. Dielectric Unions: Use dielectric unions at connections between steel and copper pipe. 2.03 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. Shock Absorbers (Water Hammer Arrestors) (Drawing Code SA): 1. General: Provide Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) approved types and sizes as scheduled or required. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. J.R. Smith b. Josam C. Wade d. !urn e. Approved Substitute B. Wall Hydrants - Frostproof (Drawing Code FWH): 1. General: Provide bronze locking box frostproof wall hydrant as indicated. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. J.R. Smith b. Josam C. Wade d. Zurn e. Approved Substitute C. Plumbing Specialties Schedule: See Schedule on plans. 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 2.05 VALVES A. Provide in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. AE 0221 PLUMBING PIPING Homestead Park 15410 - 3 2.06 FLOOR DRAINS, (DRAWING CODE FD) A. General: Provide types, finishes, materials and accessories as scheduled. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. J.R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Approved Substitute C. Floor Drain Schedule: See Schedule on plans. 2.07 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT COVERS (DRAWING CODES FCO WCO CO AND GCO) A. General: Provide types as specified for finishes or areas in which installed. Provide cleanouts full size of pipe for lines up to 4". Connections shall be lead caulk or no hub or spigot type with caulk or spigot type with elastomeric gasket. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. J.R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Approved Substitute C. Cleanout Schedule: See Schedule on plans. 2.08 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE A. General: Provide where indicated, a vent pipe air admittance valve. Valve to meet or exceed all code requirements and standards for air admittance valves. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. 2. Studor Approved Substitute AE 0221 Homestead Park PLUMBING PIPING 15410 - 4 PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in conformance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 BASIC METHODS A. Excavate and backfill, cut and patch, sleeve and flash in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.04 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. Service: Furnish and install domestic water service required valves, etc. as required by jurisdictional water company. B. Installation: Run piping as direct as possible to required connections, and slope to drain valves at low points for complete system blow out and drain down. Locate drain valves at accessible points within the system. 2. Sleeve and caulk wall or floor penetrations of water services with non -hardening adhesive sealant compound. Provide gate valves on shock absorbers, stop and drain valves for exterior sillcocks. 3. Provide unions at connections to fixtures and equipment including valves when union trim is not furnished as a standard part of the equipment trim or where items cannot be removed from line without unions. 4. Provide ball valves for branch lines off main, sub -main take -offs and main take -offs as indicated. 5. Provide building shutoff and separate hose end drain valve with vacuum breaker at main service entry. 6. Provide adequate allowance for expansion, contraction and vibration in the piping system by isolation, looping and anchoring means. Provide hangers of the same material as the piping system, AE 0221 PLUMBING PIPING Homestead Park 15410 - 5 or line with isolating material where hangers and piping are of dissimilar materials. 7. Provide dielectric unions at connections between dissimilar piping materials, i.e., iron valves and copper pipes, etc. 3.05 ROUGH -IN A. Furnish and install cold water, waste and vent rough -ins for fixtures and equipment as indicated and required. Provide sizes as indicated and scheduled in Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures. 3.06 SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Service: Make connections to public sanitary sewer as applicable and in accordance with rules and regulation of jurisdictional utility company. B. Installation: 1. Run soil and waste piping at a grade of not less than 2.08 percent for piping up to four inches in diameter. Run soil and waste piping at a grade of not less than 1.04 percent for larger piping. 2. Bushings in soil waste piping will not be permitted. 3. Provide waste connections between fixtures and the waste and vent system of galvanized steel nipples. 3.07 FLOOR DRAINS AND CLEANOUTS A. Coordination: Coordinate placement with other trades and building structure for elimination of interference. B. Provide test plugs in floor drains at the time of installation. Leave test plugs in place for the duration of construction. Install strainers as required immediately after completion of finish floor installation. C. Install floor drains with P traps and vent as required. 3.08 PLUMBING SPECIALITIES A. Shock Absorbers (SA): Install each shock absorber in an accessible location. B. Wall Hydrants - Frostproof (FWH): Install each wall hydrant with accessible stop and drain valve in branch line ahead of wall hydrant. AE 0221 PLUMBING PIPING Homestead Park 15410 - 6 3.09 VALVES A. General: Install valves in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Materials and Methods. B. Install ball valves for shut-off and isolating service, to isolate equipment, part of systems or vertical risers. C. Provide drains valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. D. See Section 15440 for additional valve requirements. 3.10 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE A. General: Install valves in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Materials and Methods. B. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Install so device may easily be tested and serviced. 3.12 EXPANSION COMPENSATION A. Furnish and install in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.13 PRESSURE TESTING A. General: Be responsible for pressure testing of piping systems. Such tests shall be observed by the Architect and Owner. Maintain required records of tests made and provide instruments required for testing. Leave a copy of the field report with the General Contractor before leaving the site. Follow up with a typed and signed report within one week of the test. B. Testing: 1. General: Test piping systems prior to concealment. Insure that the test pressure which might damage fixtures or equipment do not reach such units by valving them off or otherwise isolating them during the test. Keep field records and submit to Architect in 4 copies. 2. Test Procedures: a. Drainage Systems including Sanitary Sewers and Sanitary Vents: Plug low points of system and fill with water to uppermost outlet or to 12 feet high, whichever is lower. AE 0221 PLUMBING PIPING Homestead Park 15410 - 7 Let system stand full of water with no indication of leaks. Test system prior to installing air admittance valves. b. Domestic Cold Water: 100 psi hydrostatic test. Hold hydrostatic tests for a minimum of twenty four hours without loss of pressure. C. Retesting: Retest piping failing initial tests following correction of defective work. Requirements of initial tests shall apply. 3.14 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Domestic Water System: 1. Clean piping of dirt, debris, slag and solder by flushing with water to remove or dissolve foreign particles that may be within the piping system. B. Sterilize potable water piping with a chlorine solution containing not less than 50 parts per million of the pipe volume. Chlorine shall consist of either liquid chlorine or sodium hypochlorite solution. Gas chlorine will not be permitted. C. Maintain chlorine solution in the system for a period of not less than six hours, during which time open and close all valves and faucets at least three times. D. After the sterilization period is completed, !lush the entire system with potable water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per million. END OF SECTION AE 0221 PLUMBING PIPING Homestead Park 15410 - 8 Sinnett Builders, Inc. Denotes Construction Management \ General Contractor Others - General Contractor by Bid END OF WORK IN PROGRESS Sinnett Builders Inc. SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Plumbing Fixtures 2. Carriers, Trim and Accessory Items B. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Piping and Fixture Rough In: Section 15410 Plumbing Piping 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010 and for items shown with an asterisk herein. 1. Plumbing Fixtures 2. Carriers 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 15010. B. Delivery of Materials: Deliver all materials in manufacturer unopened containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, model, size and color. C. Storage of Materials: Store all materials, and fixtures in unopened containers. Store off ground, under cover, and protected against damage from elements and physical hazards. D. Handling of Materials: Handle materials in a manner to avoid damage. Use appropriate material handling means to protect materials from damage. AE 0221 PLUMBING FIXTURES Homestead Park 15440 - 1 1.05 WARRANTY A. General: All plumbing fixtures, trim, accessories and components shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from date set by Notice of Substantial Completion. Submit warranty to the Owner immediately upon occupancy of any portion of the building in accordance with Section 15010. B. Remedial Work: Upon notification of defects, or malfunction within the warranty period, make necessary corrections or replacement at the convenience of the Owner. Repairs and replacements shall include resultant damage to adjacent or remote materials, systems, equipment and furnishing without charge to the Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acorn stainless steel fixtures 2. Bradley stainless steel fixtures 3. Willoughby stainless steel fixtures 4. Elkay stainless steel lavatories 5. Haws 6. Chicago faucets 7. Zurn faucets 8. Approved Substitutes B. Fixture Schedule: See Schedule on plans. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. AE 0221 PLUMBING FIXTURES Homestead Park 15440 - 2 B. Provide chrome plated rigid supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers and escutcheons. C. Install urinals and water closets with wall carriers. D. Install wall hydrants with vacuum breakers as indicated or specified. E. Finish wall and floor penetrations when exposed to view in finished areas with set screw type chrome plated escutcheons. F. Securely anchor flush valves behind or within walls to be rigid and not subject to movement due to push or pull action on the valve. G. Set plumbing fixtures level and plumb, spaced in accordance with dimensioned Drawings, and securely install to be rigid. H. Fixture Mounting Height: Mount fixtures to the following heights above finish floor: Water Closet (WC): a. Standard: 15 inches to top of bowl rim b. Handicapped: 18 inches to top of seat 2. Urinal (UR): a. Standard: 20 inches to top of bowl rim b. Handicapped: 17 inches to top of bowl rim 3. Drinking Fountain (DF): a. Handicapped: 36 inches to top of spout maximum 4. Jug Filler (JF): a. Standard: 24 inches to spout AE 0221 PLUMBING FIXTURES Homestead Park 15440 - 3 3.04 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures in accordance with following table of minimum sizes or as required for particular fixtures. Cold Water Waste Vent 1. Drinking Fountains (DF) 1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2. Jug Filler (JF) 1/2" -- -- 3. Lavatories (LAV) 1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 4. Urinals (UR) (Flush Valve) 1" 2" 1-1/2" 5. Wall Hydrants (FWH) 3/4" -- -- 6. Water Closet (WC) a. Flush Valve 1" 4" 2" 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: Clean strainers, traps, aerators, and valves of debris, sand and dirt. At completion, thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. B. Adjusting: Adjust flush valves, faucets, etc. for proper flow, after cleaning and flushing operations are accomplished. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect fixtures and related components from damage before, during and after installation to date of Final of Acceptance or Owner movc-in. Provide protective coverings or other protection as required. END OF SECTION AE 0221 PLUMBING FIXTURES Homestead Park 15440 - 4 SUCTION 15750 - HEAT TRANSFER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Unit Heaters B. Furnish Only: 1. Access Panels for appropriate sections for installation. C. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 3. Hangers and Supports: Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 1.02 SUBMIYrAI,S A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. Unit Heaters 13. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. 1. Unit Heaters 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Unit Heaters: Provide 1 year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. AE 0221 HEAT TRANSFER Homestead Park 15750 - 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER (PLAN CODE EUH) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Berko " 2. Chromalox _ 3. Markel 4. Raywall 5. Approved Substitute B. Manufacturer, Model and Sizes: As indicated on schedule on plan. C. Casings: Constructed of die -formed steel parts, treated for resistance, finished in baked -on enamel. Hardware cadium plated, wire safety guards around fans, individually adjustable discharge louvers, horizontal and vertical. D. Heating Elements: Totally enclosed finned type, with automatic reset limit control. E. Fans: Rubber mounted fan -motor assembly. F. Controls: Integral control thermostat, 24V. -- 2.02 ACCESS PANEL (DRAWING CODE AP) A. Furnish in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION _. A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. _ 3.02 EOUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Suspend units from structure as indicated on Drawings, and as recommended by manufacturer. B. Coordinate with General Contractor to determine requirements of _ supporting steel elements. END OF SECTION .. AE 0221 HEAT TRANSFER Homestead Park 15750 - 2 ti SECTION 15850 - AIR I IANDLING PART1-GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install Exhaust Fans B. Furnish Only: Access panels for appropriate sections for installation. C. Related Requirements: I . Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Ductwork: Section 15880 Air Distribution 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. Exhaust Fans B. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Exhaust Fans 1.04 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. AL' 0221 AIR }IANDLING Homestead Park 15850 - 1 1.05 WARRANTY A. Exhaust Fans: Provide I year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 EXHAUST FANS (PLAN CODE EF) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acme 2. Loren Cook 3. Greenheck 4. Pace 5. Approved Substitute B. Type, Capacity and Size: As indicated. C. General: Provide fans with statically and dynamically balanced wheels, free from objectionable vibrations. Capacities to be AMCA certified. Provide fans with permanently lubricated ball bearing motors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, good industry standards, and SMACNA Installation Standards for Heating, Air Conditioning and Solar Systems, 1981 edition. 3.04 COMPLETION SERVICES A. Start -Up Service: Start-up system and verify proper operation of all equipment. B. Demonstration: Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment. END OF SECTION AE 0221 AIR HANDLING Homestead Park 15850 - 2 SECTION 15880 -AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. • Ductwork 2. Louvers B. Furnish Only: 1. Access panels for appropriate sections for installation. C. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following standards: 1. NFPA 90A-1981: Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2. NFPA 90B-1980: Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 3. UL 181: Factory -Made Duct Materials and Air Duct Connections 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable portions of the following: 1. ASI-IRAE Handbook: Sheet Metal Design Standards 2. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 1985 edition with supplements AE 0221 AIR DISTRIBUTION Homestead Park 15880 - 1 3. SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, 1979 edition 4. SMACNA Flexible Duct Performance and Installation Standards, 1980 edition 5. SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard, 1975 edition 6. SMACNA Installation Standards for Heating, Air Conditioning and Solar Systems, 1981 edition 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Louvers 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide one-year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK A. General: 1. Fabricate ductwork to meet job conditions from dimensions taken from job site. 2. Fabricate and install ductwork so no undue vibration or noise results. Provide flex connectors at fan inlets and outlets. 3. Fabricate rectangular ductwork from galvanized steel. 4. Do not provide holes in the duct systems for the installation of hangers, conduits, etc. Coordinate work of other trades to render this unnecessary. AE 0221 AIR DISTRIBUTION Homestead Park 15880 - 2 F dU 0.' z 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OO 00000000000� �-- O O 2 .n N N N N N N N N N N N N O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O w w • w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w Ni O� O �D N OA Ap vt � N vt h N •� iD O .-. � vt � M vt �D v1 00 aA h N U wq N Q « C C ^y h m x > Uwv"i3U ,cv b aEi 3L d O T Z m wFUF[-�Ui�wrn cK�V w°a°i N ti O L«�� L«� O .�' U Q Q 5 a x y aU o w w ooC7 �� ro m � � � • M .� � U w N � N tad U U G 7 7 NU. d 7 Y U zz >>�¢3 U a > U U O croi O o o o To o°'u`tlUz W > wwzz.,�a.� d x U •o a�ia.oww` �?n, �w A n �' ro ro cq:� C 04 ORro a > o a vin ° =Fo�:B ❑�oa��:,°O��UN=� O UH44wC4rna3dcon [�-�zu°. 5. Dimensions on Drawings are net clear inside dimensions. B. Hangers: Provide in accordance with referenced SMACNA standards. Hang ducts with strap from attached to bottom of ducts spaced not over 5 ft. center to center. Provide I" angle collars for exposed ducts passing through walls, ceilings or floors. Anchor collars in position after installation is complete. C. Low Velocity Ductwork: 1. General: Fabricate in accordance with referenced SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. 2. Use when subjected to total static pressures below 2" wg. 3. Elbows: Curved elbows shall have a center line radius equal to 1- 1/2 times the duct width. Square elbows shall have single thickness turning vanes. Job fabricated turning vanes will not be accepted without prior approval. 4. Joints: Make tight with galvanized steel angles and cleats. 2.02 DAMPERS A. Automatic Dampers: Furnished under Section 15950. 2.04 ACCESS PANELS (DRAWING CODE AP) A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 2.05 STATIONARY LOUVERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. American Warming and Ventilating 2. Dowco 3. Greenheck 4. Louvers and Dampers 5. Vent Products Company 6. Approved Substitute B. Stationary Louvers (Drawing Code L) 1. As scheduled on plan. AE 0221 Homestead Park AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION A. General: Install in accordance with referenced SMACNA Standards. B. Painting: When indicated at places where inside of duct will be visible through return air grilles, louvers, etc., paint normally visible inside portion of duct with flat black paint. C. Passage Through Construction: 1. Sealing: Where horizontal ducts pass through walls, tightly seal off opening to provide a tight seal between duct and opening. D. Joints: Make joints airtight with additional caulking if necessary. E. Job Conditions: In the installation of the ducts, make necessary allowances and provisions for structural conditions of the building. Make duct transformations as required. Maintain the required cross -sectional areas. 3.04 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. Dampers: 1. Install automatic dampers furnished under Section 15950. 3.06 STATIONARY LOUVERS A. Install louvers, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide anchor clips and caulk as required for a sound, watertight installation. Make airtight duct connections to the installed louvers. END OF SECTION AE 0221 AIR DISTRIBUTION Homestead Park 15880 - 4 SECTION 15950 - AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.00 RE.,LATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 GENERAL. A. Control system shall be electric and electronic -electric type. B. In general, the control instruments and equipment furnished for this installation shall be the best product of its type produced by the manufacturer. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install Automatic Temperature Control System B. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Mechanical and Electrical Coordination: Section 15020 3. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 4. Heat Transfer: Section 15750 5. Air Handling: Section 15850 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Ductwork: Section 15880 Air Distribution 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Dampers 2. Motors B. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. 1. Controls Instruments and Equipment AE 0221 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Homestead Park 15950 - 1 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Controls Instruments and Equipment: Provide 1 year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DAMPERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Honeywell 3. Johnson Controls 4. Siebe - Robertshaw 5. Approved Substitute B. Damper blades shall be of not less than 16 gauge galvanized steel fonned for strength and high velocity performance with closed -cell neoprene edging. Damper blades shall not exceed 8 inches in width. Blades shall be secured to 1/2 inch diameter zinc plated axles by zinc plated bolts and nuts. All blade bearings shall be nylon. Blade side edges shall seal off against spring stainless steel seals. Teflon coated thrust bearings shall be provided at each end of every blade to minimize torque requirements and ensure smooth operation. All blade linkage hardware shall be constructed of corrosion resistant zinc plated steel and brass. Dampers shall be suitable for operation within the following temperature limits: -40 deg. to 200 deg. E. 2.02 MOTORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Belimo Honeywell Johnson Controls Siebe - Robertshaw Approved Substitute AE, 0221 Homestead Park AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 15950 - 2 B. All power units shall be split -phase motors with all- immersed gear trains. They shall have ample capacity to handle required loads under all normal operating conditions. Motors shall have an integral spring return feature where required. They shall be of the modulating type unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and good industry standards. B. WIRING 1. Except where otherwise specified under Sequence of Controls, wire all electrical controls furnished under this Section of the specifications. 2. This installation shall comply with all rules and regulations of the National Electrical Code and all state and local codes and regulations. 3. Install all conduit in a neat and orderly manner with conduit grouped as much as possible following horizontal and vertical building lines and rigidly secure conduit to the building construction. 4. Work performed under this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with associated work being done under Division 16. 5. Except where otherwise specified, voltages for control of circuiting associated with motors and their starters and all control devices shall be rated at 120 volts, single phase motors load side rated at 120V. For all control circuitry not associated with motors and their starters, all devices shall be rated at 120V. AE 0221 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE. CONTROL, Homestead Park 15950 - 3 C. EOUiPMENI 1. Coordinate the installation of temperature control equipment furnished under this section but installed under other sections of this Division. Installation under Ventilation Section will include automatic control dampers. D. DAMPERS I. All automatic dampers shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. 3.04 SEQUENCE OF CONTROL A. General: The following description gives the intent of the sequence of operation. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate existing controls and controls furnished with the equipment with necessary supplementary controls under this Section to provide a working system as described below. B. Wire automatic control damper to be open with its respective exhaust fan on, closed when fan is off. C. Exhaust fans shall be controlled from motion detectors for the lights. D. Electric unit heater thermostat furnished with unit set at 49 degrees F. (adjustable). 3.05 COMPLETION SERVICES A. Start -Up Service: Start-up system and verify proper operation of all equipment- B. Demonstration: Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment. END OF SECTION AE 0221 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL, Homestead Park 15950 - 4 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PARTI:GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. Work covered by this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials unless otherwise specified and performing all operations necessary forthe installation of complete electrical systems as required by these Specifications and/or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Work shall also include the completion of all labor and the supply of all materials, whether specifically mentioned ornot, for the successful operation ofall electrical systems described on the Drawings or required by these Specifications. 1. Oversights at the bidding stage will not relieve the Contractor of providing complete electrical systems including equipment, material, tools and labor. 3. The scope of electrical work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Installation of service conductors from the existing 480 volt utility electrical service transformer location to the main disconnect. 2. Installation of an unstrut electrical equipment mounting frame work for the main disconnect, utility meter, building disconnect and irrigation controller. 3. Installation of restroom feeder circuit from the pump skid location to the restroom building. 4. Installation of restroom and shelter electrical service consisting of service disconnect, transformer and lighting panelboard. 5. Installation of restroom area circuits for interior and exterior lighting, lighting control system, receptacle and other branch circuits 6. Installation of electrical circuits for exhaust fans, damper motors, reshoom hand dryers and electric heat. 7. Installation and wiring of door control system. 8. Installation of the Irrigation controller branch circuit and mounting. Irrigation controller supplied by other and mounted by electrical contractor. 1.02 GENERAL REOUIREMENTS: Codes and Regulations: Comply with all applicable state and local codes, regulations and ordinances and the latest applicable of the National Electrical Code as interpreted by the local inspection authority that shall have final jurisdiction. 2. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits, fees, taxes, royalties, licenses and inspections in connection with the electrical work. Upon completion of work, furnish to the Owner—s Representative a Certificate of Inspection indicating final approval by the local inspection authority. 3. Examination of Premises: Examine the premises prior to bidding and become fully familiar with existing conditions. 4. Construction Power and Lighting: Provide all temporary power, lighting and wiring coordinated with Arapahoe County as required during the construction period for the use of all trades. Section 16000 Homestead Park (06/28102) General Electrical - I .1 Temporary facilities shall be installed per NEC and shall be properly grounded throughout. y Remove all temporary facilities upon completion of the project. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for locating all underground utilities prior to trenching. 1.03 DRAWINGS: r. 1. The Drawings show functional requirements of the system described herein; components not itemized on the Drawings and Specifications shall be provided by the Contractor to provide a complete working system as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Before installing any equipment, examine architectural drawings and specifications; if discrepancies occur between architectural drawings and the electrical drawings and specifications, report to the Owner=s Representative and obtain written instructions for changes in the work. The architectural drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical. 2. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction and work of other trades will permit. All changes from Drawings necessary to make the electrical work conform to fit work of other trades shall be made without cost to the Owner and shall be marked on the documents for later submittal to the Owner—s Representative. 3. Data given herein and on the Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels and dimensions will _ govern during construction; the Contractor shall use same with this understanding. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1. SubrniUal procedure shall be as described in Division I requirements. 2. Provide electrical submittals as requested in the Division 16 Electrical Specification Sections. PART 1: MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS: 1. All materials and equipment shall be manufactured, tested and installed in accordance with the r. following: y 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Underwriter—s Laboratory (UL). 3. National Electrical Manufacturer=s Association (NEMA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). 2. The Contractor shall submit proof, if requested by the Owner=s Representative, that the materials, equipment or devices that he installs under this contract meet the requirements ofthe Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. in regard to fire and casualty hazards. u Section 16000 Homestead Park (06/28/02) General Electrical - 2 J SECTION 16100 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1: BASIC MATERIAL AND METHODS 1.05 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. Provide new materials consistent with the requirements of Section 16000 and as specified below. 1.06 SUBMITTALS: 1. Submit catalog cut sheets on all basic materials to be used. 2. Receive Ownerrs Representative acceptance prior to installation of material. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.2 RACEWAYS - ACCEPTABLE CLASSES: 1. Description of System: 1. Provide raceways as required below for raceway systems. 2. Conduit sizes not noted on Drawings shall be in accordance withNEC requirernerrts for the quantities and size of wire installed within them. 3. Where nonmetallic raceways are utilized, size as required conforming with the grounding conductor considered as an insulated additional conductor. 4. Where metallic raceways are used, they must establish positive low-resistencepaths to ground and effectively isolate conductors so that any short-circuit arcs will be c mfined. 2. Acceptable Classes: 1. Poly -Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Conduit. 1. Schedule 40 Heavy Wall, 90 degree Celsius, UL listed for above ground and underground uses. (1) Underground uses shall be buried at minimum 24" below grade. 2. Conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL-651 standards. 3. UL listed in conformity with Article 347 of the National Electrical Code. 2. Electrical Metallic Conduit. 2.3 WIRE AND CABLES: l . Description of System: I . Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems with minimum wire sizes to be #12 AWG, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, wire sizes noted on Drawings are to be extended for the Section 16100 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Basic Materials and Methods - 1 J entire length of a circuit. 2. Conductor Material: Copper conductors shall be high conductivity coated annealed copper in accordance with ASTM B-33. 1. Use copper conductors for all branch circuit wiring. Insulation: 1. Thermoplastic insulated, Nylon Sheathed - Use for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit. l . UL Type THWN, suitable for operation at 600 volts in wet or dry locations at conductor temperatures not to exceed 75EC. 2. Poly -vinyl chloride insulation that is UL defined as heat, abrasion, moisture and oil resistant. 2.4 WIRE CONNECTORS AND DEVICES: Description of system: 1. Provide wire connectors, crimp terminals, splice connectors, mechanical lugs, compression lugs, pin connectors, split bolt connectors and associated insulating devices for a complete wiring connection system suitable for specified cables furnished. 2. Connectors shall be in accordance with NEC, state and local requirements for size and color installed therein. 3. Connectors and devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer—s and U.L. standard requirements for tightening torques. Use proper torquing tools to achieve accurate values. 2.5 PANELBOARDS: Panelboards shall be of deadfront construction incorporating switching and protective devices of the number, rating and type noted herein or indicated on the Drawings. Electrical characteristics, ratings and branch circuit wiring of a panelboard shall be in accordance with panel schedules and elementary drawings. 2. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical short circuit capacity. 2. Breaker shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have a quick -make, quick -break switching mechanism with overload or short circuit tripping being clearly indicated. 2.6 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENCLOSURE Section 16100 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Basic Materials and Methods - 2 Sinnett Builders Inc. RESUME DENNIS SINNETT Principal in Charge EDUCATION: Graduated from High School in 1960. RELATED EXPERIENCE: Mr. Sinnett is Director and Principal in Charge of Sinnett Builders, Inc., which he founded in 1973. Of his 30+ years of experience in Colorado, he has managed and provided oversight for over 100 design build projects and hundreds of others under design -build and CM/GC methods, primarily in the public and commercial sectors. Office and Professional Facilities • Pedersen Auto Plaza • Interchange Business Park Development • Everitt Office Building • I" Interstate Bank South • Berthoud National Bank • Fort Collins Country Club • Greeley Country Club • Countryside Animal Hospital • Aggie Travel • Saturn Dealership Public Works Facilities • U.S. Post Office Facility • U.S. West Loveland • U.S. West Boulder • U.S. West Hudson • U.S. West Keenesburg • U.S. West Ward • U.S. West Redfeather • U.S. West LaSalle Retail Buildings • Raintree Shopping Center • Foothills Fashion Mall Expansions • Mall Management Tenant Finish • Mr. Neat's Formal Wear • Fort Collins Nursery Professional Organization Memberships: Fort Collins Chamber of Commerce Sinnett Builders Inc. 2.7 I . Section includes individual enclosure for a molded -case circuit breaker. 2. Enclosure. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturces standard gray. 1. Rated for exterior location, NEMA 3R. 2. Service entrance rated. 3. Provide with solid neutral. 4. Provide with ground bar. 3. Circuit Breaker shall be thermal magnetic type. 1. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical short circuit capacity. 2. Breaker shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have a quick -make, quick -break switching mechanism with overload or short circuit tripping being clearly indicated. 1. Product Description: NEMA ST 20, factoryassembled, air-cooled, dry type transformers, ratings as indicated on Drawings. 2. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated WA as follows: 1. 1-25 kVA: Class 185 with 80 degree C rise. 3. Mounting: 1-25 kVA: Suitable for wall mounting. 4. Enclosure: NEMA ST 20, Type 3R. 2.8 LIGHTING CONTROLS: 1. All light fixtures shall have some type of on/off control 1. Lighting control sensors shall be provided in each restroom for lighting and exhaust fan and damper control. 1. Lighting control sensors for restroom areas shall be of the sound only or sound/motion type. 2. Sensors shall be set to detect occupants within restroom stalls. 2. Photoelectric cells shall be used for all outdoor lighting. 3. A resedable, automatic timer shall control outdoor lighting, 4. Chase / Maintenance area lighting shall be switch operated. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.03 INSTALLATION: 1. Raceways: 1. Conceal all raceways. Section 16100 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Basic Materials and Methods - 3 J 2. Run concealed raceways in a direct line and use long sweep bend and offsets where possible. 3. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC for the type raceway employed. 4. Turn conduits with neat symmetrical concentric bends. 5. Raceways shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to building lines. 6. Use weatherproof conduit fittings and covers. 2. Wire and Cable: Install wire in approved raceways only after all concrete work is complete and all moisture has been swabbed from conduits. 2. All wiring shall be furnished and installed complete from point of service connection to all electrical loads. 3. Suitable installation equipment shall be provided to prevent cutting and abrasion of conductors and conduits during the pulling of feeders and branch circuits. Repeated bending shall be avoided, and the minimum -bending radius for the particular conductor shall be strictly observed. 4. Ropes used for pulling feeders shall be made of polyethylene. l . Metallic ropes shall not be used. 5. Wire pulling lubricants shall conform to UL requirements applicable to the several insulation and raceway materials used. 6. Pulling lines are to be attached to wires and cables by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes. I . Rope hitcher shall not be used. 7. All cables to be installed in a single conduit shall be installed together. 3. Wire Connectors and Devices: Any connectors and lugs installed shall not exceed manufacturer—s recommended connecting combinations. 2. Install wire -connecting devices to provide a tight mechanical and electrical make-up. 3. Re -check splices and terminations and make tight prior to substantial completion. 4. Device Boxes Use weatherproof device boxes and covers. 5. Restroom Area Lighting control sensors: Install lighting control sensors in the restrooms so that they will react immediately when someone enters the restroom area. Section 16100 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Basic Materials and Methods - 4 2. Avoid locating sensor near air diffusers and fans so that the noise generated from air flow does not decrease the sensitivity of the Microphonics sensor. END OF SECTION 16100 Section 16100 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Basic Materials and Methods - 5 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING PART 1: GENERAL. 1.07 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: l . Properly ground fixtures to safeguard the equipment and personnel. 2. Properly ground all electrical equipment. 3. Install a separate grounding conductor in all electrical circuits. 1.08 OUALITY ASSURANCE: I . System to comply with NEC. 1. Reference Article 250. 2. Reference Standards 1. NEC. 2. ANSI. 3. Local Codes. 3. Installation Tests: I. Grounding Tests. 2. Continuity. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.9 EQUIPMENT: 1. Provide bonding jumpers and wire, grounding circuit conductors, grounding electrodes, grounding bushings, clamps and appurtenances required for complete grounding. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.04 INSTALLATION: 1. Install grounding conductor securely to grounding screws, clamps, etc. 3.05 TESTS: 1. Conduct a grounding system resistance test using a ground tester. l . Submit test procedure and results in writing to Owner—s Representative. END OF SECTION 16450 Section 16450 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Grounding- 1 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING PART L GENERAL 1.09 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. Provide a complete lighting system as indicated on the Drawings, all wired, assembled and in working order. 1.010 QUALITY ASSURANCE: I. Reference Standards 1. IES minimum standards. 2. UL approved auxiliaries. 3. NEC. 4. NEMA. 1.011 SUBMITTALS: 1. Submit catalog cut sheets for all lighting fixture types to the Owner—s Representative. These shall include the following information: l . Photometric data. 2. Mounting provisions and accessories. 3. Ballast electrical characteristics. 2. Submit the operating temperature rating and the noise level ratings for all ballasts. 1. Report the maximum ambient temperature in degrees Fahrenheit in which the fixture will function continuously with interruption. 2. Guarantee operation under conditions of this project. PART 2:PRODUCTS 2.10 CONSTRUCTION: 1. Fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be suitable for the environment and display appropriate UL label. 2.11 FIXTURES: 1. Exterior and Interior lighting fixtures shall be vandal proof. 2. Exterior lamps shall be high-pressure sodium type. 3. Interior lighting fixtures shall be fluorescent type. 4. Chase / Maintenance area lighting shall be incandescent type. Section 16500 Homestead Park (06/28/02) Lighting -1 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.06 INSTALLATION: 1. Set luminaires true and free from light leaks, warps, dents and other defects. 2. Provide fixtures having proper flanges, trim and mounting. 3. Fixture Wiring: conform to NEC. 4. Install and adjust the photoelectric control. END OF SECTION 16500 Section 16500 Homestead Park (06/128/02) Lighting - 2 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PROPOSED HOMESTEAD PARK HILLS 2ND FILING RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT FORT COLLINS, COLORADO TERRACON PROJECT NO.20026043 APRIL 15, 2002 Prepared for: CITY OF FORT COLLINS PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT 281 NORTH COLLEGE AVENUE FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 ATTN: MS. ALLISON BRADY Prepared by. Tenacon 301 North Howes Street Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 lrerraeo TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. Letterof Transmittal.............................................................................................................. i INTRODUCTION- - - -- - - -__-----_—------------------------------------- ---------------- 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION SITE EXPLORATION PROCEDURES Field Exploration Laboratory Testing SITE CONDITIONS Soil and Bedrock Conditions--- Field and Laboratory Test Results Groundwater Conditions---- ----- —._-4 ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS --- -4 Geotechnical Considerations — ---- -- _-_--4 Foundation Systems-------------- ------_--___—___ 4 Seismic Considerations--- ------- -- �_._ —g Floor Slab Design and Construction -------------------_—_�__—___.g Pavement Design and Construction---------------- Earthwork-------- -- ----- —__�___ _--__ 10 General Considerations Site Preparation 10 Subgrade Preparation ----- -- ---—_--1p Fill Materials and Placement----- ------------ - -- �—_—� 10 Excavation and Trench Construction ------- --------- --- 12 Additional Design and Construction Considerations---- --------.-12 Exterior Slab Design and Construction --- ---------- 12 Underground Utility Systems -- ---- _ 13 Corrosion Protection ------- ------ ------.--13 Surface Drainage -- --- - ----13 GENERAL COMMENTS - ---- ------14 Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 APPENDIX A Site Plan — Figure 1 Logs of Borings APPENDIX B Laboratory Test Results APPENDIX C General Notes . lrerracon iv GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PROPOSED HOMESTEAD PARK RIDGEWOOD HILLS 2ND FILING RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT FORT COLLINS, COLORADO TERRACON PROJECT NO.20025043 APRIL 15, 2002 INTRODUCTION This report contains the results of our geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed Homestead Park to be located within the Ridgewood Hills 2nd Filing residential development located west of Avondale Road and east of Stoneham Court in Fort Collins, Colorado. The site is located in the Northeast 1/4 of Section 14, Township 6 North, Range 69 West of the 6th PM, Larimer County, Colorado. The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations relative to: • subsurface soil and bedrock conditions • groundwater conditions • foundation design and construction • floor slab design and construction • pavement design and construction • earthwork • drainage The recommendations contained in this report are based upon the results of field and laboratory testing, engineering analyses, and experience with similar soil conditions, structures and our understanding of the proposed project. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Based on information provided, it is Terracon's understanding, the proposed Homestead Park project will consist of a shelter and restroom facility, a playground area, multi -use concrete areas, a soccer area, and a pedestrian bridge. Sinnett Builders Inc. RESUME JOHN SINNETT Project Manager EDUCATION: Arizona State University, B.A. in Broadcasting, Minor in Political Science Front Range Community College, Completed UBC Code Class RELATED EXPERIENCE: John has been with Sinnett Builders since 1994 and offers many skills. He is able to take complete control over a project from negotiation, bidding and closeout. One of his many strengths is computer literacy, and also offers document control, issuing subcontracts, acquiring building permits and licenses, subcontractor coordination, and relations with owners and architects as well. John oversees that the Superintendent is performing his / her duties in the best interest of the company. He is also able to delegate authority to others in a professional manner while keeping the goal of achieving quality in a timely fashion at hand. Office and Professional Facilities • FNL Office Building • Flood & Peterson Tenant Finish • Estes park Medical Center Family Medicine Clinic Remodel • Latimer County Parks Maintenance Facility • Canyon Concert Ballet Tenant Finish • Bank One Parking Lot • Latimer County Loveland & Waverly Shops Remodel • Duff Drive Tenant Finish for Motion Industries • First State Bank Remodel • Park Maintenance Facility Educational Facilities • Harris Bilingual Elementary School Addition & Remodel • New Community Pool @ Mountain View High School • Poudre School District/Boys & Girls Club of Larimer County • St. Mary's Catholic School K-8 • Weld Central Junior / Senior High School Addition & remodel • Platte Valley High School • Berthoud High School Addition • Estes Park Elementary School • Moore & O'Dea Elementary Schools • Johnson & Lopez Elementary Schools • Poudre Team Room • UNC Career Services Remodel • Webber & Blevins Junior High School Gymnasiums • Centennial High School Water Main • Livermore Elementary Fire Egress • Dunn, Lescher & Timnath Electric • Support Services Center • Poudre R-1 Entrance • Cache La Poudre Heating Replacement Sinnett Builders Inc. Geotechnical Engineering Report Terramn City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 SITE EXPLORATION PROCEDURES The scope of the services performed for this project included a site reconnaissance by a geotechnical engineer, a subsurface exploration program, laboratory testing and engineering analyses. Field Exploration A total of six (6) test borings were drilled on March 28, 2002 to approximate depths of 15 feet at the locations shown on the Site Plan, Figure 1. The borings were drilled within the footprints of the proposed structures, play areas and paved portions of the site and were advanced with a truck -mounted drilling rig, utilizing 4-inch diameter solid stem augers. The borings were located in the field by pacing from existing site features. The accuracy of boring locations should only be assumed to the level implied by the methods used. Continuous lithologic logs of each boring were recorded by the geotechnical engineer during the drilling operations. At selected intervals, samples of the subsurface materials were taken by means of pushing thin -walled Shelby tubes, or by driving split -spoon samplers. Penetration resistance measurements were obtained by driving the split -spoon into the subsurface materials with a 140-pound hammer failing 30 inches. The penetration resistance value is a useful index in estimating the consistency, relative density or hardness of the materials encountered. Groundwater conditions were evaluated in each boring at the time of site exploration Laboratory Testing All samples retrieved during the field exploration were returned to the laboratory for observation by the project geotechnical engineer and were classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System described in Appendix C. Samples of the bedrock were classified in accordance with the general notes for Bedrock Classification. At that time, the field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary and an applicable laboratory testing program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface materials. Boring logs were prepared and are presented in Appendix A. 2 Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 %rraan Laboratory tests were conducted on selected soil samples and are presented in Appendix B. The test results were used for the geotechnical engineering analyses, and the development of foundation and earthwork recommendations. All laboratory tests were performed in general accordance with the applicable ASTM, local or other accepted standards. Selected soil samples were tested for the following engineering properties: Water Content Dry Density Consolidation SITE CONDITIONS • Compressive Strength • Plasticity Index • Water Soluble Sulfate Content The site for the proposed Homestead Park is currently a vacant lot located within the Ridgewood Hills 2nd Filing residential development The site has been stripped of topsoil yet sparse weeds exist. The site is relatively flat and exhibits positive surface drainage in the south and southwest directions. Avondale Road borders the site to the east, existing residences lie to the north and west, and a vacant lot similar in terrain lies to the south. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Soil and Bedrock Conditions The subsurface soils at the site consisted of sandy lean clay extending to the depths explored and/or to the bedrock below. Sandstone bedrock was encountered in Test Boring Nos. 1, 2, and 3 at approximate depths of 11 feet below existing site grades and extended to the depths explored. Field and Laboratory Test Results Field test results indicate the day subsoils are soft to stiff in consistency and exhibit low to moderate bearing capacity characteristics. The sandstone bedrock where encountered, Is weathered to competent with increased depths, and poorly cemented and exhibits moderate to high bearing characteristics. Laboratory test results indicate the day soils and bedrock have low expansive potential. 3 Geotechnical Engineering Report Terrxan City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 Groundwater Conditions Groundwater was not encountered at the time of our drilling operations. These observations represent groundwater conditions at the time of the field exploration, and may not be indicative of other times, or at other locations. Groundwater levels can be expected to fluctuate with varying seasonal and weather conditions. ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS Geotechnical Considerations The site appears suitable for the proposed construction from a geotechnical engineering point of view. The following foundation systems were evaluated for use on the site: • spread footings bearing on undisturbed soils and/or on fill material. Slab -on -grade construction is considered acceptable for use, provided that design and construction recommendations are followed. Foundation Systems Due to the presence of low swelling shallow subsurface soils on the site, spread footing foundations bearing upon undisturbed subsoils and/or replaced and recompacted on -site fill material are recommended for support for the proposed structures. The footings may be designed for a maximum bearing pressure of 1,500 psf. In addition the footings should be sized to maintain a minimum dead load pressure of 500 psf. The design bearing pressure applies to dead loads plus design live load conditions. The design bearing pressure may be increased by one-third when considering total loads that include wind or seismic conditions. Exterior footings should be placed a minimum of 30 inches below finished grade for frost protection and to provide confinement for the bearing soils. Finished grade is the lowest adjacent grade for perimeter footings. Footings should be proportioned to reduce differential foundation movement. Proportioning on the basis of equal total settlement is recommended; however, proportioning to relative constant dead -load pressure will also reduce differential settlement between adjacent footings. Total settlement resulting from the assumed structural loads is estimated to be on the order of 1-inch or less. Differential settlement should be on the order of 112 to 3/4 of the estimated total settlement. Additional foundation movements could occur if water from any rl Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 r lfemdmn source infiltrates the foundation soils; therefore, proper drainage should be provided in the final design and during construction. Reinforced concrete foundations, cast -in excavations against undisturbed subsoils or proper - backfiil are recommended for resistance to uplift for the proposed shelter and restroom. The equation for determining the ultimate uplift capacity as a function of foundation dimension, foundation depth, and soil weight is presented below: T„=0.4xy xD2x(B+L)+W Where: T„ = Ultimate uplift capacity (Ibs) y = Unit weight of soil (lbst* D = Depth to base of footing foundation below final grade (ft) B = Width of footing foundation (ft) L = Length of footing foundation (ft) W = Weight of footing + weight of soil directly over the top of the footing/block (Ibs) `A unit weight (y) of 110 pcf is recommended for soil (either undisturbed or compacted backfilt) at this site. The design uplift resistance should be calculated by dividing the ultimate resistance obtained from the equation above by an appropriate factor of safety. A factor of safety of at least 2 is "- recommended for live uplift loads in the analysis. . Foundations and masonry walls should be reinforced as necessary to reduce the potential for distress caused by differential foundation movement. The use of joints at openings or other discontinuities in masonry walls is recommended. Foundation excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer. If the soil conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report, supplemental recommendations will be required. Seismic Considerations The project site is located in Seismic Risk Zone I of the Seismic Zone Map of the United States as indicated by the 1997 Uniform Building Code. Based upon the nature of the 5 `" Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 lfeffamn subsurface materials, a soil profile type S. should be used for the design of structures for the proposed project (1997 Uniform Building Code, Table No. 16-J). Floor Slab Design and Construction Some differential movement of a slab -on -grade floor system is possible should the subgrade soils become elevated in moisture content. To reduce potential slab movements, the subgrade soils should be prepared as outlined in the earthwork section of this report. For structural design of concrete slabs -on -grade, a modulus of subgrade reaction of 100 pounds per cubic inch (pd) may be used for floors supported on existing soils. Additional floor slab design and construction recommendations are as follows; • Positive separations and/or isolation joints should be provided between slabs and all foundations, columns or utility lines to allow independent movement. • Control joints should be provided in slabs to control the location and extent of cracking. • Interior trench backfiil placed beneath slabs should be compacted in accordance with recommended specifications outlined below. • In areas subjected to normal loading, a minimum flinch layer of dean -graded gravel should be placed beneath slabs. • Floor slabs should not be constructed on frozen subgrade. • Other design and construction considerations, as outlined in the ACI Design Manual, Section 302.1R are recommended. Pavement Design and Construction Design of drive and parking pavements for the project have been based on the procedures outlined in the 1993 Guideline for Design of Pavement Structures by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). Areas within proposed non jurisdictional pavement areas on the site will be divided into categories based upon anticipated traffic and usage. For City of Fort Collins jurisdictional roadways, a l.9 Geotechnical Engineering Report 1reffawn City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 supplemental geotechnical engineering evaluation will be required when utilities have been ; installed and subgrades are at rough final grade elevations. Terracon estimated traffic criteria for pavement thickness design including the projected 20- ... year average daily traffic or volume, and approximate percentage of trucks. From these estimated or assumed values, Terracon computed the 18-kip equivalent single axle load (ESAL) at 51,100 for automobile parking areas and 73,000 for heavy volume or truck access/drive areas for non City of Fort Collins jurisdictional pavement sections. Local drainage characteristics of proposed pavement areas are considered to vary from fair to good depending upon location on the site. For purposes of this design analysis, fair drainage characteristics are considered to control the design. These characteristics, coupled with the approximate duration of saturated subgrade conditions, results in a design drainage coefficient of 1.0 when applying the AASHTO criteria for design. -4 For flexible pavement design, a terminal serviceability index of 2.0 to 2.5 was utilized along with inherent reliabilities of 70% to 85% and a design life of 20 years. Using the correlated .. design R-value of 10, appropriate ESAUday, environmental criteria and other factors, the structural numbers (SN) of the pavement sections were determined on the basis of the 1993 AASHTO design equation. In addition to the flexible pavement design analyses, a rigid pavement design analysis was r completed, based upon AASHTO design procedures. Rigid pavement design is based on ` an evaluation of the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction of the soils (K-value); the Modulus of Rupture of the concrete, and other factors previously outlined. The design K-value of 100 for the subgrade soils was determined by correlation to the laboratory tests results. A -- modulus of rupture of 600 psi (working stress 450 psi was used for pavement concrete. The rigid pavement thicknesses for each traffic category were determined on the basis of the AASHTO design equation. Recommended alternatives for flexible and rigid pavements, summarized for each traffic area, are as follows: 7 Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 lrenwan Each alternative should be investigated with respect to current material availability and economic conditions. Aggregate base course (if used on the site) should consist of a blend of sand and gravel, which meets strict specifications for quality and gradation. Use of materials meeting Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) Class 5 or 6 specifications is recommended for base course. Aggregate base course should be placed in lifts not exceeding six inches and should be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). Asphalt concrete should be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler and additives, if required, and approved bituminous material. The asphalt concrete should conform to approved mix designs stating the HVEEM and/or SuperPave properties, optimum asphalt content, job mix formula and recommended mixing and placing temperatures. Aggregate used in asphalt concrete should conform to particular gradations meeting Colorado Department of Transportation Grading S, SX or SG specifications are recommended. Mix designs should be submitted prior to construction to verify their adequacy. Asphalt material should be placed in maximum 3-inch lifts and should be compacted within a range of 92 to 96% of Maximum Theoretical Density. Where rigid pavements are used, the concrete should be obtained from an approved mix design with the following minimum properties: • Compressive Strength @ 28 days ........................................... 3500 psi minimum • Strength Requirements ....................................... ................................ ASTM C94 0 Geotechnical Engineering Report gem City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development ^ Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 • Minimum Cement Content.........................................................6.0-sacks/cu. yd. • Cement Type................................................................................Type I Portland • Entrained Air Content...............................................................................4 to 8% • Concrete Aggregate......................................ASTM C33 and CDOT Section 703 ., ' Aggregate Size .................................................... :...................... t inch maximum • Maximum Water Content.......................................................0.49 Ib/Ib of cement • Maximum Allowable Slump.....................................................................4 inches Concrete should be deposited by truck mixers or agitators and placed a maximum of 90 ^, minutes from the time the water is added to the mix. Other specifications outlined by the Colorado Department of Transportation should be followed. Longitudinal and transverse joints should be provided as needed in concrete pavements for -� expansion/contraction and isolation. All joints should be sealed to prevent entry of foreign material and doweled where necessary for load transfer. Preventative maintenance should be planned and provided for through an on -going pavement management program in order to enhance future pavement performance. Preventative maintenance activities are intended to slow the rate of pavement deterioration, and to preserve the pavement investment. -� Preventative maintenance consists of both localized maintenance (e.g. crack sealing and patching) and global maintenance (e.g. surface searing). Preventative maintenance is usually the first priority when implementing a planned pavement maintenance program and provides the highest return on investment for pavements. Recommended preventative maintenance policies for asphalt and jointed concrete pavements, based upon type and severity of distress, are provided. Prior to implementing any maintenance, additional engineering observation is recommended to determine the type and extent of preventative maintenance. 9 -+ Geotechnical Engineering Report lferrazon City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 Earthwork • General Considerations The following presents recommendations for site preparation, excavation, subgrade preparation and placement of engineered fills on the project. All earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by Terracon. The evaluation of earthwork should include observation and testing of engineered fill, subgrade preparation, foundation bearing soils, and other geotechnical conditions exposed during the construction of the project. • Site Preparation Strip and remove existing vegetation, fill material, debris, and other deleterious materials from proposed building areas. All exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions, which could prevent uniform compaction. The site should be initially graded to create a relatively level surface to receive fill, and to provide for a relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed building structures. All exposed areas which will receive fill, once properly Geared and benched where necessary, should be scarified to a minimum depth of eight inches, conditioned to near optimum moisture content, and compacted. It is anticipated that excavations for the proposed construction can be accomplished with conventional earthmoving equipment. • Subgrade Preparation Subgrade soils beneath interior and exterior slabs should be scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted to a minimum depth of eight inches. The moisture content and compaction of subgrade soils should be maintained until slab or pavement construction. Fill Materials and Placement Clean on -site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. 10 Geotechnicai Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 Yerra� _. On -site soils are suitable for use as compacted fill beneath interior or exterior floor slabs. V Imported soils (if required) should conform to the following: Gradation Percent fines by weight (ASTM C136) 6".........................................................................................................100 - 3"....................................................................................................70-100 No. 4 Sieve.....................................................................................50.100 No. 200 Sieve..............................................................................65 (max) v Liquid Limit.......................................................................30 (max) Plasticity Index.................................................................15 (max) Groupindex......................................................................10 (max) Engineered fill should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift. Recommended compaction criteria for engineered fill materials are as follows: Minimum Percent Material (ASTM D698) Scarifiedsubgrade soils.........................................................................95 ... On -site and imported fill soils: Beneath foundations..................................................................95 Beneathslabs............................................................................95 Beneathpavements...................................................................95 Miscellaneous backfill (non-structural areas).........................................90 On -site Gay soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2 percent ., below, to 2 percent above optimum. Imported granular soils should be compacted 11 , Sinnett Builders Inc. John Sinnett continued Parks, Pools and Playgrounds L • Registry Ridge Pool and Clubhouse r • Ridgewood Hills Pool and Recreation Center • Miramont Park • Harris Bilingual Elementary School Playground • Thompson School District Playgrounds • Berthoud High School Track Retail Buildings • Schrader's at Seneca Center • Westgate Retail Center • Eastern Mountain Sports • Crie's Wine & Spirits • Talbot Building Site Work • Talbot Building Remodel • Pad 2 and 6 at Harmony Retail Center • Showtime Video • Linens N' Things Other • CARE Housing at W indtrail Park • Oakridge Executive Village • Resurrection Fellowship Church Assisting Project Manager and Estimator Includes in excess of 110 projects of all types under direction of Dennis Sinnett, Ted Beers and David Stolle. Professional Organization Memberships: Fort Collins Area Chamber of Commerce Alpha Tau Omega Fraternity, Zeta Alpha Chapter — Outstanding Member 1994 Sinnett Builders Inc. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 lrerracon within a moisture range of 3 percent below to 3 percent above optimum unless modified by the project geotechnical engineer. Excavation and Trench Construction Excavations into the on -site soils will encounter a variety of conditions. The individual contractor(s) should be made responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. All excavations should be sloped or shored in the interest of safety following local, and federal regulations, including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards. The soils to be penetrated by the proposed excavations may vary significantly across the site. The preliminary soil classifications are based solely on the materials encountered in widely spaced exploratory test borings. The contractor should verify that similar conditions exist throughout the proposed area of excavation. If different subsurface conditions are encountered at the time of construction, the actual conditions should be evaluated to determine any excavation modifications necessary to maintain safe conditions. As a safety measure, it is recommended that all vehicles and soil piles be kept to a minimum lateral distance from the crest of the slope equal to no less than the slope height. The exposed slope face should be protected against the elements. Additional Design and Construction Considerations Exterior Slab Design and Construction Exterior slabs -on -grade, exterior architectural features, and utilities founded on, or in backfill may experience some movement due to the volume change of the backfill. Potential movement could be reduced by. • minimizing moisture increases in the backfill • controlling moisture -density during placement of backfill • using designs which allow vertical movement between the exterior features and adjoining structural elements placing effective control joints on relatively close centers 12 Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 Underground Utility Systems Tenamn All piping should be adequately bedded for proper load distribution. It is suggested that clean, graded gravel compacted to 75 percent of Relative Density ASTM D4253 be used as bedding. Where utilities are excavated below groundwater, temporary _ dewatering will be required during excavation, pipe placement and backfiliing operations for proper construction. Utility trenches should be excavated on safe and stable slopes in accordance with OSHA regulations as discussed above. Ball should consist of the on -site soils or imported material approved by the geotechnicai engineer. The pipe backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698. Corrosion Protection Results of soluble sulfate testing indicate that ASTM Type I Portland cement is suitable for all concrete on and below grade. However, if there is no, or minimal cost differential, use of ASTM Type li Portland cement is recommended for additional sulfate resistance of construction concrete. Foundation concrete should be designed y in accordance with the provisions of the ACI Design Manual, Section 318, Chapter 4. Surface Drainage Positive drainage should be provided during construction and maintained throughout the life of the proposed project. Infiltration of water into utility or foundation excavations must be prevented during construction. Planters and other surface features, which could retain water in areas adjacent to the building or pavements, should be sealed or eliminated. In areas where sidewalks or paving do not Immediately adjoin the structure, we recommend that protective slopes be provided with a minimum grade of approximately 5 percent for at least 10 feet from perimeter walls. Bacidill against footings, exterior walls, and in utility and sprinkler line trenches ., should be well compacted and free of all construction debris to reduce the possibility of moisture infiltration. Downspouts, roof drains or scuppers should discharge into splash blocks or extensions when the ground surface beneath such features is not protected by exterior slabs or paving. Sprinkler systems should not be installed within 5 feet of 13 .. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development Proposed Homestead Park Project No. 20025043 Werramn foundation walls. Landscaped irrigation adjacent to the foundation system should be minimized or eliminated. GENERAL COMMENTS Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to provide testing and observation during excavation, grading, foundation and construction phases of the project. The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information discussed in this report_ This report does not reflect variations, which may occur between borings, across the site, or due to the modifying effects of weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until construction. If variations appear, we should be immediately notified so that further evaluation and supplemental recommendations can be provided. The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental assessment of the site or identification of contaminated or hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination, other studies should be undertaken. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site safety, excavation support, and dewatering requirements are the responsibility of others. In the event that changes in the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report, are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless Terracon reviews the changes, and either verifies or modifies the conclusions of this report in writing. 14 LEGEND IS APPROX. TEST BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. RGURE 1: 5lfE PLAN ll a V v HOME5TEAD PARK RIDGEWOOD HIu5 DEMOPMENT FORT COLUN5, COLORADO rm�ux M^9^ DAR - F of G No. D-WedBy., lrerracon DAR .. DAR 301 N. Howes Sweet Datc: Ar,� by. DAR F0Ft CCGns, COI=d0 80521 Dm m eir. rik w.c 25043FIGI IYgmc No. CLIENT SITE LOG OF BORING NO. 2 City of Fort Collins__ Ridgewood Hills Development Fort Collins, Colorado to very stiff gray, rust, ----..— Page 1 of Homestead DESCRIPTION m ae ❑ tz- vN m W o ?3 WP n z❑Z w ❑ N a w �"O oim t"z ¢O > ¢� ❑W ¢ D z rr ❑ ❑ $ ~n th SAND areous, dry to moist, stiff BOTTOM OF BORING cemented 1 u The stratification lines represent the approidmete boundary fines e between soil and rock types: In -situ, the transition maybe gradual. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft WL T DRY WD = rerracon ooWL� ---- o WL 2 BORING STARTED 3-2M2 BORING COMPLETED 3-28-02 RIG_ CME-75 FOREMAN GLW APPROVED DAR JOB A 20025043 LOG OF BORING NO. 3 ----------------------- _ Page 1 of 1 CLIENT -- _ City of Fort Collins SITE Ridgewood Hills Development PROJECT — Fort Collins, Colorado Proposed Homestead Park SAMPLES TESTS DESCRIPTION m > w N a m W O ? whW- M �z W 0:01 W O W n N D O z >a} F ul Ir mnl O 0 of n zF DV) <07 �NN LEAN CLAY with SAND Brown, tan, calcareous, dry to moist, stiff 1 ST 12 1 10.0 98 6560 0.001% 2 SS 12 8 10.5 5 3 ST 12 12.1 94 2600 4 SS 12 5 13.1 to tt WEATHERED SANDSTONE Tan, moist, poorly cemented 13 SANDSTONE Tan, moist, poorly cemented :..14.5 5 SS 1 6 50/0.5 7.3 BOTTOM OF BORING The stre0kation lines represent the approximate boundary lines bWmen soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, It1BORINGSTA Irerraca n RTED 3-28-02 DRY wD C 3-22 GLW WL RIG CME 75EDFOREMAN tAIL APPROVED DAR JOB/ 20025043 LOG OF BORING NO. 4 CLIENT ---- ---- -- ------ _ _City of Fort Collins SITE Ridgewood Hills Development (7 DESCRIPTION U S dry to moist, stiff to very PROJECT _-- __rage 1 of 1 1 rroposea Homestead Park SAMPLES TESTS J O as x G w Z LLNF =a V1 m W Z W Z ZO OFNF 2 U O > V z =NaU O7Z ul mm3 0 Oa zQ aZof ap E SS 112 12 M 9.4 1 108 1 6240 1 40l26f79 o The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines .^ between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. 0 WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft BORING STARTED 3-28-02 � WL yDRY WD 1 It�rr�con BORING COMPLETED 3-28-02 WL RIG CME-75 FOREMAN GLW $ WL APPROVED DAR JOB# 20025043 LOG OF BORING NO. 5 - -------------------------- - Page 1 of 1 CLIENT j _____ City_of Fort Collins I--- - -__—_ - - - -- -—_---_-----_- SITE Ridgewood Hills Development PROJECT Fort Collins, Colorado Proposed Homestead Park m > o DESCRIPTION z: U N W LU > Z GW Z ZU kL Q F N k0 W W F- 1 Z _ T_ W U W K O 7 Z }} F- of Coco 3 U O� 7 di SANDY LEAN CLAY Brown, tan, calcareous, dry to moist, soft to medium stiff BOTTOM OF BORING The stratification IBtes represent the approximate boundary lines between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. WATERL ERVATIONS, ft WL Y L lrerracon WL � WL 5 114.8 BORING STARTED 03-2"2 W BORING COMPLETED RIG CME-75 FOREMANAPPROVED DAR JOB# 2 LOG OF BORING NO. 6 CLIENT City of Fort Collins SITE Ridgewood Hills Development PROJECT --- ---- Fort Collins, Colorado _ Proposed Homestead Park SAPAPL:S _ TESTS DESCRIPTION m > ae w ° t w U c W Z ~ O a N m w oZw1 0LLz fZ� oWzow ~i¢O o- Ix z� o�Jo< = W rnm 3Q on Z)w �aae SANDY LEAN CLAY Brown, tan, calcareous, dry to moist, soft to stiff — 30/13/55 1 ST 12 10.9 102 3420 2 SS 12 4 14.0 5 3 ST 12 13.6 110 5230 4 SS 12 4 17.3 to- 5 SS 12 1 9 16.5 15 15 BOTTOM OF BORING 'a s r, i 0 U Q R WK F o The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines between sal and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual. S WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft Irerracon BORING STARTED 3-28 02 WL DRY WD s CO 3BOMPLETE o8-02 WL R GRING CME 75 FOREMAN GLW 0 WL APPROVED DAR JOB # 20025043� y u' APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF Specimen Identification Classification Ya, pcf WC % • 4 3.Oft LEAN CLAY with SAND 99 9 Notes: Irerracon CONSOLIDATION TEST Project: Proposed Homestead Park Site: Ridgewood Hills Development Fort Collins, Colorado Job #: 20025043 RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. Builders Inc. RESUME TED BEERS Senior Project Manager — Corporate Secretary SINNFIT EDUCATION: Colorado State University, Degree in Industrial — Construction Management RELATED EXPERIENCE Ted joined Sinnett Builders in 1979 as an estimator and project manager. He has thirty years of combined experience in construction and equipment manufacturing in the Fort Collins area. A Colorado State University graduate, he has been project manager for hundreds of projects for Sinnett Builders ranging in size from $10,000 to $7,000,000. Office and Professional Facilities • 4821 Wheaton Office Building • RRW Building • Interchange Business Park Site Work • Stoner Building @ Preston Center • New York Life Tenant Finish • Markley's Saturn of Fort Collins • Berthoud National Bank • Wheeler Buildings • First State Bank • First National Bank • Poudre Health Services • Markley's GM Expansion • McLeod USA Tenant Finish • Ed Carroll Parking Lot Addition Educational Facilities • Timnath Elementary School Addition & Remodel • Educator's Outlet • CSU Lory Student Center Remodel • Front Range Community College Lab • Walnut Street Gallery • CSU Heating Plant Addition • CSU Glover Bioprocessing Lab • CSU Physiology Building • Newsome Hall • Linden Hall Churches and Religious Facilities • Morning Star Community Church • Heart of the Rockies Community Church • Church of Latter Day Saints • Trinity Lutheran Church • 1" Christian Church Addition • Harmony Presbyterian Church Professional Organization Memberships: American Institute of Constructors Fort Collins Chamber of Commerce Building Code Review Committee -City of Fort Collins ginno{} A''UH." Inr 0.72 -------- - , -- - - - --,- — -.... — - — 0.66 - - 0.6 - 0.64 0 a 0.62 a 0 0.60 0.58 — -- 0.56 - 0.54 0.52 0.1 1 10 APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF Specimen Identification Classification Y. pci W11 CNotes: ti 0 c a 0 CONSOLIDATION TEST Proposed Homestead Park oProject: Irerracon Site: Ridgewood Hills Development Fort Collins, Colorado o Job #: 20025043 Date: 4-12-02 e ,% � 4 3.Ott LEAN CLAY with SAND 98 9 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests° coarse � ramco ows More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve Gravels Clean Gravels More than 50% of coarse Less than 5°%lines` fraction retained on No. 4 sieve Gravels v4th Fines More Fines than 12%fines` Fine- Cu > 4 and 1 <Cc<3s Cu < 4 and/or 1 > Cc > 3` as ML or rr1H as CL or CH Soil Classification Group Symbol Group Name' GW Well -graded gravel` GP Pooriv, amded nravr�r GM GC Clavev araval-.Orr Sands Clean Sands Cu t 6 and 1 s Cc s 3e SW Weil -graded sand' 50% or more of coarse fraction passes Less than 5% fines° Cu < 6 and/or 1 > Cc > 3e Sp Poorly y graded sand No. 4 stove Sands with Fines Fires classify as ML or MH SM Silty sandsxr More than 12% fines" Fires Cla s fy as CL or CH SC Cie yoy santl°1L1 Fine -Grained Soils Silts and Clays inorganic PI > 7 and plots on or above 'A" line' CL Lean ctayF` 50% or more passes the Liquid limit less than 50 pl < 4 or belaw'A' line f ML SItK'•'" No. 200 sieve organic Liquid link - oven dried Organic clayKL" OL Liquid limit - not dried Organic situ O Sits and Clays, inorganic Fi plots on or above "A' line CH Fat olayMw liquid lml 50 or more PI lots below "A' line MH Elastic Silt � Organic Liquid limit- oven dried Organic �fU.nP c 0.75 OH Liquid limit - not dried Organic sOtRL-KO Highly organic soils Pnmarly Organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT Peat 48ased on the material passing the 34n. (75-mm) sieve e if field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add Vic h cobbles or boulders, or both" to group name. °Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols:: GW-GM well -graded gravel with sift, GW-GC well -graded gravel with Gay, GP -.GM poorly -graded.. . gravel with sift, GP -GC poorly graded gravel with clay "Stands with 5 to 12% fees require dual syrnbois'. SWSM vrel-graded sand with slit, SWSC weft -graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded sand with sift, SPSC poorly graded sand with day . z eCU=DadD,e Cc= (Dw) D,oX Dra r If sell contains a 15% sand, add'wi01 sand" to group name. Off fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC -GM, or SC-SM. so xa w W 40 O Z 80 U 3 2D a 10 7 4 0 "If fines are organic, add "with organic fines" to gawp name. r If soli contains 215% gravel, add -With graver fo group name. ' If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay. "If sal contains 15 to 29%'plus N0:200, add Vt h sand' or YAh gravel," whichever ispredorninaM. If sol contains 2 30% plus No. 2W piedomina dy sand, add "sandy to group name. °Alf soil contains a 3096 plus No. 200. predominantly gravel, add "gravelly" to group name. "PI24 and plots on or above 'A" fine. °PI <4 or plots below'A" line. P PI plots on or above "A" fine. °PI plots betow'A" line. For classification of fine-grained soils and fNe-grainedfraction of coarse -grained soils Equation of W - line HodmnWl at P1.4 to LL45S. then PI-0.79 (L-W) O`t` Equation of -11ne Vertical at LL.16 to PI=7, �I then Pk0.9 (LL-9) i I MH or OH i `--- t ML or OL : 0 /0 16 20 30 40 60 60 70 eci 90 loci 110 LIQUID LIMIT (LL) I znn 1!,.. 6l?8 LABORATORY TESTS SIGNIFICANCE AND PURPOSE TEST SIGNIFICANCE PURPOSE California Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil, Pavement Bearing subbase, and base course material, including recycled Thickness Ratio materials for use in road and airfield pavements. Design Consorrdation Used to develop an estimate of both the rate and amount of Foundation both differential and total settlement of a structure. Design Direct Used to determine the consolidated drained shear strength of Bearing Capacity, Shear soil or rock. Foundation Design & Slope Stability Dry Used to determine the in -place density of natural, inorganic, Index Property Density fine-grained soils. Soil Behavior Expansion Used to measure the expansive potential of fine-grained soil Foundation & Slab and to provide a basis for swell potential classification. Design Gradation Used for the quantitative determination of the distribution of Soil particle sizes in soil. Classification Liquid &: Used.as amintegrai:part of -engineering classification systems .. Soil Plastic1laiit, to.characterize4the:fine-grairied:traction-of soils;.and to . Classification Plasticity specify the -fine-grained fractiomof-construction materials. Index Pennealx&jr Used to determine the capacity of soil or rock to conduct a Groundwater liquid or gas. Flow Analysis PH Used to determine the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a soil. Corrosion Potential Resistivity Used to indicate the relative ability of a soil medium to carry Corrosion electrical currents. Potential R-Value Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrads soil, Pavement subbase, and base course material, including recycled Thickness materials for use in road and airfield pavements. Design Soluble Used to determine the quantitative amount of soluble Corrosion Sulphate sulfates within a soil mass. Potential Unconfined To obtain the approximate compressive strength of soils that Bearing Capacity Compression possess sufficient cohesion to permit testing in the Analysis unconfined state. for Foundations Water Used to determine the quantitative amount of water in a soil Index Property Content mass. Soil Behavior Irerracon REPORT TERMINOLOGY (Based on ASTM D653) Allowable Soil The recommended maximum contact stress developed at the interface of the Bearing Capacity foundation element and the supporting material. Alluvium Soil, the constituents of which have been transported in suspension by flowing water and subsequently deposited by sedimentation. Aggregate Base A layer of specified material placed on a subgrade or subbase usually beneath slabs Course or pavements. Backfill A specified material placed and compacted in a confined area. Bedrock A natural aggregate of mineral grains connected by strong and permanent cohesive forces. Usually requires drilling, wedging, blasting or other methods of extraordinary force for excavation. Bench A horizontal surface in a sloped deposit. Caisson [Drilled pier A concrete foundation element cast in a circular excavation which may have an or Shaft) enlarged base. Sometimes referred to as a cast -in -place pier or drilled shaft. Coefficient of A constant proportionality factor relating normal stress and the corresponding shear Friction stress at -which sliding starts between the two surfaces. Colluvium Soil, the constituents of which have been deposited chiefly by gravity such as at the foot of a slope or cliff. . Compaction . The densification,of-a.soil by means of mechanical manipulation. . Concrete. Slab -on- A concrete surface layer cast directly upon a base, subbase or subgrade, and Grade typically used as a floor system. Differential Unequal settlement or heave between, or within foundation elements of a Movement structure. Earth Pressure The pressure or force exerted by soil on any boundary such as a foundation wall. ESAL Equivalent Single Axle Load, a criteria used to convert traffic to a uniform standard, (18,000 pound axle loads). Engineered F11 Specified material placed and compacted to specified densityandlor moisture conditions under observations of a representative of a geotechnical engineer. Equivalent Fluid . A hypothetical fluid having a unit weight such that it will produce a pressure against a lateral support presumed to be equivalent to that produced by the actual soil. This simplified approach is valid only when deformation conditions are such that the pressure increases linearly with depth and the wall friction is neglected. Existing FAIT for man- Materials deposited through the action of man prior to exploration of the site. made fr/l) Existing Grade The ground surface at the time of field exploration. REPORT TERMINOLOGY I (Based on ASTM D653) Expansive Potential The potential of a soil to expand (increase in volume) due to absorption of moisture. ^ Finished Grade The final grade created as a part of the project. - Footing A portion of the foundation of a structure that transmits loads directly to the soil. -- Foundation The lower part of a structure that transmits the loads to the soil or bedrock. Frost Depth The depth of which the ground becomes frozen during the winter season. Grade Beam A foundation element or wall, typically constructed of reinforced concrete, used to span between other foundation elements such as drilled piers. Groundwater Subsurface water found in the zone of saturation of soils, or within fractures in bedrock. Heave Upward movement. Lithologfc The characteristics which describe the composition and texture of soil and rock by observation. Native Grade The naturally occuring ground surface. illative Soil Naturally occurring on -site soil, sometimes referred to as natural soil. ^ optimum Moisture . The water content at,.which:a soil can be compacted to a maximum dry unit " content weight by a givenrcompactive.effort.: ^ Perched Water Groundwater, usually of limited area maintained above a normal water elevation by the presence of an intervening relatively impervious continuing stratum. .. Scarify To mechanically loosen soil or break down existing soil structure. Settlement Downward movement. ^ Skin Friction (Side The frictional resistance developed between soil and an element of structure such Shear] as a drilled pier or shaft. Soil (earth] Sediments or other unconsolidated accumulations of solid particles produced by the physical and chemical disintegration of rocks, and which may or may not ._ contain organic matter. _ Strain The change in length per unit of length in a given direction. v Stress The force per unit area acting within a soil mass. Strip To remove from present location. ` Subbase A layer of specified material in a pavement system between the subgrade and base course. Subgrade The soil prepared and compacted to support a structure, slab or pavement system. RECOMMENDED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE POLICY FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS Distress Type Distress Severity Recommended Maintenance Distress Type Distress Severity Recommended Maintenance Alligator Cracking Low None Patching & Utility Cut Low None Patching Medium Full -Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch Medium Full -Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch High High Bleeding Low None Polished Low None Aggregate Medium Surface Sanding Medium High Shallow AC Patch High Fog Seal Block Low None Potholes Low Shallow AC Patch Cracking Medium Clean & Seal All Cracks Medium Full -Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch High High Bumps & Sags Low None Railroad Crossing Low No Policy for This Project Medium Shadow AC Patch Medium High Full -Depth Patch High Corrugation Low None Rutting Low None Medium Full -Depth Medium Shallow AC Patch Asphalt Concrete. Patch High High Full De th Patch Depression Low None Shoving Low None Medium Shallow AC Patch Medium Mill & Shallow AC Patch High Full -Depth Patch High Edge Low None Slippage Low None Cracking Cracking Medium Seal Cracks Medium Shallow Asphalt Concrete Patch High I Full -Depth Patch High Joint Low Clean & Swell Low None Reflection Seal All Cracks Medium Medium Shallow AC Patch High Shallow AC Patch High Full-0e th Patch Lane/Shoulder Drop -Of Low None Weathering & Ravelling Low Fog Seal Medium Regrade Medium Shoulder High High Longitudinal & Low None Transverse Cracking Medium Clean & Seal Alt Cracks High Irerracon RECOMMENDED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE POLICY FOR JOINTED CONCRETE PAVEMENTS Distress Distress Recommended Distress Distress Recommended Type Severitv Maintenance T e Severity Maintenance Blow-up Low None Polished Aggregate No Severity Levels Defined Groove Surface or Overlay Medium Full -Depth Concrete Patch/ Slab Replacement Hi h Corner Low Seal Cracks Popcuts No None Break Severity Levels Defined Medium Full -Depth Concrete Patch Hiph Divided Low Seal Cracks Pumping No Underseal, Slab Severity Sealcrackarpints Levels and Defined Restore Load Transfer Medium Slab Replacement Hi h Durability LOW None Punchout Low Seal Cracks Cracking Medium Full -Depth Patch Medium Full -Depth Concrete Patch Hi h Slab Re lacem mt High Faulting . Low None Railroad Crossing Low No Policy for this Project Medium .., Grind Medium High Hih -.� Joint Seal Low None Scaling Map Cracking Crazing Low None Medium Reseal Joints Medium Slab Replacement, Full -depth Patch, or overlay High Hi h LanefShoulder Drop-off Low Regrade and FIR Shoulders to Match Shrinkage Cracks No Severity Levels None Lane Height Defined Medium Hi h LinearG?aoking Longitudinal, Low Clean & Seal&N Cracks Spelling (Corner) Low None . Transverse and Diagonal Drank. Medium Medium Partial -Depth Concrete Patch High Fuil-De th Patch Hi h Large Patching and Low None Spelling (Joint) Law None Utility Cuta Medium Seat Cracks or Medium Partial -Depth Patch Replace Patch Hi h Hi h Reconstruct Joint Small Low None Patching Nedium Replace Patch High A DRAINAGE CERTIFICATION FORM Please fill out all applicable items in this certification form for single family, multi` -family and commercial properties. Write "OK" for items checked or actual number checked in field. Use "N/A" for items that are not applicable to the property that is being certified. A. Drainage facilities certification 1. Pond certification -volume verification a. topographic records and volume b. cross -sections and spot elevations -positive fall to pan -side slopes -invert elevation -spillway elevation -placement and size of riprap -side slopes -grading -orifice plate installation and size -compaction of berm - -structural integrity ofpond 2. gwales -location (are they within easement) -dimensions and cross-section verification -longitudinal slopes and side slopes -spot elevations .a n -permanent erosion control measures (drop structures, riprap, etc....) tie-in to pipes, pans, curbs, etc.... -weir size (elevations, size, opening, etc...) -available freeboard -landscaping infringement on swales 3. Pipes -size and type -slopes (as -built and comparison to minimum 0.4% slope) -pipe capacity calculations if slopes are significantly altered -invert elevations -installation and backfill material -cover -encasement and clearance from other utility lines close by -joints 4. Concrete Pan Channels -size -slope -super elevation -crose-section -thickness -elevations S. Inlets -size and type -size of opening (or name of standard used) -grate elevation -invert elevation -box size 6. crone vans -size -type -grade -elevation -cross-sectional depth -tie-in to curb and gutter 7. Culverts -type -invert elevation -headwalls e. Underdraine -size -type -cover -backfill -geotextiles ,A 3 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract. ITEM 7/96 nSUBCONTRACTOR Gvl/_15CS�'��'Y� Section 00430 Page 1 cleanouts 9. Curb cuts -size -tie in to swale, pipe, etc.... a. ,Certification of Gradq Elevations adjacent to Drainage Facilities: -minimum opening elevations -top of foundation elevations -comparison to 100 year WSEL"s (Freeboard requirements and floodplain issues) C. Certification of 8rosion Control. Measures: 1. permanent f4eapuregi -Permanent vegetation (69 bare spots and weeds under control) riprap -riprap bedding -drop sections -sediment basins/water quality ponds -netting mats/blankets -mulching SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS OO51C)Notice of Award 00';20 Agreement. 00530 Notice to Proceed SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date: August 9, 2002 TO: Sinnett Builders, Inc. PROJECT: HOMESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated July 31, 2002, 2002 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for HOMESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723. The Price of your Agreement is Six Hundred Ten Thousand One Hundred Sixty-four Dollars ($610,164.00). Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by August 24, 2002. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after.you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. i of Fort Collins - NE By: Vrf O'Neill II, CPPO, FNIG Direc Purchasin and Risk M 9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 9th day of August in the year of 2002 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and Sinnett Builders, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of a neighborhood park including: restroom, picnic shelter, playground, concrete paving, utilities including; water, sanitary sewer and electrical service, multi -use courts, site furniture, irrigation system, and landscaping. and is generally described in Section 01100. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by City of Fort Collins Park Planning, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by May 1, 2003 as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions by June 1, 2003. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) for each calendar day or fraction 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 1 thereof that expires after May 1, 2003 until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after June 1, 2003 until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($610,164.00), Six Hundred Ten Thousand One Hundred Sixty-four Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 2 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 3 ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2. 6 Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: Cover Sheet, Existing Conditions/Demolition-DI, Grading Plan-Gl, Erosion Control Plan- ECl, Utility Plan-U1, Sanitary Sewer Plan and Profile-U2, Layout Plan-L1, Core Area Layout -CAI, Core Area Layout Tables-CA2, Architectural Plan -Al, Architectural Roof Framing-A2, Architectural Elevations-A3, Architectural Elevations-A4, Architectural Sections-A5, Architectural Wall Sections-A6, Architectural Details-A7, Architectural Interior Elevation/Details-A8, Window and Door Schedule-A9, Precast Details-A10, Alternate Details -All, Foundation Plan- 51.1, Mechanical Plans and Details-Ml, Electrical Details-E1, Irrigation Plan-Il, Irrigation Details-ID1, Irrigation Pump Plans and Details-IP1, Irrigation Pump Plans and Details-IP2, Landscape Plan and Details-LA1, Landscape Plan and Details-LA2, Site Details -SDI, Site Details-SD2, Site Details-SD3, Utility Detail3-SD4. The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final fo.r Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 1, inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 4 ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. 9/12/O1 Section 00520 Page 5 OWNER: �ITnY n OF FORT COLLINS \ � By: �. Iw1J—d' JOHN F. VISCHBACH, CITY MANAGER BY: (� JAMES O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP RE TOR OF PURCHASING A RISK M NAGEM NT Date: g L Attest: Ci Address for `d;ng noticce�: f P. O. BOX 58 Fort Collins, 8¢5-2 ' �1 n. <s Approved as to Form 40 .,:/:" Assistant C y Attorney 'rtl- CONTRACTO Si nett ' lders, By: tS lIJAI ram. r,; e' Title: r. Date: (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: Address for giving notices: 1p. ck -13 c 1 I (P9 Fj . Go�.G.wS� C� aOSZt LICENSE NO.: )+ O 9/12/O1 Section 00520 Page 6 SECTION 04270 GLASS UNIT MASONRY PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Mortar for Glass Unit Masonry 2. Accessories for Glass Unit Masonry 3. Glass Unit Masonry B. Products Installed but not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Items to be Built-in From Other Sections: a. Bolts and Anchors b. All Other Built-in Members C. Related Requirements 1. Testing: Section 01400 Quality Control 2. Quality Control: Section 01400 3. Mortar: Section 04100 4. Masonry General: Section 04200 Unit Masonry 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with Sections 04100 and 04200, 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: Reports of tests shall be distributed in accordance with Section 01400. B. Samples: Submit full size samples of each type of glass block for acceptance in accordance with Division 1, 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: Testing will be conducted by approved testing laboratory. See Section 01400. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Inspect glass masonry units upon delivery and handle carefully to avoid chipping. 1,06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with Section 04200. TAS 02136 Section 04270 Glass Unit Masonry - 1 SFCTION 00530 NCTICR TO PROCEED Description of Work: HOMESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723 This notice .is to advise ycu: 'chat the contract covering the :shove described Work has been fUily executod by l he CONTRACTOR and the ')WNP:R. That the requ.irod CON'I'K:1<;'POK's Performance Bond and Payment: Bor[ci have been r-ncc!.i.ved by the OWNER. That. the OWNER has approved the .said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the COMTKACTOR for the above described Nork, you are hereby authorized and riirected to proceed within _ c,[iendar days from rPc•eipt of this not ice ns rc,qui red by the ?',gr.eement. Dated This ay of 20 The dates for Substar)iial Completion and Final. Acceptance nhal l be ------' ----- and 20 V. Cil v of Fort Coll in. UWNL'R By: Title: -- --- ._-- ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICIi Recc�ipl, of the above Not-icr to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this da o f -_.. .. -' 2 0-- --- y CONTRAC'l'OR --- -- --- --- Ry: Title: 7/96 Section 00530 Page 1 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635Certif.icat.e of Substanl.ial. C:ocrplet.ion 00640 Certificatc, of Final. Acceptance 00650L.i_en waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No-19SB10.38.29444 KNOW ALL MF:N BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Fi:m) Sinnett Builders, Inc. (Address) $it uIiierry, ort o ns;-0—"" — - (an Individual], (a Partnership)' (a Corporation), tiereindlter roferred Lo as the "Principal" and (Firm) Travelers Casualty and Surety Company (Addross) Hartford, CT 06183 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 301) L!!porte Ave, Fort Collins` Colorado • 80522 a (Nunj- i l Corporation) hrrci.naitot' referrod Lo as the "OWNER", i[r the penal sum of $610,164.00 in lawful. money of the Unil•ed OtaLes, for the payment of whic:h sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselvr..^„ snrressnrx and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these preserit.s. THE CONDITIONS OF -MTS OBLIGATION are such that whe.rpas the Principal 0 tered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the � ciay of U-y 20SL� a ='OPY of which .is hereto attached and made a part horeop 'i'erthe performance of The CiLy of Fort Collins projPel, HOFIF45TEAD PARK; HID NO. 5723, NOW, THEREFORE, it the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully pertorm its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreoaent.s of said Agreement during Lhe original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Aqreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER (tom all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur. in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. I 7/96 Section 00610 Page 1 D PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement. or to the Work to be performed theroundor or the Specifications accompanying the same shall i.n any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to tha terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to ttte Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final seltlf-ment between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim nay be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Suret.v Company must. he aut.horizect to Lran9aCt I business in the State of Colorado and bo acceptabin to the OWNER. IN WrTNFOS WHEREOF, this instrument. i.; executed three (3 punter rtf, each on of which shall. be deemed an original, t. #'Y day o IN PRESENCE OF: <57) (Corporat.t' Peal � I•N PRESENCE or: I/NN P/REjSSjE�N�C�E� OF: 1f .Witness (Surety Sea]) NOTE 7/96 Principe Sin Buil r 2926 E. Mulberry, Fort Collins,, CO 80524 --'(Addrr..vs) --- ----- 24 Other Partners Surety Tr elers Casualty. and Surety Gdzqp`any,•:, B4(4t Hartford, CT 06183 r �l (Address) Date of Bond must not: be. prior to date ot. Agreemer* ti"GOt{►RACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Dond'. Section 00615 Page 2 I SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No19SB103829444 FNOW ALL MEN BY THESE, PRESENTS: that (Firm) Sinnett Builders, Inc. (Address) 2926 ) .,�y�rry be (an rndivirfual), , , F°rt CO211ns, r.0 U524 rt (a [anership), (a Corporation), Pr.incipal" and hereinafter reietzed to as the " (Firm)_ Travelers Casualty and Surety Compan (Address)- Hartford, CT 06183 hereinaf.ter referred. to as "thr Surety", are held ar,d licmly bound unto the CiU of Fort Collins, .YOU L.tport.r. Ave..-Futt Collins, Colora(10 80522 a (Municipal Corporation)herein<ifLer referred to as '•the OWNER", Ln the -penal sum OP $610,164 _00 in lawful money of the United States; for the p,+y:rkottt oL tuhich .vkan well anti truly r.o be made, we birld ourse] and na..siyrrs, juirrtly ,tu(i sev""i.v, firmly by these pr'ear•rrls• Vt+.s, 5ucceyso r5 THR CONDITIONS Ok' T111s OBLIGATION .arn such that wher the Principal. erlt red inf a <:ertai'n .igr.ceme:nt with the ONNER, dat.r:c! the day or �L 200 + (;opy of whir..lk is hereto altachrd and made, a p,+rt hereo! .or rho performAnce nl Th+• City of Fort Collin:: project, HO[dkL'1TShU 1'nitK; NJO NO. 5723. rNOW, THEKEPU11M, If the Yri.ncip,:l r:ha1.L .rake payment t'U all persons, firms, subcontractor's, ,and corporarions Luznish.inl;; mzf.erials tot oY Lrertorming labor in the proseeat.ion of the Work provided fur in such Agreement and any authoriz extension or modification thereof, irr(A udiny all amounl.s due ed for materials, lubricantrepairs umachinery, in connection pat,ion with the constr.ucti.on equipment and tools, cons(imed, rented or used or such Work, and all Insurance premiums on saJd Work, and for all labor, performed irk such Work whethez by subcontractor or otherwi.se, then this obligation' shall bct void; otherwise ro remain .in full ,force and effect. r ill r 11 ■. 7/96 71 Section 00615 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHLR, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of lime, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the .Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; ane it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, Alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or Lo the Specifications. PROVIDED., FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridqe the right ct any beneficiary hereunder, whose ciain may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must he authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNl•:SS W11GRROF, this inslrtument is er on0e of which shall he deemed an original, IN PRESENCE' OF: (Corporate Seal) 1N PRESENCE OF': IN PRESENCE OF: Wi� . (Surety Seal) counuorpA ts, each a of _ 7J, i. (eI c. S r wo -- --.. 2926_E. Mulberry,, Fort Collins, CO 80524 (Addrewti) Other Partners Ay: Sy: Su et �^^ Tra elers Casualty and Surety-Comp#iip By: ' R*X NOTE: Date of Bonn must not be i�; hattnership, all 7/96 �t > pti.or to datci of 'tigt Nwatct partners should exncttfP rtt If CONTRACTOR gon(1'. Section 00610 Page 2 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06103-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY 0. AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinalter the "Companies") bath made, constituted and appointed, and do by thes presents make, constitute and appoint: Connie K. Boston, Donald B. Martin, Chris S. Richmond, Darlene Krings, William C Bensler, Kelly T. Ur wilier, Russell J. Michels, Linda M. Nikolaeff, Debra S. Morris, Mary M. Pmrdi, of Greeley. Colorado their true and lawful Attorney(s) with Cull power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at an) place within the United States, the following irmumnent(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds recogaizances all consents incident th contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and dulv and and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the hereby ratified officers� Comp 'and all the aces of said AtWmey(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said now in full force and effect: Companies,which Resolutions are VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Via President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attutneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recogoizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional un appointee and revolve the B. and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Via Chairman, any Executive Vice President, may delegate all or any part of the foregoing any Senior Via President or any Vice President reg tug authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company. provided that each such delegation is filed in the ofTice of the Secretary. in writing and a copy thereof is VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chaimun, any Executive Via President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Via President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant required) by one or more Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents �cre�' Or (b) duly executed (under seal, if by one or more CompanyB pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or Officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Via President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant and the Power of attorney or to any certificate Matingthereto a Secretary, seal si the Comports, may be affixed by facsimile to any appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for Purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereot and an or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the C y such pow ec attorney certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in any such power so executed and undertaking to which it is attached, Pant m the future with respect to any bond or IP WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELER C.>SUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to bc- signed by their Senior Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 22nd day of February 2002. _ STATE OF CONNECTICUf )SS. Hanford COUNTY OF HARTFORD G oa � TRAVF,LERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMWGTON CASUALTY COMPANY George W. Thompson Senior Vice President On this 22nd day of February, 2002 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me dull: sworn, did depose and say- that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the"-' corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. My commission expires Jurls 30, 2006 Notary Public S c Marie C. Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned. Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority`" remains in full fora and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set, forth in the Certificate of Authority, are now in force. — Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company, in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this day of /i v&zw-- , 20 da, ()Go r�`� O';a•� By Kori M.Johanson Assistant Secretary, Bond ACORM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 8/ 1MMVDDYY /0(4/0f21 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION F1ood & Peterson Insurance Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 4821 Wheaton Drive HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P O Box 270370 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Fort Collins, CO 80527 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED INSURER A: Travelers Insurance Sinnett Builders, Inc. - - - P.O. Box 1969 INsuRERB: Pinnacol Assurance Fort Collins, CO 80522 INsuRERG INSURER D: GUVMKAVCS THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR TYPE OFINSURANCE j PODCY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE MM/DD/YY POLICYEXPIRATION DATE MMIDD/YY) -- ----- LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY DTCO283N6279COF02 06/30/02 06/30/03 EACHOCCURRENCE $1, 000�0 x_ �COMMERCIALGENERALLIABILITY CLAIMS MADE X� OCCUR FIREDAMAGE(Anyonelire) $300, 000__ MED EXP (Any ane person) s5,000 PERSONAL& ADV INJURY ,$1, — 0�00 000 GENERALAGGREGATE $2,-000, 000 PRODUCTS COMP/OPAGG '.. GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIES PER: POLICY j{ PRO- LOC CT $2�000�00 A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO DT810283N6279TIL02 06/30/02 O6/30/O3 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT accident) $1, 000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS �(Ea BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ HIREDAUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) 1 $ - --_- -- -- PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY ._AUTO ONLYEA ACCIDENT I$ _ __ _-. OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGG ANY AUTO —' $ $ - — - A EXCESS LIABILITY OCCUR n CLAIMS MADE CUP283N6279TIL02 06/30/02 06/30/03 EACH OCCURRENCE $$5 000, 000 AGGREGATE I s5, 000, 000 DEDUCTIBLE- R RETENTION $1 O 000 $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABIDTY 4045474 107/01/02 07/01/03 X 7 C TMU OTH-� $500, 000 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE_EAEMPLOVEE $500, 000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $500 000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATON320CATONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS Re:Homestead Park; Bid No. 5723 Certificate holder is named as additional insured, but only as respects liability arising out of work performed by the named insured (excluding workers compensation). Waiver of subrogation applies to Workers Compensation City of Fort Collins P.O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 OULD ANYOF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION .TE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 3_0 DAYSWRITfEN RICE TOTHE CERTIFICATE HOLDERNAMED TOTHE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DOSOSHALL POSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR 25-S(7le7)1 of 2 #S224313 19961 FAR o SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: _CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) ------ DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: HOMESTEAD PARK; BID 140. 5723 PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: -- OWNEP.: City,, Of: For, Collins —----__.---- --- -- CON'1.'RACTUR: - - - - --- ----- CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed tinder this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNRR, CONTRACTOR, and Lhe. ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is herebv declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tcnear-ive list of .i.teeis !-.o be c:omplcted or orrectcd .i.s apnonded herelo. This list may not be exhaustive!, and the tajlure I-, Include arl item on .it does not alter the 'responsibility of the CONTR_1CTOK to complete all the Uiork in accordance with Che Contract Documents. NGINFIER AUTHOR1ZXD R R PRESENTATL ✓E DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts ths, above Cert.iii-cat:° of i;ubsi:antial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the° ices;; on Lhe tentative list within the time indicat.cd. - RV: CONTRACTOR ------ --------- _—..---- AUTIIORIZED REPRE,iENTA'I'IVIti DACE The OWNER accepts the project Or specified area of the project as substan- tially complete and wil] assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on _ The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and .insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set. forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO Bv: OWNER --...— ------ - --- REMARKS: 7/96 AUTHORTZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE Section 00635 Page 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR A. Mortar Materials: Comply with Section 04100. 1. Integral Metallic Stearate Additive: Sonneborn Contech, Master Builders Omicron Mortarproofing or accepted substitute. Use at exterior glass block masonry. B. Mortar Mix: 1. Mortar Materials and Proportions: Conform to requirements of property specifications of ASTM C270 and Section 04100, 2. Glass Brick Setting Mortar: Type S as for masonry except add integral metallic stearate additive. Add mortar color if required by Architect. 2.02 GLASS BRICK A. Glass Brick: Pittsburgh Corning Vistabrik 1. Sizes: 8" x 8" x 3" 2. Stipple Finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. General: Comply with Section 04200. 3.03 GLASS BLOCK INSTALLATION A. General: Install as indicated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Bond: Unless otherwise indicated, lay glass brick in stack band. B. Joints: Uniform approximately 1/4" wide. C. Glass Brick: 1. Sills: Cover with heavy coat of water based emulsion and let dry. Place full bed of mortar, do not furrow. 2. Joints: Strike joints smoothly while mortar is still plastic, remove mortar from glass faces as block is laid. 3.04 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE A. General: Comply with Section 04200. 3.05 POINTING AND CLEANING A. General: Comply with Section 04200. B. Glass Brick: Clean as recommended by glass brick manufacturer as joints are tooled. Do not damage glass surfaces. Replace all damaged or scratched block immediately. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Comply with Section 04200. END OF SECTION TAS 02136 Section 04270 Glass Unit Masonry - 2 SECTTON 00640 CFRTTFICATF OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO: Gentlemen 20 You are hereby notified that on Lhe. day of _ 20 the City of I"ort Col .Iins, Colorado, has accepted Lhe Work completed by _ I3ID _N0. -- -- or tile - - ._..... _ e City of Fort Collins pro je-ect- - , t{r,p,II;--S-'fEAD- PARK; 5"/23. -- A check is au-achcu] hr:reto in the amount of. a=.Lr.nl 6'a;ment. for ail. Work dotio, sub c�ct. Po the, retms of the Contract Locuments wilich rare dated In conformance :;it} Lhe Conrtact. Documents I -or this project, vo!a oblicrations and guarantees will. ari:inuea for. the specified time rrom the tol Lowing dare: 6•incerei.y, OWNER: (-,.-I t.v _ot i[ora Col L n:; Ry: Title: ATTEST: - Tit. I.e: 7/96 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort. Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: - ---- -_—. ('CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: lIGNIESTEAD PARK; RID NO. 5123 I. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment-, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR Co.r Lhe OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, .improvement, a]Leration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. rn consideration of such payment .and other good and valuable consideration, Lhe receipt, and adequacv o.f which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all ri.ghls, claims and 1i.ens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Rlit.1Pr -,(,,t claims (40 U.S.C.A.. 770 a and b), stop notices, equitaclr° liens and .labor and material bone{ rights which the CON'PRAC'I'Ok may no,., or may afterward havo, claim or assert for al] and any work, labor, skill or mmrerials furnished, delivered ox performed for the construction, design, improvement., alteration, addition or repair of the above de a ribc:.l project., against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against anv furrl of or in 1-he possession or control of t hc. OWNER,:rc] ainsl thr� ;r. ; ojr`t or against all land and the buiidi.ngs and appulte:s n.in'eto t.hc 1�tnd .intprcve:9 b," the proje..:t on 3. 'fhe CONTRACTOR nff1rII18 that a]1. work, labor and materials, furnished, dcl.i-✓gyred or: perturtned to oI for the construction, design, improvement, alterarion, addi.Cion or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcont:r:actors or materi.almen or their agents, employees and .servants and fuxther affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in tuil any and ali existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights oI claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against. tho OWNER or' its Officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out. of the project.. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to delcnd and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materiaimen, employees, servants, agents or assigns r:gainst the project or aga-nst. the OWNER or its officers, emplovees, agents or assigns arising out. of the project. for all loss, damage and costs, i.nciuding reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result- Of such cLaitrls. 7/96 Section 00650 Page 1 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: - City Of Fort CollinS, Colorado to as (tier eir)af trereferred to as "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: HOMESTEAD PARK; BID NO. 5723 CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of The Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for on bond of Surety) md agrees that Final Payment. to the �;(.*:TRACTOR r;hc'J I no! rel ieve. the Surety ::orlpdrly of any of its obligdt.ions to ih- as set forth in the said Surely COmPany's Rorid. IN li'liTNESS' WHEREOF', the Suret-V Coripariv has hereunto set il-s hrlrid this o-1 . - (Jay f (Surely' Cnmpany% By ATTACH: Power of Attornev and Cert,ifirate of Authority of Attornev(s)-in-l-'act. 7/96 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Insert. State certificate. kiere. DR 0172 (12/98) C.OLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303)232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26.1140)(a)(M) 0 DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials forthe exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side,) FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. 8.r eglatratiojVAccount No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period - 0170-750 (999) $0.00 H ITRA'CTGR NFORMATIQN Trade name/DBA: Owner, partner, or corporate name Mailing address (City, State, Zip): Contact Person E-Mail address: EFederalployer's Identification Number: Bid amount for yourcontractFax number: phone number. Colorado withholding tax account number. ( ) y'�6�+-nv` z +tm�rw ^aas}S,Y.xY.y+F s �M a ,ION I IfL1HMATLON .. , Copiescont Pa.CZ V rebmenLPa9gsfI.Qden mgthexontwactingperttes r a r: �+;Y , sr...ac, •..�.n., an'd (25 cantatmngtsrg stores of Contract3ri> ? iRsmusY `'attached.:' "r Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract). Exempt argenization's number 98 - Atldress of exempt organization (Ciy, State, Zip): Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contacts telephone number. Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (test where project Is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year construction start data: completion date: "M1Gf 4 _ t a,p l declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. Signature of owner, partner or corporate offer: Titre of corporate officer. pate; nn rin-F iiii; ear rnu cure. , -- — rr�r.v�• rnIJ LIIVC SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAI, CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GF.NF'RAL CONDITIONS have been dewlopcd b) using the S"h.ANDARD GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF TI11; CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared b} the Engineers Joint Contract Documents ('otnmittec, FJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition). as a base. Changes to chat document are shmcn b) underlining text that has been added and striking Through text that ha; been deleted. E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number I. DEF'INITIONS ......................................................1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS.............................. 3 1.1 Addenda .......................................... 2.1 DelivcryofBonds.............................3 .. 1.2 Agreement... 1 2.2 Copies of Documents.......,.._............3 1.3 Application li)r Payment ........................ 2.3 Commencement of Contract 1.4 Asbestos..............................................I Times; Notice to Proceed 3 1.5 Bid ................................................ I 2.4 Starting the Work.,...., ; . � Bidding Uocumcnts................. ...I, 2.5-2.7 ..,_..,,,,..,...,... . ...........: Before Starting Construction; 1.7 Bidding Requirements..........................I CONTRACTOR'S Responsibility 1.8 Bonds.................................................I to Report; Preliminan Scheddes: 1.9 Change Order ...................................... i Delivery of•Ccrtilicales of 1.10 Contract Documents Insurance 1.11 Contract Price .............. I.......................1 2.9 ......................... Preconstruction Conference............. 1.13 Contract Times....................................1 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules..........4 1.13 CONTRACTOR ..................................1 1.14 defective .............................................. 1 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT. 1.15 Drawings,,,.,,.... .............meat ...........I AMENDING, REUSE 1.17 E(IGINE Dale of qtc Agreement_._„.._... 1 3.1-3.2 ..........................................4 Intent ................................_........... 4 1.17 ENGINTiI:R,,.....,...„I................•..........1 3.3 Reference to Standards and Spcci- 1.IR ENGINEER'.sConsultant .................... _I ficatiunsoffechnirdSocieties: 1.19 Field Order Reporting and Resols ing Dis- 1.20 General Requirements 1.21 .........................2 lla%ardous Waste ........................_..2 3.4 crepancics................................ Intent of Certain Terms or 4-; 1.22.a L %s and Regulations: I ,tws or :\d'ectnes - Regulations......................................2 3.5 .......................... Amending Contract Docunents.........5 1.22.E Legal Ifolida_Ns................................._. 2 3.6 Supplementing Contract 1.23 Liens.......................:........................2 Document,.............................. 1.24 Milestone .............2 ............................... 3.7 Reuse of Documents , . ? Notice ol':lward ............................... ........ I ................: 1.26 Notice to Proceed ................................. ...2 4. AVAILA131LITY OF LANDS: 1.27 OWNER.............................................. 2 REFFR1iNCE POINTS - 1.29 PCBs ................................... .......... 4.1 .............. I .......................... AcailabilityofLands 5-6 1.30 Petroleum...........................................2 4.2 ..................... Subsurface and Physical 1.31 Project......... ...................................... 2 Conditions 1.32.a Radioacti%e Material ............................ 2 4.2.1 ....................................6 Reports and Drm%ings 6 1.32.b Regular Working Hours.......................2 4.2.2 ....................... Limited Reliance bv CONTRAC- 1.33 Resident Project Represenlali%e...... _..... 2 TOR Authorized; Technical 1.34 Samples..............................................2 Data................................. 6 1.35 Shop Uran'Ines.................................. 2 4.2.3 Notice of Dilpering Subsurface .......... 1.36 Speci li cat i on 9 .....................................2 or Physical Conditionti,,,,....,.,..,.._G 1.37 Subcontractor ,,......„........• *....•....•.....2 4.2.4 ENGINEER'S Rcvicw f) 1.3fi Subshtnlial Com Iclim)........................2 p 4.2.5 ...'n'e'n.............. Possible Contract bocumcnls 1.39 Supplementary Conditions Change........................... 1.411 ................... Supplier... 4.2.6 .............. Possible Price and Times ( ) 1.41 Underground Facilities .....................2.: -3 Adjustments 1.42 unit Price \York................................. 3 4.3 ................... ...........6-7 Physical Conditions --Underground 1.43 Work..................................................3 Facilities....... 7 1.44 Work Change Directive ........................} 4.3.1 .. Shown or Indicate..d .......................... L45 Written Amendment ...........................3 4.3.2 ,.,,,,,,.,,,.,_„..._.,.7 Not Shovat or Indicated ................... 7 4.4 Reference PointS,,,...„...................... 7 ii I:J('D(GI[NERAL CONDMONS 1910-8 (1990 LUI'r10N) a%: CITY Of: I'ORi' COLLINS AIODIFICA'I 10NS (RI.V 9 99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number-" 4.5 Asbestos. PCBs. Petroleum, 6.25 Submittal Proceedures; CON- 1 I lazardous Waste or TRACTOR'S Review Prior Radioactive Material ....................7-8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal....................................16 _ 5. BONDS AND INSI;R.\NCI:................................9 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit- 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Otter talc Re%ictl by FNGINFER...... 16-17 •-� Bonds .............................................. 9 6.27 Responsibility Ibr Variations 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers: From Contract Document.% ........... 17 Certificates of Insurance .................... K 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior 5.4 C'ONTRACTOR's Liability to ENGINEER's Reviett and Insurance..........................................9 Approval of Required -� 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance ............... Submittals................................... 17 5.6 Propertp lusuranc(............................ 9-ill 6.29 Continuing the Work.......................17 b 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Addi-, 6.30 CONTRAC'TOR's General tional Property Insurance..................10 Warranty and Guarantee ............... 17 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Protision........ . 10 6.31-6.33 Indemnification .........................17-18 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility 6.34 Survival of Obligations ...................18 for Deductible Amounts ............ ........ M ^ 5.10 Other Special Insuranec ......................10 7. 0111ER %CORK .................................................. 18 5.11 Waiver of Rights................................11 T 1-7.3 Related Work at Site ....................... 18 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of 7.4 Coordination..................................Is _ Insurance Proceeds ..................... ill-11 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insu- 8. OWNLR'S RESPONSIBILITIES .........................18 r ante; Option to Replace....................I 1 8.1 Conurumications to CON- 5.15 Partiall.'Iilization--Propcm MAC T'OR..................................18 r. Insurance ........................................ 11 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEFR............18 8.3 Furnish Data and Pap Promptly 6. CONTRACTOR'S RNSPONSIBILITILS ...............II When Due ................. ................. 19 ^ 6.1-6.2 Super\ ision and Superintendencq...... , 11 8.4 Lauds and Fasentents; Reports 6.3-0.5 Labor. MaiCI WIS and li(Juipnlent.... 11-12 and Tests ................................ •,-, 0.6 Progress Schedule..............................12 8.5 Insurance ....................................... 19 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items: 8.6 Change Orders................................19 CON I RACTOR's Expense; 8.7 Inspections. Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals................................... 19 Methods or Procedures: 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work; ENUINEL•R's FS"aluation.............12-13 Terminate CONTRAC'TOR's 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors. Services......................................19 Suppliers and Others; 8.9 Litnit(uions on OWNER'S WaitcrofRights ......................... j3-14 Responsibilities ....... I .................... 19 ^. 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties....................14 8.10 Asbestos. PCBs. Petroleum. 6.13 Permits.............................................14 I larardous Waste or 6.14 Laths and Regulations ........................ 14 Radioactive Material....................19 ^ 6.15 Taxes ..................................... ...... 14-15 8.11 Evidence of Financid 6.16 Use of Premises ................................. 15 Arrangements .............................. 19 0.17 Site Cleanlinesti................................ 15 6.18 Safe Structural Loading.....................15 9. ENGINFF.R'S STATUS DURING 6.19 Record Documents .............................15 CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 11 6.20 Saltily and Protection .................... 15-I6 9.1 OWNER's Representative ................ 19 6.21 Safety Representative .........................16 9.2 Visits to Site .................................. 19 ^ 6.22 Hazard Communication Programs,.,,,, I6 9.3 Project Represennttivq ................ 6.23 Finergencies..................................... 16 9.4 Clarifications and Interpre- _... 6.24 Shop Drawings and Sarrpleg..............16 lations........................................ 21 9.5 Authorized Variations in %V)rk ........ 21 -- 1E I:JCIX: UFNLRAI.CONUI'IIONS 1910-8 (19l)( LDII']ONI.- �c CITY 017 FOR'1 COLLINS MODIFICA'I IONS (REV 9 99' ,.r Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 9.6 Rejecting Do, .fi,(-Iiv(? Work * ... .... .......... 21 13.8-13.9 Uncoi cring Work at ENGI- 9.7-9.9 Shop Drim ings. Change Orders NEER's Request 27-28 and Payments ...... . 21 13.10 ..................... OWNER May Stop the Work 28 9.10 Dderminatims for Unit Prices ........ 21-22 13.11 ........... Correction or Remmal of 9.11-9.12 Decisions on DISPUICS: LNGI- D,Jeclivo, Work 28 NF ' UR as Initial IntelPI-clel ................ 22 13.12 Correction Period,,,,..._ ............................ ?8 9.13 Limitations on LNUNFER'..... 13.13 Accep(ance of Defectne Work 28 Authority and Responsibilities..,, 22-23 13.14 OWNFR NN3 CorrectLle CHANGES IN Tj iE WORK ... ...... I ......................... 23 NN ork ................................... 10.1 OWNER'S Ordered Change .................23 14. PAYMEN FS 10 CONTRACTOR AND 10.2 Claim for Ad.IUStulClIt ......................... 23 COMPLFTION 29 10. Work Not Required b\ Contract 1 14.1 ... ... ..... * ... ......................... Schedule Of Villkles Documents .... . .. .. ..... .. ......... 23 14.2 .........................2) Application for Progress . 10.4 Change Orders ................................... .. .... .... ...... ....... 23 Pavillem 29 10.5 Notificatioli ()I'Surct..........................23 14.3 1 . ...... ... ...... ONTRA( . T . OR'S .. W . a . r . r . a . nt . v . o . F ........ Cl IANGI- OF CON rRAC-I PRICE . .............................. 23 14.4-14.7 Title... ............................ ... ......................... Review of'Applications for 29 11.1-11.3 Contact Price; ('1ann for progress Payments 29-30 Adjustment: Value of 14.9-14.9 .................. Sullswollill C01111110(ion 30 the Work .................... ............... 23-24 14.10 ................... Partial Unlizalion 30-31 11.4 0SI OfflIc 1F01-k ........................... 24-25 14.11 .................... Final Inspection 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work.,.,.,,,,_ k ........... 25 14.12 '.............. .... Final lopplicatioli fill. Pavolcill ... 31 11.6 CON1 R. \C I OR's Fee.... ............ 25 14.1.)-14.14 illill Payment and Acccptamc'�' 31 11.7 Cost Records '* ... ........................ 25-26 14.15 ....... \\;Ii\el OfCIMIlls 31-32 11.8 Ca>h AIlo\\;llIcc-s.. ............................. 26 ...................... 11.9 Unit Price \\ojk ................................. 26 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TlzRNIINA-I [ON 32 CIIAN6L OFCON I RACI* 'fjfolj•s ............................. 26 15.I ......................... (M NFR Kim Suspend M ork 32 12.1 Claim Im .\(IiLlStllle;lt ...................... . 26 15.2-1 5.4 .......... O\\ NER Nla3 Teo minate 12.2 "Lillie of the [:Ssellce ....... "' ........... 26 15.5 .... ........ CONIRACTOR Iol�l\ Stop _32 12.3 Dclaxs BeNond CONTRACTOR'S Work or lerminalt'c 32-33 Cli olrol ....................................... 26-27 .................. 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and 1 16. DISPU IT RLSOLU FION .................................. 33 CONTRACTOR's Control 27 17. MISCE * LLANF , OUS 33 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRFC1 ]ON, 17.1 ...... . .................................. Giving Notice 33 REMOVAL OR ACC111TANCE OF 17.2 ............. .................. Computation of-finies 33 DFFIX7717F WORK ...... * . ...... .................................. 27 17.3 Notice of'Claim ......... I .......... 13.1 Notice of . ............................. �7 17.4 .............................. Cumulative Remedies....... �33 33 13.2 Access to the \Voi k ............................ 27 17.5 ............... Pr(Qssional Fees and Court 13.3 1 CS(S and Inspections: Costs Included 33 CONTRACTOR'S Cooperation .......... 27 17.6 ...................... Applicable State Lal%s 33-34 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; Intentionaliv ................ lell blank ....................................... 35 Independent Testing Laborator\ 27 115 ........ CONTRAC roR's I--XIJIBIT(iC-A: (Optional) Responsibilities .......... .................... 27 Dispute Rcsolu(ion Agiecment (iC-A 1 13.6-13.7 Coo cring Work Prior to Inspec- 16.1-16.6 ..................... Arbitration * GC- A I tion. Tes(ing or Approxal ................. 117 16.7 ...................... NIC(liatioll ..................... . . ..... �' iC-A I U( DC GENERAL (OMA I IONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) o ( HN OF FORT COLL INS MODIM A I IONS (RIA 9 99) BENT STEEL PLATE CHANNEL 12 x 10.6 SHIM UNDER HSS 12 X 4 EW STEEL FRAME TO CHANNEL A 16" 0. 3"x 3" STEEL TUBE 3/4" X 3/4" BENT STEEL PLATE WELDED TO THE TUBE GLAZING TAPE (TYP.) L N i x 4" ROUNb FLATHEAD BOLT, EPDXY \ SET ® 16" O.C. IN 1601FAVIlAir PREDRILL HOLE FOR 4 3/8"ANCHOR BOLT COUNTERSINK N , 2 PER SILL PIECE 24" 2".X 2" BENT STEEL PLATE DOUBLE -SKINNED ACRYLIC SHEET 3/4" X 3/4" BENT STEEL PLATE SCREWED TO THE TUBE 2"x 3" STEEL TUBE 7 5/8"X 3 5/8" PRECAST CONC. CAP RE: 1/A10 8"X 8" MASONRY BLOCK RESTROOM WINDOW DETAIL 3"=1'-0" INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Citv of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of -- Bonds and htsurancq........................................5.14 deJectiveWork............................10.4.1, 13.5. 13.13 final payment.........................................9.12, 14.15 insurance.........................................................5.14 other Work. by CONTRACTOR ....................... .. .7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items ..................... /7.7.1 Work by OWNER...................I..........2.5. 6.30. 6.34 Access to the -- Lands. OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities .............................................. I.1 site, related Work .............................................. 7.2 Work...........................................13.2. 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions-- CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER .......................................... 6.20. 9.13.3 OWNER................................................... 6.20. 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ....... (L6, 1.10.6.19), 1.1 Additional Property Insurances ................................. 5.7 Adjustments— Contract Price or Contract Times ........................... I.5. 3.5. 4.1. 4.3.2. 4.5.2, .......................15.3, 9.4. 9.5. 10.2-10.4, 11. 12. 14.8. 15.1 ......................................... progress schedule .............................................. 6.6 Agreement -- definition of.......................................................1.2 "All -Risk" Insurance, policy form...........................5.6.2 Allowances. Cash ................................................... 1 1.8 Amending Contract Dix:untents................................ 3.5 Amendment, Written -- in general................J.10, 1.45, 3.57 5.10, 5,12. 6.6.2 .......................... h.8.2, 6.19, 10.1. 10.4. 11.2 12.1. 13.12.2. 14.7.2 Appeal. OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to ..........................2.10, 9.1 I. 10.4. 16.2, 16.5 Application for Paymcm-- deftnition of......................................................1.3 ENGINEER'S Responsibility...............................9.9 final payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.13.4, 9.13.5. 14.12-14.15 in general ..........................7.8. 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 Progress payment .......................................14.1-14.7 review ttf...................................................14.4-14.7 Arbitration .................................................. ...16.1-16.6 Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto..........................4.5.2. 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work .......... 4.5.2 definition of ........................................................ 1.A Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for.............................4.5A, 9.10 possible price and times changr .......................4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work,,,,.,,.,,;3.6, 6.25, 6.27. 9.5 Availability of 1.ands.........................................4. I, 8.4 Award, Notice of--defined.......................................1.25 Belize Starting Construction...............................2.5-2.8 Bid --definition of........................1.5 (1.1. 1.10, 2.3. 3.3, ........................4.2.6.4. 6.13, 11.4.3. 11.9.1) [lidding Documents --definition of 1.6 (6.8.2) Bidding Requirements --definition of .......................................... 1.7(1.1,4.2.6.2) [fonds -- acceptance of.....................................................5.14 additional bonds..................................10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work.............................................11.5.4 definition of.......................................................1.8 delivery ttl................................................." , I. 5.1 final Application fix Payment ....... .......... 14.12-14.14 general.......................................1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13. ........................................ 9.13. 10.5. 14.7.6 Performance. Payment and Other...................5.1-5.2 Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ........................5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions. Insurancq......., 5.4.11. 5.8. 5.15 Cash Allowances....................................................11.8 Certificate of Substantial Complctioq ........ 1.38. 6.30.2.3, ..................................................14.8, 14.10 Certificates of inspcctioR..................).13.4. 13.5. 14.12 Certificates of Insuraneq.............2.7, 5.3, 5.4.11. 564.13, ....................... 5.6.5. 5.8. 5.14. 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price -- Cash Allowances...............................................11.9 claim for price adjustment..........., 4.1, 4.2.6. 4.5. 5.15. 6.8.2. 9.4 ...................9.5, 9.11. 10.2. 10.5, 11.2. 13.9, .......................13.13, 13.14, 14.77 15.1, 15.5 CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6 Cost of the Work general ................................................11.4-11.7 Exclusions to...............................................11.5 Cost Records.....................................................11.7 in general.............).19, 1.44, 9.11. 10.4.2. 10.4.3. 11 Lump Sum Pricing..........................................1 1.3.2 Notification of Surety........................................10.3 Scope of....................................................10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection. UncoNcring the Work .................................. 13.9 E1CDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)... w CITY OF FORT COLLINS NIODII9CATIONS (REV 9 99? Unit Price Work ...........................................11.9 .Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work..................................................11.3 Change in Contract Times-- C:laim for times adjustment ........ 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, ............ 6.8.2. 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2. 10.5, 12.1. ...............13.9. 13.13. 13.147 14.7. 15.1, 15.5 Contractual time limits............ I.........................12.2 Delays beyond CONIRACTOR's control ......................................................... 12.3 Delays beyond OWNER's and CON"FRACTOR's control .............................. 12.4 Notification ofsurety........................ ..._... ....... ..10.5 Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4 Change Orders - Acceptance ofD%r/ive Work ..........................13.13 Amending Contract Documents ..........................3.5 Cash Alloleances.............................................. 11.8 Change of Contract Price.....................................I I Change of Contract Timc.S................................... 12 Changes in the Work CONTRA(TOR's tee........................................1 1.6 Cost ofthc Work ................................. 11.4-11.7 Cost Records....................................................11.7 f definition o................................................ ..... .. . .9 emergencies ..................................................... 6.23 ENGINHER's responsibility....... 9.8. 10.4. 11.2. 12.1 execution of. .............................. Indenmificlion........................_ 6. 12. .10.4 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Insurance. Roods and .......................5.10. 5.13. I0.5 OWNER may tcrnlinalc ............................. 15.2-15.4 OWNER's Responsibility............ I...............1j.6. 10.4 Physical Conditions-- Subsurlecc and,......._....................................4.2 Underground Facilities--............................4.3.2 Record Documents .... ......................... ..............6.19 Scope of Change........................................10.3-10.4 Substitutes.............................................6.7.3, 6.8.2 Unit Price Work ............................................... 11.9 value of Work, covered by ................................. 11.3 Changes in the Work 10 Notification of surclY.... .......... �..........................10.5 OW'NER's and CONIRACTOR's responsibilities.............................................10.4 Right to an adjustnunt......................................10.2 Scope of change .................... ........ ............ 10.1-10.4 Claims -- against CONTRACTOR....................................6.16 against ENGINEER.........................................G.32 againstOWNER...............................................h.32 Change of Contract Price ........................... 9.4. 11.2 Change of Cmtracl Times .......................... 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACTOR's.............4, 7.I1 9.4. 9.5, 9.11, 10.2. ...........................1 1.21 1 1.9, 12. L 13.9, 14.8, ............................................15.1, 15.5. 17.3 \I CONTRACTOR'S Fee ...................................... 11.6 Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTOR's liahilih............ 5.4. 6.12. 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work.......................................11.4. 11.5 Decisions on Disputes................................9,1 I. 9.12 Dispute Resolution 16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement ....................16.1-16.6 l'NGINl,+R as initial interprelor .................I......9.11 Lump Sum Pricing ......................................... 11.3.2 Notice of ................................ ........................ s OWNLR'................... 9.4, 9.5, 9.11. ..17.3 10.2, 11.2, l L9 .......................12.1. 13.9. 13.13. 13.14. 17.3 OWNER's liability.......... .................................. 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment.................14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included.....................................................17.5 request for formal decision on ......................._...9.11 Substitute itcros.............................................¢.7.1.2 Time Extension. ..................... ......................... ..12.1 Time requirements ................................. ...9.11. 12.1 Unit Price Work .............. ................... ............11.9.3 Value of Waiver of -on final Pa\9ncnl.................14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directi%e...................................... 10.2 Ivitten notice required„_..................9.1 I. 11.2. 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations ............. 3.6.3. 9.4. 9.11 CleanSite ................................. ...............{�.17 Codcs oflechnical Socicly. Organization or Association .. ................................... 1.3.3 ConuncnccmcnI of Contract l intcs...................._ z Col ankill icalioils-- general .............................................. 6.2. 6.9.2. 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs .....................6.22 Completion -- Final Application for Payment .........................1.4.12 Final Inspectio4..............................................14.1 I Final Payment and Acceptance. ...............14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization ................... ....... .........., _.....14.10 Substantial Completion ......................1.38. 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims ... ................ .............. _........„ 14.15 Computation of-fimcs................................17.2.1-17.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors. Suppliers and Others ... .... ......... ...... .......... .......... I ........ 6.8-6.1 1 Conferences -- initially acceptable schedules. .............................. 2.9 preconstruction ...................... 8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity. Discrepancy-- CONTRACTOR to Report ..........................2.5. 3.3.2 Construction. before starting by CONTRACTOR ......................... ................... 2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery. Equipment. etc, .................. 6.4 Continuing the Work......................................6.29. 1.4 Contract Documents -- Amending ............................... ............................ 3.5 Bonds.............................................................5.1 f1CIX7 CiI:NfiRAI- (.ONUI rlaVs I9I04 f I990 I.DI t ION) wf (T] Y OP FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (RI'\9'99) Cash Allowances ........................ ...................... I 1.8 Article or Paragraph Number Change of Contract Price ................................. Change of Contract Times ................................ Changes in the Work.................................10.4 check and verity ............................................... Clarifications and Interpretations ........................... .2. 3.6. 9.4. definitionof ..................................................... FNGINEER as initial interpreter o(.................. ENGINEER as OW'NER's representatiNc........... general- Insurance........................................................ Intent.............................................. .......... 3• minor variations in the Work ........................... OWNER'S responsibility to furnish data,.,.,,..,,,. OWNFR's responsibility to make prompt payment ......................... R3. 14.4, precedence................................................3.11 Record Documents ........................................... Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies. ................................ RelatedWork .................................................. Reporting and Resole ing Discrepancicg........ 2. Reuseof ......................................................... Supplen)enl i ng............................................... Termination of L'NOIN ER's limployment....... Unit Price Work ............................................. cadations...........................................3.6, 6.23 Visits to Site. I'MilNl?fiR's............................. Contract Price -- adjustment (if.................3.5. 4.1, 9.4, 10.3. 11. Changeof ...................................................... Decision on Disputes ...................................... definitionof ................................................... Contract "fimcs-- adjustment of ...........................3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10 Changeof.................................................12. Commencement of ......................................... definition of ................................................... CONTRACTOR - Acceptance of Insurance ................................. Communications.......................................6.2 Continue Work ........................................ i.2' coordination and scheduling definition of .................................................. Limited Reliance on Technical Data Awhorired....................................... May Stop Work or Terminate ......................... provide site access to others ........................ 7. Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2. 6.16 II 12 10.5 2.5 ...5.3 1-3.4 3.6 8.3 14.13 3.3.3 ,0.19 3.3 3.2 5, 3.3 .. 3.7 ......6 8.2 6.27 9.2 .3, 12 1-12.4 2.3 ...1.12 ) 5.14 ,6.9.2 , 10.4 ..0..9.2 ...1.13 4.2.2 ...1.5.5 2, 13.2 ,6.19. ..................................... 6.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Rcvicw Prior to Submittal ........................................ ¢.25 Stop Work requirements..................................4.5.2 CONTRACTOR'sO Article or Paragraph Number Compensation............................................1 1.1-1 1.2 Continuing Obligation ..................................... 14.15 De/eciire Work ............................... 9.61 13.10-13.14 Duty to correctt/e%rrive Work ..........................13.11 Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency............................................6.23 Defects in Work of Others..............................7.3 Differing conditions...................................4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents ........ 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated.......... 4.3.2 Emergencies.....................................................0.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental. Cost of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3 Fee -Cost Plus...........................11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarameq .......................(00 Hazard Communication Programs ......................(1.22 Indemnification ..........................(02, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection ol'thc Work...............................7.3, 13.4 Labor. Materials and Equipment ....................0.3-6.5 Lims and Regulations. Compliance by............6.14.1 Liability Insurance..............................................5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal ..........................9.10, 10.4 obligation to perform and complete theWork....................................................0.30 Patent Fees and Rovaltics, paid for by................(i. 12 Performance and Other Bonds.............................:5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................1.13 Progress. Schedule ...........................2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, ........................................6.29. 10.4, 15.2.1 Request far formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11 Responsibilities -- Changes in the Work ................................... M.1 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others......................................6.8-6.11 Continuing the Work ..........................0.29, 10.4 CONTRACTOR's expense ..........................6.7.1 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee.......................................6.30 CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal ................. 6.25 Coordination of Work ................................6.9.2 Emergencies ............................................... ¢.23 FNGINFER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items.............................6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others ............................. 0.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible amounts. insurance...................5.9 general........................................0, 7.2, 7.3. 8.9 1larardous Communication Programs.,,.,,.,,, 6.22 Indemnification ................................... 6.31-6.33 UCDC GLNER.AL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 I;1)I'1'ION" a' CITY OI' FORT COLLINS xlODI1tICATIONS (REV 9.99) Labor, Materials and Equipment..............6.3-6.5 Lacs and Regulations..................................6.14 Liabilih Insurance........................................5.4 Article or Paragraph Number Notice ol',arimion from Contract DOctltllents........................................... 6.2/ Patent I-ces and Royalties 6.12 Permits...................................................... 6.13 Progress Schedule 6.( Record Documents„ .............. ................. ..... 6.19 related Work performed prior to f?V(ilVliliR's approval of'required submittals.............................................6.28 safe structural loading................................. 6.18 Safety and Protect ion ..,_......_._....6.20, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Represenlatice .................. .............................. 6.21 Scheduling the Work 6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples ........................ 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Recie" byl-Mi1NFER ............................... ......6.26 Site Cleanliness ......................... ...........6.17 ...... Subnlimal Procedures.. ............................... _6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures.....................................6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or-Fqunl" Items................6.7.1 Superintendence ............................................. 6.2 Superyision..................._..............................6. 1 SurcicalofObligation, ............................... .6.34 Taxes..........................................................6.15 Tests and Inspections ................................... 13.5 To Report ...................................................... 2.5 Use of Premises ............... ....... 6.16-6.1 & 6.30.2.4 Rcciew Prior to Shop Draciug or San,Ple Submittal........................................6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2 right to claim........... 4, 7.I, 9.47 9.5, 9.11. 10.2,1 1.2. ...........11.9. 12.11 13.9. 14.8. 15.1. 15.5. 17.3 Safety and Prtaectioq.................6.z0-6.22. 7.2, 13.2 Satety Represcntame ........................................ 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals ..... 6.24-6.28 Special Consultants........................................11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedure;_6.7 Substitutes anti "Or -Equal" Items. I:xPcllse.......................................... 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Othery.......... 6.8-6.11 Super,ision and So pert nten(fence .......... 6A. 6.2. 6.21 Taxes, Pavnlent by ................................... .......... 6 I " Use of Premises ........................................ 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees..._....................hS, 6.30 Warranty of Title...... ...................................... -14.3 Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........ 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ....................... .4,.2.3 Substantial completion................................14.8 liij CONTRACTORS --other 7 ............................... Contractual Liability Insurance..............................5.4.10 Contractual Time Limits 12.2 Article or Paragraph Number Coordination - CON I'RACTOR's responsibility ........................G.9.2 Copies of Docun,ents............................................... 2.2 Correction Period..................................................13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of D(ff ective Work-- in general., ................. . ... ..... 10.4.1. 13.10-13.14 Acceptance ofDe/refire Work..........................1.3.13 Correction or Renxwal of De retire Work. .............................. ..6.30, 13.1 1 Correction Period............................................13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work,,.,_.,...._.13.14 OWN I:R May Stop Work.................................13.10 Cosl-- oFfests and Inspections ..................................... 13.4 Records 1 1.7 Cost ol'the Work-- 13onds and insurance. additional ...................11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ....................I ........................... 1.4.2 CONTR.\('TOR's Fee - ........ ............................ 11.6 Fnlployce bxponsc............... ....... ............ ..... 11.4.5.1 Exclusions to ... ................................................... 11.5 General11.4-11.5 Ilonlc oftiec an(] ocenccad expenacy....................1 I.5 Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment ................................. 11.4.2 \iinor expenses ...................... ...................... 11.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes..................................11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors ............................ 1.1.4.3 Records 1 1.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery.......................................11.4.5.3 Royally pay,nents, permits and license fees ............................................ 11.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities ................11.4.5.2 Special Consultants. CONTRAC'fOR'S......_....11.4.4 Supplemental ............................... .... .. ............ 1 1.4.5 Taxes related to the Work................._.....,_..1.1.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection..........................................13.4 Trade Discounts.............................................11.4.2 Utilities. fuel and sanitary Iacilities.............. I1.45.7 Work after regular hours.................................11.4.1 Cmering Work .......... .... .................................13.6-13.7 Cumulati,c Remedies......_..............................17.4-17.5 Cutting. litting and patching .................................... 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER............................... 8,3. Day --definition of.................................................17.2.2 Decisions on DisPmcs...................... ........... :.. 9.11, 9.12 defirrire--definition ol................................... ...... ...J.14 defective Work -- Acceptance of.......................................10.4.1, 13.13 Ii1CIX6L:NERAL ('ONDITION'S 1910-8 (19901'DI IION) u' CITY OF FORT COLLINS NIODIFICA HONS (REV 9 99) Correction or Removal of. ..................... jO.4.1. 13.11 Correction Period............................................13.12 in general.........................................13, 14.7. 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Obscnnuion by ENGINEER................................9.2 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects„.................................13.1 Rejecting.......................................................... 9.6 Uncovering the Work ....................................... 13.9 Deftnilions................................................................ I Delays.....................................4.1.6.29, 12.3-12.4 Ucli\cry of Bolds.....................................................2.1 Delivery of certificates of insurance. ......................... _�.7 Determinations for Unit Prices .. ............................ 9.10 Dinbring Subsurface or Physical Conditions— Notice Notice of........................................................4.2.3 ENGINEER's Revicw......................................4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change..............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments.............4.2.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving ................................2.5. 3.3.2. 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution -- Agreement ................................................ ) 6.1-16.6 Arbitration ................................................ 16.1-16.5 general 16 Mediation........................................................1,6.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement .........................I'6.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINF..ER................... .1 19.12 Documents -- Copiesof ...........................................................�.2 Record 6.19 Reuseof.............................................................3.7 Drawings --definition of...........................................1.15 Easements.............................................................4.1 Effective (talc of Agreement -- definition q(..............1.16 Emergencies ............................................ .............. (1.23 ENGINEER -- as initial interpreter on disputes ................9.1 19.12 definitionof: ..................................................... t. 17 Limitations on atnhorily and responsibilitic+ ..... 9.13 Replacement of..................................................8.1 Resident Project Rcpresentatkc ...........................J.3 ENGINEEM's Consultant -- definition o1...................1.18 I?NGINEER's-- authority and responsibility, limitations oil ........ 9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work .....................9.5 Change Orders. responsibility I'or........ 9.7, 10. 11, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations ...............3.6.3. 9.4 Decisions on Dispute................................9.11 9.12 defective Work. notice of..................................13.1 Evaluation ol'Substilute Items..........................51.7.3 Liability...................................................(02, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable...............................14.13 Observations ........................................... 6.30.2. 9.2 OWNER's Representative....................................9.1 Payments to the CONTRACTOR. Responsibility for.....................................9.9. 14 Recommendation of Paynlcnl ....................14.4, 14.13 lrlicic or Paragraph Number Responsibilities --Limitations on.................9.1 19.13 Review of Reports on Difliring Subsurface and Physical Conditions..............................4.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, rc%icw responsibi lit) .............................................. 6.26 Status During (Construction -- authorized variations in the Wot$..................9.5 Clarifications and Interpretationh..................9.4 Decisions on Disputes. .........................9.1 19.12 Determinations on Unit Price .......................9.10 ENGINEER as Initial lnterpretet.......... .11 9.12 ENGINFER's Responsibilities ................9.1 9.12 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities..............................9.13 OWNER's Representative..............................9.1 Project Represenlalive...................................9.3 Rejecting Defective Work..............................9.6 Shop Drawings. Change Orders and Payments....................................9.7-9.9 Visits to Site .................................................9.2 Unit Price determinations..................................9. to visits to Site ....................................................... `.).2 Written consent required..............................7.2, 9.1 Equipment. Labor. Materials and.........................(.).3_6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work ...................11.4.5.3 Equisalcnt Materials and I'iquipmen)........................ O.7 error or omissions ..... ....................... .............. ........¢.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangement :.......................$.I I Fxplorations of physical conditions ....................... 4.2.1 Pee, CONTRACTOWs--Costs Plus ........................... 11.6 Field Order -- definition of ................... .............................1.19 ...... issued by ENGINEER................................3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Payment.,.,,,.., *...................14.12 Final Inspection.................................................... 14.11 Final Payment -- and Acceptance......................................14.13-14.14 Prior to. for cash allo(hnces...............................11.8 General Provisions..........................................17.3-17.4 General Requirements -- definition of......................................................1.20 principal references tq..............2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7. 6.24 (living Notice.........................................................17.1 Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR.........6.30. 14.12 f lazard Communication Programs .......................... 6.22 Ilazardous Waste -- definition of.....................................................1.21 general.............................................................4.5 OWNER's responsibility for...............................8.10 i, I D OENLR.ALCONDI I IONS 1910.8(1990EDITION),... m' ('1'rY OF FOR1 COLLINS LINS MODIFICAl IONS (RF.V 9199) ..i Indcninification ..........................6..121 6.16. 6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules ...................................2.9 Inspection -- Certificates of ... .... . .... .......... 9.13.4. 13.5. 14.12 Final.................... ........... . .... . . .. . . ...... 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Special, required byl-NOINFER ..... . . ........... 9.6 'rests and ApproNal ............................. ... 9.7. 1.1.3-13.4 Insurance -- Acceptance (if. by OM NER I ................................ 5.14 Additional, required by changes in the V ork ............................................1 .. ..... . ...................... ... 11.4.5.9 Before starting (lie Work ............................... 2.7 Bonds and -in general ...... . ...... .. ..... ..... 5 Cancellation Pimisions ................................. ..... 5.8 Certificates of................... . 17, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11. 5.4.13, ......................... 5.6.5. 5.8. 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations ......................................5.4.13 .. .. ...... . ... ............. . 5.4.13 CONTRACFOffs Lulhilfl% - ............ ................... 5.4 CON-1 RACI OR'S objection to cmerage ............... i. 14 Contractual Liability .* * ............................. 5.4,10 deductible amounts. ( ONTRAc rows rcsponsibilit\ ................................................5.9 .. * . ... . . ... ... ..... ................ 5.9 Final Application lot Pa\tnent ..........................14.12 Licensed Insurers ' ... . ................................ 5.3 Notice requirements. material changes ........ 5.8. 10.5 ()Pit()" to Replace ............................................ 5.14 other special insurances.. ................................... 5.10 O%N NJ, IZ as fiduciary for insureds ............... 5.12-5.13 OWNER'S Liabilit\ . .......... I ................................. P-7) O%N NI'It's Responsibilij\ 8.5 Partial Utilization. Property Insurance ....... ....... 5.15 Propertl................ .... . .... ... ................. 5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .............................................. .... .... ... ........ * ..................... 5.12-5.13 Special Insurance j.lo WaiNer of Rights ............................................... 5.11 Intent of Contract Documents 3.1--3.4 Interpreurtion, an(] Chtrificatiou� ...................... 3.0.3, 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions ........... .............. 4.2 Labor. Materials and Equipment 63-6.5 Lands - an([ Easements ...................................................8.4 Availability of .............................................4.1. 8.4 Reports and rests ......................... ........... .......... 8.4 Lams and Regulations-La"s or Regulations - Bonds 9-1-5.2 Changes in the AATnk ...................... .......... 10.4 Contract Documents . . .. ............................... 3.1 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities .....................0.14 Correction Period.detectitt, Work .................... 13.12 Cos( of the kN ork, taxes .............................. 11.4.5.4 definition ol' . ...... . .. ......... ........................ 1.22 gencra16.14 Indemnification ....................... ........... ..... 6.31-6.33 x Insurance 5. 3 Precedence................................................3.1. .........*................................3.1. 3.3.3 Reference to ....................................................3.3.1 Safety and Protection ................................6.20, . .. .... . .................. 6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors. Suppliers and Others .... 6.8-6.11 .Article or Paiagraph Number "rests and Inspections .................... ........... . 13.5 Use of Premises (1.16 Visits to Site ........................................... ........... 9.2 Liability Insurance- CONTRAC I OR'S ................................................5.4 OWNER'S ...........................................................5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurers .................................. 5.3 [.tells -- Application for Progress Pmnicnt .......................14.2 CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of"i tole ....................14.3 Final Application for Payment .......................... 1.4.12 definition of .......... ....... ... ........ . .. .. ...... . .. t.23 Waiver of Claims ............................................ J4. 1 Limitations on ENGINFER's authori(\ and responsibilities .. ......... . .. . ...................... 9.13 Limited Reliance by CON,riL.Aui m Authorized "......... ' .... . ... ... ... 4.2. 2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals - Final Application For Pa%ment .... 14.12 . Manuals (of olliers)-- Precedence .......... . . .. . ... . ......................... 3.3.3.1 Reference to in Contract DOctinients .................. 3.3.1 Materials and equipment- I'Lunished b\ CONTRA(' YOR I .................................3 not incorporated in Work ...................................14.2 Materials or equipment-equi\aIctit ...........................6.7 Mediation (Optional) ...................................... ...... 16.7 Milestones --definition of ................................ 1.24 Miscellaneous - Computation of Times .... . .......................... 17.2 Cumulative Remedies ......................................... 17.4 Giving Notice .................................................... 17.1 Notice of Claim .................................................17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included ......... 17.5 Multi -prime contracts ....... 7 Not Shown or Indicated .........................................4.3.2 4.3.2 Notice of - Acceptability of Pro.jec( ..................................... 14.13 Award. definition of .......................................... 1.25 Claim . ... .... ... . ... .. ...... J.7.3 Defects,13.1 Differing Subsurface or PhNsical Conditions ........ 4.2.3 Giving......................... . ........ .. ..... ........ j.7.1 Tests and Inspections . ..... ....... ... * .. ...... . .. . 13.3 Variation- Shop Dra%\ing and Sainfik ................. (,.27 Notice to Proceed -- definition of' .... . ....... . . .. * ......................... J.26 giving of'.... . ...... ................................................. 2.3 E.)MC GENERAL C ONDI I IONS 1910-80990 FD1 I ]ON) ,%CI I Y OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICA I IONS(REV999) Notification to Surety..............................................10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER ...........................G00, 9.2 Occupancy ofthe Work...................5.15, 6.30.2.4. 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR ................6.9, 9.13 Open Peril policy form, insuranc4 ..........................5..6.2 Option to Replace...................................................5.14 Article or Paragraph Number „Or Equal" Items......................................................G.7 Other \cork 7 Overtime \\'ork--prohibition of .................................. 6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance ofdef&-tive Work .......................... 1,3.13 appoint an ENOINFER.......................................8.2 as fiduciary...............................................5.12-5.13 AtailabihlyofLanck, responsibility ....................4.1 definition of .....................................................1..27 data, furnish......................................................f 3 May Correct U<Jec•tire Work...........................1,3.14 May refuse to make payment.............................1:4.7 May Stop theWork.........................................13.10 May Suspend Work, Terminate ............................5.8. 13,10. 15.1-15.4 Payment. make prompt ..................... H 3, 14.4. 14.13 performanuu ofother tMork.................................. 7.1 permits and licenses, requirements ...................h.13 purchased insurance requirements. ..............5.6-5.11) OWNER'S -- Acceptance of theWork .............................. 6.30.2.5 Change Orders. obligation to. execute „..,,,,,,8.6. 10.4 Communications................................................ 8.1 Coordination of the\\ork................................... 7.4 Disputes, request for decision ............................ 9.-11 Inspections, tests and approvals..................8.7, 13.4 Liability insurance..............................................5.5 Notice of Defects..............................................13.1 Representative --During Construction, FNGINEER's Status......................................9.1 Responsibilities— Asbestos. PCBs. Petroleum, I lazardous Waste or Radioactive Material................$.10 Change Orders..............................................8.6 Changes in the Work ...................................10.1 communications ............................................8.1 CONTRA(TOR's responsibilitic ........ . ........ *,.8.9 evidence of financial arrangcments...............8.1 I inspections, tests and approvals .......... .......... $3 insurance. .....................................................1f. 5 lands and easements......................................8.4 prompt payment by......................................4.8.3 replacement of LNGINF.F.R... 4................... I ... R.2 reports and tests ........................ 4...................8.4 stop or suspend Work..................8.8, 13.10, 15.1 terminate CONITRACTOR's scr% ices ............4.............................R.B, 15.2 Separate representative at site .... 4... 4..................4. 9.3 testing. independent.........................................13.4 use or occupancy of the Work ......................... 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 %Vritlen consent or approtal required.........................................9.1, 6.3, 11.4 xi N.JCIX: OLNERAL CONDH 10\S 1910-8 (1990 EDITIONL �c CITY 017 FORT COLLINS N70DIPICA I IONS (REV 9.99 Article or Paragraph Number written notice required .........................7.1. 9.4. 9.I 1. ....................................11.2. 11.9. 14.7, 15.4 PCBs-- dclinition of......................................................1.29 general..............................................................4.5 OWNFR's responsibilitn' Ibr ................................ 8,10 Partial Utilization -- definition of......................................................1.28 gcn cra 16.30.2.4. 14.10 I Property Insurance ..... ........... ........................... ?.15 Patent Fees and Royalties ....................................... 6.12 Payment Bonds .......................... ......... I ................ .5.1-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of...............14.4-14.7. 14.13 Payments to CONTRAC I Olt and Completion -- .Application fix PiogressPaylocals ......................14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Titic...................14.3 Fined Application fix PaytncnC....... ................... 14.12 Final Inspection, ............................................. 14.11 Final Payment andAcceptance.....,_...._..14.13-14.14 general...._.._..............................................K.3, 14 Partial Utilization ................................. ...........14.10 Rc u a i n a ge..........................................................14.2 Revic,s of Applications lbr Prouess Pavinents 14.4-14.7 prompt payment... ................................................. 8.3 Schedule of Values 14.1 Substantial Completion .......... ........... ......... 14.8-14.9 Wai,erofClaims 14. 15 when Payments doe ................................. I4.4, 14.13 withholding payment.........................................14.7 Perfio n ance Bonds............................................5.1-5.2 Permits............................................................(1.13 Petroleum -- definition of......................................................1.30 general..............................................................4.5 OW'NER's responsibility for ............................... .8.10 Physical Conditions -- Drawings of; in or relating IO_......................4.2.1.2 ENGINEER'S rcyie,y................................... ...... existing structures............................................4.2.2 gcn cra 14.2.1.2........................................... Notice of Differing SubsurEice or......................4.2.3 Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustmentg..............4.2.6 Reports and Draw-ings...................................... 4.2.1 Subsurface and. Subsurface Conditions...................................4.2.1.1 Technical Data. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ..........................z.2 4 Underground Facilities -- general .................. .4.3 Not Shown or Indiuted..............................4.3.2 Protection of ............... ......................... 4.3. 6.20 xii Article or Paragraph Number Shomi or Indicated................................................4.3.1 Technical Data. .... .......................................... 4.2.2 Preconstruction Conference- ...... I ................ 2.9 Preliminary Matters.....................................................2 Preliminary Schedules .............................................. 2.6 Premises, Use of ............................................. 6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract ........................................... I I Price. Contract --definition of Progress Payment, Applications Ibi..........................14.2 Progress Payment--rclainagc................................... 14.2 Progress schedule. CONTRACTOR's....... I .... 1.61 2.8, 2.9. ................................. 6.6. 6.29. 10.4. 15.2. l Project --definition n(...... ................_......._.........1.31 Project RepresentatiNc - ENGINEER's Status DuriugConstruction............ 9.3 Project Representatitr. Resident --definition of ......... 1.33 prompt payment by OWNER ...................................... 8.3 Property Insurance -- Additional ......................................................... 5.7 Lencral5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization................................5.15, 14.10.2 receipt and application ulprocceds............. 5.12-5.13 Protection. Safctv and ..............................(t.2(1-6.21. 13.2 Punch list ..........................................................14.11 Radioactive Material-- defintion of gencra14.5 OWNFR'.s responsibility lire ................................ 8.10 Reconuncridalion of Pa_vmcnt................. 14.4. 14.5. 14.13 Record Documents ..........6.19. ............................... 14.12 Records. procedures Ibr main(ainiug..........................2.8 Reference Points ............................... Rcli rencc to Standards and Specifications ufl'echnical Societies.........................................3.3 Regulations, Laws and(or)......................................6.14 Rejecting De /i,c•tive Work..........................................9.6 Related Work -- atSite........................................................7.1-7.3 Pcrlbnned prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submillals review.....................6.28 Remedies, cumulativc......................................17.4. 17.5 Remoxal or Correction ufl)(Jecuve Work................13.11 rental agreements, OWNIiIt approval required ..... 11.4.5.3 replacement ofENGINFFR, by OWNFR....................8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................. 2.5. 3.3.2. 6.14.2 Reports -- and Dramngs.................................................4.11 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility ........................ 8.4 Resident and Project Representati,e-- defnitiono1..................................................... 1.33 pro, ision fbr............................................................ 9.3 IiJ(:D(: EIiN-0iRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 1 iDI I ]ON) �� Cr] Y OF FORT COLLINS MOMIT A I IONS (Itl:y 9 99) Article or Paragraph Number Resident Superintendent, CONTRAC'rOR's ...............6.2 Responsibilities— CONIRACTOR's-in general .................................. ENGINEER's-in general ........................................9 Limitations or.............................................9.13 OWNER'S -in general ............................................. 8 Retainage............................................................ j.4.2 Reuse of Documents ................................................... 3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drag ings and Samples Prior to Submittal ........................... 0.25 Review ol'Applications for Progress Payincras ..... * ...... ............ * ..... 14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment ............................................10.2 RightsofWay ........................................................... .1 Royalties, Patent Fees an.......................................6.12 Safe Structural Loading .................................6........0.19 Safety— and Protection ................................4.3.2, 6.16. 6.18. 6.20-6.2 1 , 7.2. 13.2 genera.................................................... 6.20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTOR's ......................6.21 Samples -- definition of .... .......... ... * .. ...... 1.34 general ........ ....... ..................... * ....... 0.24-6.28 Revive, by CONTRACTOR ...............................6.25 Review by ENGINEER .............................. ().26, 6.27 related Work ....................................................6.28 submittal of ....................................................().24.2 submittal procedures * .................. '*"** ..... * ......... ().25 Schedule ofprogrcss ..... 6 .......................2.0. 2.8-2.9, 6.6, .. .. . . -Drak%,in . Schedule of"Shop g and Sample Submittals ..............................2.6, 2.9-2.97 6.24-6.28 Schedule ol* alucs. ....... 6 ......................2.6. 2.8-2.91 14.1 Schedules -- Adherence to ..................................................15.2.1 Adjusting ...........** .......... * .......... .................... 6 .6 Change of Contract Timc.5 ................................. 10.4 Initialh Acceptable ....................................... 2X 2.9 Preliminary ......................................6.................2.6 Scope of Changes .... [0.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions ........................................4.2.1.1 Shop Drawings— and Samples, general ................................. 6.24-6.29 Change Orders Applications for Payments, and, ............................. 6 ......... .9.7-9.9 definition of.......................................................1.35 ENGINFER's approval of ........................ ENGINEER'S responsibility for review.....................................9.7. 9.7. 6.24-6.28 related Work ...............................6.....................6.28 review procedures......... 6 ......................2.8. 6.24-6628 Article or Paragraph Number submittal re aired ................. .............................. 6.24.1 Submittal Procedures .............................. .......... 6.25 use to approve substitutions ............................... jb. 7.3 Shown or Indicated ............... ............ .................. 4.3.1 Site Access ......................................................7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness ............ ................................ ......... 6.17 Site. isits to -- by ENGINEER ........................................... 9.21 13.2 byothers ..........................................................13.2 special causes oHoss policy 1(n-111, insurance ......................................................... 5.6.2 definition of ................................................I....1.36 Specifications— defination of.....................................................1.36 of Technical Societies, reference tQ ...................3.3.1 precedence ......................................................3.3.3 Standards and Specifications ofTcchnical Socicticj ........................................3.3 Starting Construction, cfixrc� ............. ................ 2.5-2.8 Starting the Work ...................................................... 2A Stop or Suspend Work -- by COIN FRACI OR ...........................................15.5 by OWNFR .....................................8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of matcrials and e uipincti! ..................... 4.1.7.2 Structural Loading. SaMy ........................................ 6.18 Subcontractor -- Concerning ................................................ f).8-6.11 definition of ...................................................... 1.37 delays............................................................. 12.3 wai%er ol'riLlits ................................................ f). I I Subcontractors --in general ................................. 6.8-6.11 Subcontracts--rc aired provisions.....,,,, 5.11. 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals -- Applications for,Payment................................. 14.2 aintenance and operation anuals ............... 14.12 Procedures .......................................................0.25 Progress Schedules ....................................... 2.6,2.9 Samples .................................................... 6.24-6.28 Schedule of al(tCS .....................................2.67 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions ......................................2.6. 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ......................................... 6.24-6.29 Substantial Compiction— certification of ............................0.30.2.3. 14.8-14.9 definition of' 1.38 Substitute Construction cthods or Procedures....... 6.7.2 Substitutes and Or E uat items ...............................6.7 CONTRACTOR's E penstz ............................6.7.1.3 ENGINE.ER's Evaluation.................................0.7.3 Or-E nal ............................................. ..... f). 7. 1.1 Substitute Construction cthods xhi FJ(:IX*(-iEN[:RAL(:ONI)1110N'S 1910-80990EDITION" w ('.I tY OF FOR"f COLLINS NIODIFICAHOM (REV 9991 Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures ............................... ..............6.7.2 Substitute Items ................._.......................... 6.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions-_ DraRimgs of, in or relatug to ........................4.2.1.2 LNGINFLR's Rc%ieN%.................. .................. 4.2.4 gencra I..............................................................4.2 L.imiled Reliance by CONTRA(TTOR Authorized...............................................4.2.2 Notice of Diffcring Subsurlhcc or Physical Conditions ................................. ........4.2.3 Physical Conditions......................................4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents ('hau&C...............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments...............4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ..................................... 4.2.1 Subsurface and....................................................4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4.2.1.1 Technical Data ........................... ..................... .4.2.2 Supern'ision-- CONIRACTOR'sresponsibility ........ '.......... .... . O%N NER shall not supervise.......... I......................R9 17NGINI.LR shall not supcnisq................9.L 9.13.2 Superintendence ........................... 6.2 Superintendent, CON I RACTOR's resident ............. .6.2 Supplemental costs .............................................. 11.4.5 Supplementar3 Conditions-- definition of......................................................1.39 principal references to.................I.10. I.18, 2.2. 2.7. ....................... 4.2. 4.3. 5.1. 5.3. 5.4. 5.6-5.9. .................5.1 1, 6.8. 6.13. 7.4. 8.11. 9.3. 9.10 Suppltmeming Contract Documents .............................6 3 Supplier -- definition of......................................................JAI) principal references t(I ........... 3.7, 6.51 6.8-6.11, 6.20, ..........................................6.24, 9.13, 14.12 Waiver of Rights .........................................6.11 Surety -- consent to final pa)nent........................ 14.12. 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to . ............................... 9.13 Notification o1:..................................10.1. 10.5, 15.2 qualification tat.............................................1.1-5.3 Survival of Obligations ........ ...... ................•............6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER Mai .......................13.10. 15.1 Suspension of Work and I ernimation-:,,,........•,.........I S CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ................15.5 ............................... OWNISK May Suspend W'ork.............................15.1 OWTFR May l enninate... .......................... 15.2-15.4 Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR 6.15 Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR.•...............4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjuslnaents..............4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ................................. ___4.2.3 Temporary construction facilities ........... ,................... .1 Article or Paragraph Number Termination -- by CONTRACTOR by OWNER ........................................ 8.g. 15.1-15.4 of ENGINEF.R's employment.: ............................ 8.2 Suspension of Work-in general .............................15 Terms and Adjectives......... ....._.........3.4 ..................... Tests and Inspections -- Access to the Work, by others............................13.2 CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities .......................13.5 cost of 13.4 covering Work prior tq..............................13.0-13.7 Laws and Regulations(or) .... ........................... 13.5 Notice of Defects . .......... ...................................13.1 . OWN 1;R May Stop Work .......................... .......13.10 OW'NER's independent testing ......................... 13.4 special, required by ENGINEER .......................... 9.6 timely notice required.......................................13.4 Uncovering the Work, at L'NGINLLR's request .......... ....................................... 13.8-13.9 Times- -Adjusting ............................. ............................... 6.6 Change ofContract Computation of ....... ..................................... 17.2 Contract Tines --definition o1 1.12 (leay..........................................................17.2.2 Milestones ................................. 12 Requirements-- appeals ..................... ........... ..............._ 9.1(), 16 clarifications- claims and disputes...................9.11. 11.2, 12 Commencement of Contract Times ................ 2.3 Prcconstruction Cuulcrence. ........................... 2.8 schedules.........................................2.6. 2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work..........................................2.4 Dille, Warranty o1.....................................................14.3 Uncovering Work ............................................. 13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities. Physical Conditions -- definition of1.41 Not Shown a Indicated...................................4.3.2 protection of..............................................4.3. 6.20 Shown or Indicated..........................................4.3.1 Unit Price Work-- claims.........................................................1.1.9.3 definition of . ................................................. 1.42 general 11.9. 14.1. 14. 5 Unit Prices-- general11.3.1 Determination for.............................................9.10 Use of Premises 6.16. 6.18. 6.30.2.4 Utilityoftners ............................ ).13.6.20.7.1-7.3. 13.2 Utilization, Partial ................... 1.28. 5.15. 6.30.2.47 14.10 Value of the Work ............................. „.1 L3 .................... Values. Schedule of..............................2.6. 2.8-2.9. 14.1 xav EJCIIX' GENhRAI. C'ONDI"IIONS 1910-M (199(i hbl I1o.N) �� ('ITV OF FOR"r COI LINS MODIFICAIIONS (RLV 9 99) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-4 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC -A GC -Al - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-2 SPECIFICATIONS Variations in Work--Minor Authorized ........................................ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Sitc--by ENGINFER....................................9.2 W'ai%erofClaims--on Final Paytnen(......................14.15 Waiver of Riehts by insured partieg..................5.11. 6.1 l Warrant) and Guarantee, General --by CONTRACTOR ............................................... 6.30 Warranty olTitle. CON FRACTOR'S........................14.3 Work-- .Ncccss to...................................................I......1.3.2 byothers............................................................... 7 Changes in the ............................................ ......... w ('ontinuing the..................................................¢.29 CON TRACTOR May Stop Work orTcrminatc...............................................15.5 Coordination ol' ..................................................7.4 Cost of the ................................................. 11.4-11.5 definition oC......................................................1.43 neglected by CON-rRAC'TOR............................13.14 otherWork............................................................ OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work...................13.10. 15.1 Related, 1\ork at Site.....................................7.1-7.3 Starting the........................................................2.4 Stopping by CON'rRACI OR.............................1.5.5 Stopping by OWNER .............. ................... 15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor ........... 3.0 Work Change Oirectivc-- claims pursuant to .............................................10.2 definition of......................................................1.-44 principal references to......................3.5.3. 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment -- definition ol.......................................................1,.45 principal references to..............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15,12. ........................ ).6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1. 10.4. 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2. 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations...................................3.6.3, 9.4. 9.11 Written Notice Required -- by CONTRACTOR............................7.1, 9.10--9.1 I. ........................................... 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 by OWNER .................... `).10-9.1 1. 10.4, 11.2. 13.14 f.JCDC 6ENIJLV. C'ONDI I IONS 1910-8(1'" !ON),.., u ('I"I Y OI- FORTCOLLINS AIODIHCAI]O?• ):99), r (This page lef( blank intentionally) •" IUCPC GENLRAL CONDI I IONS 1-910-8 (1990 CDIIION) ��. CITY OF PORT COLLINS MOOIPIC'AIIONS (REV 9 99) GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE t—DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plurallhereof:. I.I. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change talc Bidding Requirements or (hc Contract Documents. 1.2. Agreement --The written contract bet"Len OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed: other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application for Payment --The fomt accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4. Asbevtos—Any material than contains more than one percent asbestos and is fiioblc or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action Icsels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Ilealth Administration. 1.5. 8id-1 he ollbr of pmposatl of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting lbrth the prices fine the Work to be perfbrmed. 1.6. Bidding Documents —'The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid film, ;Intlthe proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Ridding Requirements —The advertisement or invitation to Bit], instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. I.R. Bonds—P(rfonnance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order --A document recommended by ENGINIFER, Which is shnied by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Doeunrentr--The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents). CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the ]lid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementan Conditions. the Specifications and the Drawings as the r.JC'DC 61 NERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (19W I Aftion) w ('I I Y OF FOR I ( YII.I.INS MODIFIC.KI IONS (REV 42000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Wrilten Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER'., written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs3.5. 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract I'twe—The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR Ibr completion of the Work in accordance )pith the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Comracr Tinter —The numbers of daps or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achie\c Substantial Completion. and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready Ibr final payment as evidenced by IFNGINELR's ))ritten recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13. CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. def•etire--An adjective which when modifying the word Rork refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, laully or deficient in that it does not confoml to the Contract Documents. or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Dne1111ICIA5, or has been damaged prior to ENGINF'ER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility liar the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.9 or 14.10). 1.15. Drawings --The drallings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have Ixnen prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop dnmings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16. FIJerlire Dale of the Agreement —The elate indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective. but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the hvo parties to sign and deliver. 1.17. L'NGLNFR—The person, finn or corporation named as such in the Agreement. 1.18. L`NGL%'F.FR's Consultunt—A person, firm or corporation hating a contract with ENGTNFER to furnish scnices as ENGINEER's independent profbssional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Mehl Order --A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance a ith paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 1,20. General Requirements�Scctions of Division 1 of the Specification%. 1.21. Hazardous Ifaste—The term Hazardous Waste shidl have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22a. Laos and Regulations; Laws or Regulations —Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances. codes and orders of any, and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.22.b. Leta/ Holidays--shall be those holidays observed by the City of Fort Collins. 1.23. Liens —Liens. charges. security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. A'otic•e q/'1itvard—A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated thcrcin, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Votice to Proceed --A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will conmrmcc to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OWNER -The public body or authority. corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and fir whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Clilizatimt—Usc by OWNER of it substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petraleuni—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastcs and crude oils. 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may he the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32.a. Radioactive .Material Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of IJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (19901Whi<m) W CITY OI' FORT COLI.INS \10DI1'ICA PIONS (R61' 4 2000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et scq.) as amended from time to time. 1.32 b. Regular IVorkine Hours•—ReLula' working Ittwrs are defined as 700am to 6700nm unless othemise s ecified in the Gencral Requirements. 1.33. Resident Project Representative The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples —physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that arc representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be Judged. 1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of wTitten technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Sitheowractor—An individual, tine or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or wide any other Subcontractor fir the perlbrntance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a specified part (hereof) has progressed to the point where. in the opinion of P.NGIN1.ER as etidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents. so that the Work ((it swcified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued. when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S wTittett recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The tens "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier —A intututiaclurer, Fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to famish materials or equipment to the incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks. tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any crheascments containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal. traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Mork —Work to he paid for un the basis of unit prices. 1.43. [York —The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction. and perli nning or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. {York Change I)ireclirc--.� written olirecliee IO CONTRACTOR. issued on or after file fficctive Dale of the Agreement and signed by OWNI'R and recommended by L'NGINP.ER, ordering an addition. deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by it Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its eflcct, if any, on file Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Wrinen Amendment - A written amendment of the Contract Documents. signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Efli:ctiye Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonenginecrine or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contracl Documents. ARTICLE. 2—PRELIMINARY M ATTEMS Deliveq! of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Af-Tecntcnts to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such floods as CONTRACTOR may be required to fumish in accordance with paragraph 5.1, Copies of Documents: 2.2. OWNER shall tarnish to CONTRACTOR up to Icn copies (unless othcrw�ise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasOnabh� necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will he furnished. upon request, at the cost of repnRfuetion. Cancreencentent of Contract Tintev, Aa ice to Proceed. 2.3. The Contract Times .rill commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Ellectke Date of the Agreement, or, I.JC:DC GbNI.RAL (xOND1TIUNS 1910-8 (1990 Wition) w CrI Y OF FORTCOLLINS MODIFICA] IONS (RLV 4.2000) if it Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. —;, n- "Vent —Will Q e--Gex4itet Time! Et»»+er+e•�-kj-run-IHiethhaH-file day F t}xday Of- Atd-openmg+w-4 he hie{jEti/{iMj�NftEH}1(iLIfEEFtiW i)Hf(, of dto�xcczn" "^'2�..µ llleilCy:CFdHII-Y.ifHr}IEr. Starting the Rork: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to peribmt the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to ran. but no Work shall be clone at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Bcfore Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Docmnerats and check and verify pertincut figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity (or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof: 2.6. Within ten da):s after the Effective Date of, the Agreement (unless othervrise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to EN(ilNFFR forrevicw: 2.6.1. it preliminm) progress schedule indicating file limes (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal; 2.6.2.1. (p:no_case _}gill_ultcdule be acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar iia for ecCch rc�iew I)v Engineer. 2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in suflicient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments (luring construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.7. Bcforc any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR an"ANQa shall eaeh deliver to the other OWNER, with copies to eaeh-edditioaul-iFA nd identific(I-in the-SHpplenteutary Conditions ENGINEER. certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance whiceither of hein aF-aey--addititxta"namfed rtley re %n bly--request requested by _OWNER) which CONTRACTOR-mW-F?W-NER-reypeetively-flm is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.4-5..-0 and- 4. Preconarraction Conference: 2.8. Within mcnly days after the Contract Tines start to run, but before any Work at the site is started a ctmlcrcnce attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the panics as to the Work and to discuss the uhedules referred to in paragraph 2.6. procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initial(p Acceptable .Schedules: 2.9. Unless otherwise prtrwided in the Contract Documents, ", ast4en days buftne anl>tHis ion Hx first Applieation fee-Payinen before any work at the site begins a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as aMrepriate designated b}_OWNER, will be held to review for acceptability to 1;NGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph2.6. and Di\ision I_ - General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten tlay:s to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress pay'nent shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submiuLd to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion tv'ithin any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but Such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility fix the sequencing. scheduling or progressof the Work nor interlerc with or relieve CONTRACTOR from C'ONTRACTOR's full responsibility theref6r. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Stemple submissions will be acceptable to ENGINUER as providing a workable arrangement fix reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRAC'TOR's schedule of talues will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to liana and substance. ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE: Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between O\VNIiR and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as i f called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance eith the late of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to FADC GENLRAL (OMA-PIONS 191 n-x (1990 Union) w (11Y OI'FOR T COLLINS NIOUIEICATIMS(REV 4.200(1) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) ^ to be constructed in accordance with the Contract -- Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may, reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or fi ont prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and perfomted whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-knoum technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or -- phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of ^ Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: -- 3.3.1. Rclercnce to standards, specifications, .., manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Lags or Regulations of any ..,, governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard. specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Eliective Date of the Agreement if there were no [lids), except as may be otherwise specifically _ stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. 11'. during the perlonnance of the Work. CONTRACTOR discovers am conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract -, Documents or bemeen the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation _ applicable to the performance of the Work or of any ^ such standard specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5. CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. and. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an ^ emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6: prodded, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER Fix Failure to report any such conflict -� error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR kne%% or reasonably should have ^ known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by -� amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: — 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard. -- specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specificallyincorporated by relcrence in the -- Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification. manual, collie or instruction shall be elfecuke to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER. CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants. agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER. ENGINEER or any of ENGINF*ER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent aith the protisions ol' paragraph 9.13 or any other proN ision of the Contract Documemts. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered'. "as directed". "as required". "as allowed" "as appro%ed" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable', "suitable", "acceptable', "proper" or "salisfactor " or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe it requirement, direction, reNie%% or judgment of IfNGINFIiR as to the \ii ork. it is intended the( such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance N\ ith the requirements of and information in the Con(ract Documents and confunnancc with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning \%hole as sho\vn or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating utherNvise). file use of any such tern or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any fluty or authority to supenisc or direct the tarnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the pro\ isions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of (he Contract Documents. Attending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terns and conditions thereof' in one or more of' the followine ways: 3.5.1. it lbrmal Written Atncridnmcnt 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4). or 1J(:DC 6LNIORAL C1ND11 IONS 19101 8 (199() ItdiOon) a (ITY OI'PORT COLLINS\t(ID119CAIIONS(RI'\42000) 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition. the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and de%intions in the Work may be authorized. in one or more of the follo\%ing ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENG INEER's approval ofa Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 0.27), or 3.6.3. F.NUNEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse (?f Documents: 3.7. CONTRACTOR. all(] any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization perfonnine or liunishine any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or oNNnership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of I;N'(;INI:ER or I'Vi1NFER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications. other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific \\ri(ten \erification or adaptation by ENOINI IER. ARTICLE 4-AV: (LABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND P1IYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS A vailahility of'Landv: 4.1. ( )WNP.R shall lurnish. as indicated in the Contract Documents. the lands upon which the Work is to be perlbrmed. rights-of=way and casements fbr access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use ol'CONTRACTOR. Upon reams <4�\IsP :�� rnislt-C;OA1�Rt1C�(-Nt�i4Fr�t�,(rrrE;et stEtcmetH-a€rev( d-legtr4-tit{exE'"'.e-:ego,)-dos et3ptio n af-I he houd!Up;l.^, .- `T,m"'--tl-,c pk-is; 4(}43e-peFI4mleti-end OW'NFR'ti4ruem%t-therein Ens-nceessar), for giving n(Hiee of-eF-}ifin"--mc,eha,n e--ficn--a9ain5t--R1Ch loads --in altllFEfari�^�:,."'�r--dpfilieaflk�iiiv�--nrld—RCgIIiHHonti: OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use oh lands so furnished N%ith which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in perlbrming the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of amadjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as it result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands. rights-of- N%ay or casements. CONTRACTOR may make a claim thcrclbr as provided in Articles I I and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction lacilitics or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2. .Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Draitings•: Reference is matte to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1.1. Subsu ace Conditions: Thosc reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Phvs'ival Conditions: Those drawings of physiwl conditions in or relating to existing surlace or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized: Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER. ENGINEER or any of ENGINFER's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purpoises, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques. sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and salbiv precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Nolice of Dii iering Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. dillbrs materially from that shown or UCDC GENERAL C'ON D[ I IONS 1910-8 (1990 Ldition) NV - CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4 2000) indicated in the Contract Documents,, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and ditibrs materially from conditions ordinarily enwunwred and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided far in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately aficr becoming aware thereof and be Pore further disturbing conditions afibcted thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt ollvritien order to do so. 4.2.4. F.:\VIAT6'Rs Review: ENUINLER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in ATiting (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.25. Possible Contract Documents Change: if ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Docummts is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article Ill to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and limes Adjusnnenis: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CON'rRACl'OR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4. inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid liar on a Unit Price Basis. any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; 4.2.6A.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could reasonably ha\c been discovered or revealed as a result of anv examination. investigation, exploration. test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Docmments to he conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a clain, may be made therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However. OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims. costs, losses or damages sustained by CON'TRAC'I OR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Conditions-0rderground l•'rerilities: 4.3.1. Mom, or I diraled. The inlimuation and data shown or indicated in (he Contract Documents with respect to existing Undcrground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on iulimnation and data furnished to OWNHi or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is othcnwisc expressly provided in the Supplcncutan Conditions: 4.3.1.1. M N'FR and FNGINEFR stall not be responsible firr the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data: and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the 161lowing \till be included in the Contract Price anti CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data. (ii) heating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Docunents.(iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction. an([ (h)the safely and Protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not .Shoup or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall, promptly itnntcdiatcly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thcrebc or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identity the owner (if' such Underground Facility and E1CDC OFNERAL. CON DI'I It 1\ S 191 n-a (1990 klilmo l \w. CI I (1F FORT C01 1 I\S NIODU K'A 11O\ S (Rt.\4 2000) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent. if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. II' ENGINEER concludes that it change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Dircethe or a Change Order will be issued as pro\ ided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible lot the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph6.20. CONTRACTOR shall Lna: be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both. to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR (lit] not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated: IFOWNLR and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree oil entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Tintcs, CONTRA('. FOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However. OW'NLR, LNCilNIiLR and FNGINE1:Rs Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR firr may claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection wilt any other project or anticipated project. Re (ereuee Pointe: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in IiNGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with ' the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible fir laying out the Work. shall protect and present the established reference points and shall make no changes or rekcations without the prior \wriucn approval ol'OW'NLR. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINI;FR whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos. P(Yls, Petroleum, Hayardotte; 111asve or Radioactive Material. 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible fi)r any Asbestos. PCHs, Petroleum. Harmlous Waste or Radioactivc Material uncovered or revealed at the site which \vas not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or Property exposed there(o in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors. Suppliers or anyone else for \whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. A c��E?iTI e rTTOR�ll inlan e Wadi is Len wetien with sueh hamFilems eendit on an in --any artwFiffeeted-tht-, by-(except--iH-air-eniergemy SH.TFiOtiec'-it] Fi(jng)--0W?I1R shall--psnuptly eansHIt w th ENGI "r.,-'4-R-ea:e(-Fnk%-4k-iieee,%Ay-for nnn..r_o qualified wfpeFt evaluate eh h8idiMOUS-eendi6ee-OF4ake eoi-feet'.% a :tA eir, if any GONTiTR 44: 14)R shall-IlHl-ii(.-fequiFe I-IA-ro.Ainae 4" in eetrx'etielrwtit}rsaeh "enditietfaF in an) Saeh-afTeeted atca--unt niter-(`)`r as obtained HR5 FegHired-fRFnNt."rLk4e(l-thcrcte-affd-delivuFed to % GII% A!•T%gip `pee ovrmvicrrc)iC-apeerlal wraterr that saekt r(r idition arid-an"Ik(:4(•d-(ir�sn forAeFed--safe-feF tax - a;nptioH (t�V()r#- aF EHj tipafif4lH�*NHy-S'peetal CtNHtIIiHHh-tllld(Y-Niileli-Saeil Work --may lobe rcsamcd-itfc]y: Af-OW%L.R-and GONTR-AC'TGR eannt+agtee-m-to-elitFHeHlenf te-er the --t 1 HURL: OF-chtffit li--fttl itFilenE:-if-(HIy-1A F eatFaet-PFiee<x( Hni aet-:174nics--as-a-+astdtol'IHeh W,o ,I;'^ue..eF.S••vci--.: peeittl-eandttians••e-v deF whet auaFl� i++tgn ed by GONTRAC-T-OW to be resumed eitheF PaFty FROY Fnakaaail .:e„>,-theFe:aw-pravidediH •�,.t..-.ram' 1-(Hld-t2: 4.5.3. rrt .H n-<il titer+ spacial wFitteH-Y"ee C-04T4P('.THR does Het --a groe-krrewmeiueh-wed, based (i" tease able I-IS-tHi:ati-2-0F�ieeti-Hal agree -Is-resuffw-sHefr- W'eFIF-under•--slteh-speatat eenditions-tlxea-(-}WNl R nnw-onlff Well poriion-44 thor AVr)tk- tbat-i-in een cetio"-wilh;He]rt ivAw ous een6tie"i-in-Gael) a4koted area 4o-bu/,de4eted4ieFn the Wick.. II'QW'NIiR-Hnd C0:1T%N TOR-eaHnol ogre( 4H-en6fletne A-k) or4he-ainoHMafs dent Of A' adjHSHHent-i Fany-is{:(iHtFaet--Fkict-0PC0Htrnet-TM1cs its a- result-ol'-dde6Hg�,aclr-p(inia+r-Hf-tho-WarkT4be» eithei:Itrtynniy-;..,&c H-el inn 1hertfx: as provided -in AAw4es 44 one' 1-1 -03A PIER-mav lox+e suet deleted PGA4in--4 own foFees-efHNieri n..aeHF(letice-wikh,4#iuIe�: ''.��-�-4--,. i)-Flle-tHlletit-!N(ICHE-t1eHI11HEVl-by-�alVS-and Regnlaticins;GW'NE4 _shall--indemnify-aa"-ho.'d hamiless —GOP T tAC TOR—, °� P L+NCilPlEtkR---low ��,r w�,i� iu�. %,....�..•�tcnF..-anti--tliC offieors.---dnve4Hrf-(wlpl(y2c —::gents .•`^r ewwaltanrs and-t;ttlxeHtiitetep; of eve rare any of them Item and--against-all elaimitnls IHsses end damages-aFising OH4- 4-- (IF -FL`A"ng-#)1t seek #Iar�F(IH(r condition, provided that+ (i)aF+:-ate ): east; -loss -in: d mgo--IS-atttibatable--In bedily--injury: meitne: '.�--ciiaas'cvr-&ally- a to In an of left ible pFepeG45* Other'-ic''im;-ii - ).,.. '" itself), iaeludiog the lass al' use rewltinb. e e ,aa an ., t:��),-an-thisiabpaFagFapN-43.� d :,...'�.,'-."":gate OWNER td-imiCHiPliy-any ,n-oF-cHt:ty finnal-an against the- earxeryaclxssi-(if�#iat-persaH+-or-eHfit54 own negligence. 4445-. ^.e-p ),,Wiens of-pasigraphG-4-2-atad-44-am aeot-�it-apply-teAsheseft--4 - s,-PetFel(wtF- 14BMIF 01:19 WHSI-OF -Ri1d1(aetilre Mat(:Falk-UROONLFed er-rows lake-t to site. FJCu(f GUN'LRAL CON DI"IIONS 1910-9 (1990 Edition) w Q1'I Y OI' FORT COLLMS NIODIRCATIONS (REV 4 2(X)Iry ARTICLE 5-BONUS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bands: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds. each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at ]cast until one year alter the (Late when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as pmwided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such Sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Ilolding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by it eertilied copy of such agent's authority to act. 5.2. If the surety on any Bond luntished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do busin(•ss is terminated in any state where an) part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWN FR. 5.3. Licensed Sureties and /nsuren; Certificates o/' Insitrance: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surely or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance politics fbr the limits and coverages so required. Such surely and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER. with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. 01ANER 81, , additional-insured- an(l-5.7-hereof. No Text MYTRAC,•TOR(v Liability Insurance. 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and fumishcd and as will provide protection from claims set Ibrth below lvhich may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR'S perfannance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations under the Contract Documents. whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier. or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone liar 1v hose acts anv of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, dimbihity benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; - 5.4.2. claims lire damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR'S cnlployecs; 5.4.3. claims for damages becausc of bodily injury. sickness or disease, or death orally person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 44-.4- cktans -fig dii nage4-inswed--ley- eestoxuiw personalinitiw-fiabiliw-ceiNerage wNeh-tfe--sustaireth (i) by -any per;en-ttS i—resldl-ef-aii-u4liwsc directly w indirce4k-iclated-ie tote-c:mph�y+�c'i1F-el=Snell per•;en-by f'E)N'fa2-AC=T(-lot a= fi+}hy-ail}-other per:;(in _14F-ai, otherreas(in: 5.4.5. claims lbr damages, other than to the Work itself; because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever lociuccl, including loss of use resulling therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims lie damages because ol'bodidy injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of' the unnership, maintenance or use of any motor v chicle. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4A1 include as ad(lilional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability), OWNER. ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage lbr the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and bL written lbr not less than the limits of -liability provided in Ills Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations. lvhichcvcr is greater, 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; 1 JUDC GI!NF R.AL CONDI IIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) Nc CI Y OF FORI COLLINS MODUR AT1ONS (REV 4,20t10) 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR'S indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage aflbrded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty clays' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance famished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so provide); 5.4.12. remain in effect al least until final payment and at all limes thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing de/crtirr Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12; anil 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect fir at .least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall lumish OWNER and cash other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence salisftcton to OWNER and any such additional insured 4 continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OIK\4:R(r Liabifii)• lrtsnrance: 5.5. In addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4. OWNER. at OWNFR's option, may purchnsc and maintain at OWNER'.s expense OWN R's m%ll liability insurance as hill protect OWNER against claims which may arise fronn operations under the Conimcl Documents. Property Insurance: 5 --- Unless odverwise provided -in thL-Supplementary Gee* �,;ii�iin propLky-insatanee-upon-the- York-w the-sitein4lxxtttlount of --the- c', 41;-r-•pli -ffient-cost thcrLt+k-H;okjeat-tdt•-sttc>h dctlocfi`,ole--a;;n,aaNs -.. hL-protidcd—in -4he Supplementary Conditions. or -required by Laws and RClNda':,•_.mrr). TThis-nriaHineL-slikii'. }6-1--ineletdc- the interests--of--GWNW. C'C??1-T-Rr4F'TOIi, SabR;tlt+getot:�I*.';�r",Il: I'NiGhN4�EWs-E;etrwltanis ttJ-my-otheF-Per;alxs-or entities adentified Hthe Sutpplernentary-L-"dilions,. dwe"f-whom-iti-d *Aod to -halve aft nswuble;n:e-,est a+Fit! +asoreuler addlitidNualirtsared; :4,6.2:--1e written -Oil ii-Btaldcr Risk "all-risk" er open peril or-S�,� a,;e.-of-IdtSs-pe4iev-f<rr4o-that sha4-ii-4cast--ioelude ins ufMW-f4 P1154 iC4lost% OF damage4*4he VIA ; , )Fai�,-4idsewnrk `-41-insane-agaiaSt-al4east the--following--perik.- fire,- ltl,;hming;--extended theft,....., a.. r....., W:..,.t:_ vnaa�r.+,rr-RHd-IRRile:3di--rsmcn,c , eafthquake, il.._.. dekiti—F n....ime a4emoilioR oeeasioned-by enfarecR > Rn ategukluERr, water d(Rxage-Enid RielroaheR t e4s--R.'+-.ww be .qwe&k-;HµY'-feHl+ire443y-gwAupPlellIe u ZondiHaas; ` < �- .'3..�nekKle c*Pelne.- incurrcLd '�-- hL,- rep&iFix repj teoNxn t .- ..:_ ...,,,i .,....,.Ft but -not aiRiited to-kes--uHd ehRFgeS of- ..eHgineer: -attd arehiteeti}; 5.6.4.--eaveF-H'taleFieIfid-equipme it skaFediu-Nx-site of at Rao WE it) ant"iat-watt Ngrcc44(i4n-"fiF ' hy Oa6NP Pfaff to-beingWeFk: pFovidCd�tlet-stleltilxneli'ifils-anti equiptneft-have-been itxluded4fi-RH-Appheation :b'-rT a; ric**+eeomPAewW by4-XG19:1;,FR: and 5:(r5 be nxEiHtxilled�ErrNect- unti"mal-fittyr"it-is tlk1dC --i}i1leaf-illhlNi4'fae`-ii� �••cai--tA-H}--14TIlIHg--11V OAWELK7 GX44 riWW,T0R-anti-%l }�ri�}E�I�wRll kbirty-days' w itt no6eL-to aHcl+-EnheF-additional Hitiared4e-*-honl-a-eefthfiet:te-of its ntnee4ios-heen 'stied. ram..hall-paFeI H! 0 anfl--IHHHAffia-.:Heb boiler and HatehinCPfiflauranee-a additionai-pfolieity4osumooc aa-Faa}�cfuiFed4ty-$!c Supiplcmoft aryl FidAioiis-or I�uws-and Regahaions-lvliielt-will--ifnhFEk-alte-bNeeeslti•ol O\L'l+}L�It-EOA1TR-.\(:TOR�tlbconicxfstors, I?"r-<, GINF.Ii t. l_NGIIS f:F.R's-C'on! u tantsim" w other-paFsofe (IF Mill CS idenH#ictd-itrtlx �,appkvncl>titFy-('EnHlitioa+-carli-aFwhom is de(rHcxt tErlxivo-an iFr.;aFable-iFHerest and�AFall be-lislcdas an -insured or-additienel i+Fsured; §-.& 111 Ihc policies-aflEtwHtf>trEand-theterti4ictttcr-ar faher--ev L+we-4hercxil} refit',,�r.purehased-and maintained by' -OW 5:6 and will-e-onutin-a provision.oFFtaxk+F'seoierA that the eoverage-FFilfxded- wit' no, laI1CCIICkt-/x�718kYiiil44 ellaaged-fa,-reoewal re4fref�ttHtiliN--)east-d»Hy�lay's-prior wFitt.en-ae:iee----has--hefty- gixl+v--eft-t)W=N€I2--and CO^rT�.,- A"'OIt-and tfreael}other- additional -ins tncfl-io who, a-eef ifH;ale-ef-insuranee has been-iswed and -will eentaiFi-=.rawer—proviskmiq ..in- aeeot'flan-, ::iil; 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR. Suhcontmclors or others in the-ltieFlE�fF-klH�extrrH�rf�ayakrluekilile aniaants-tlxFtitrc ideHti{icd �a--tl1E;-Suppk�rH(wuxri'oHftikiaHs-�hc -risk-ail' ioss m ithlniUeh-identified d due"Ic ennounF-wdl-be-b(ialc by-C44NT4LAt-Tt)-' - nt7tii f+r OF eflaeps'sulleFFflg-HaV sueh- less and if diON if;:hel"ishes prepeF'ky Hisuialwe eEW(:FRbe withinm the -lit"..tta--aP suell d moHn6-CHeh--o%W pumhasc and-maaatain F(-at-khe-paFehakleF=a-awTii'xplti . &M, 4f CUNiRAC4{411t-requCstS in writing that other speeiRl-itr.;uritaaeIFe-iHE.�{udeEl--ia-th�propeFky instxifaee pElfieleti-praVidad-iifla�-pnxasFal •.n.,�,-� ,••_S�ll'.R .(..II�an--T-pE`:.x;.'I`..Ii—ili�e�1lH1d`f-i`tleln-i..":+v.im?:.:= EaiE-kiH!' aHtif 1` thmofw&k eharEged 4T'AYA'TIl Air[ y-fippF0PFaI C E.I f-)rEiCr orJ'�—Written- Amendincnt.-PrioF-)El I11 h.JCD('0ENLRAL C'ONUfI IONS 1910-8(1990 Ldmm�) w CITY 01` FOR "I COLLINS NIODIFICA I'IONS (RG\ 4 2000) eHHiH1Ci1(iC}HCII'.-orir,rr,+vr"f the sate, OWNSR' :+ % FiIing advise (A)NTr,�"T^,�WktheFoF-HatsNeIalit r insuranee-hatAxen-proctfredby-(- 'NER: . -U-.---4VaeveF,-qf %�f h' . 5.11-1-f)1\?JIiR aREt{$NTRACT(* ifaead thatidl pe4ieies-Puruhatietl-itr-aeetxdalx�-wif h-ParagraPlta3 b SubCi+HkHiHHrti---;zNrr:lwl�� r,�c�u _-I;PJ(iM17�R's f:onwtltalxsand all othef per oat-or-entities,iE mtilied I,.Znc-crapjdC; HRFY-'t. ia- � ilea :oHdikioflti-to-be-alMc ' insoiefls -im additional--iasNreds-in sue4-{R/IieiE,, -uxl will --provide- fifi nary eavernge-44--- all lo:,t et --m damages eNati 4 by4he-porilsoveFed-thereby.--tiN such fie ieie,,shallteonIaia-Vmvisions4e the-e 1i4dart if"Iie-evLmi ol=pi ymeo *41= oHy-hxM-it"HnIHg04hE: insurers will - hat e no -eights of reeotcry-aeainsl any (41' the-insureds--ef- additional-insureds�4telewtdaf OWNER -i CONFRA(4OR -W"itL all G.mlh agiamst--eaekoilieF-aad-their_fosctvc-ofeeF.; direetors,-employ'c.... ..Fid--agents -foF-all-loti;;esiErxl EhlmHgc+eauxcl by aFising-oat-ef eF-resulting-fronn Rliy-Of lhpefils eevefed by sueh polie1e9-and-any C.th"Foieftyi surfknoe-appiieatAe-to4he Wom*;;-and: in--akklition, -valve--Nll--Slfelk---FFglns—egaFntit SubeoFHFaetor4--4:-i rG NF-riR-- tYNGINIrflliRi I; ..;..ihfiflksan(tfit6otkr- pcFsenseF-emit leaidenklfwd in-ihe-SHpPlefnenaxw��tnlitieln--tiF�e listed--fn ifl:;aFcds-Et�additionHl-iosExcdfandeFSHalrp(Flicias for loss and danaFge� above w%A,ers shall-ex(cild Io-4hf -+ig[AS-Thai- any--paFty Hxiking iuch-\4aFVl'r-n#FIY-iia FL -k-F-tlKipFCaE'Cd:i-Hl insurance held by--O\\NLit asteusice -or otherwise payahlcitHdefire Poliey-stHissued. 5.1-1-'�-i;;-aihli+ieFn:�:)W=�kf�-waives all-righh age iask---C�)N'iRAE:-f (�----s;tflxrmtrackar+ T ? F lNl:l':It--bNE l-NFRIF, ;onsa4larat and the o lieeps, gri:etors, employees and-'4mIIs-of-Hny--(il* gml+H for. 5-441 I1.--kissdue�a twsiHessfnleFreptiolr 'at s of- use or--edxl=consequcwtia"oss-txtc+WiHg heyoncl..difeet physioal Ions--ciF--daFHage-W (ANINI ' prapcAy--Ex-{he-3A4mIi--eauscd--by, ai:eiag-<Hn-of cFF-resulting-Fr^.-�aF oNieFixaFil, w'hetheFiiF urn-iasu""'>�by=O�k'NI�I?; and 54442: -- less -or da! lago-i*o -N PFkleet- eHU'WI i-by-*H Feting fruf i.4ifc, oFotheF jiff -FEKf fiN{titlRflt{liii@Hh�H}pi..l-0--F.l: Atey'-inatannee-polmy-iaaHitd0ned h5 (AVNi;R eovering i1HY-�Eiss dame ge of-ee nsegaCHtlal-Ws's fck-F eE"01"'iS Panigraph-54-1.2 t.I"'n .."_.,.ifi_fftitisions totheefTeet-NHH 'pHymQHt- ••"1-0� eonaegttenkial-Ioss--the-insurcrs-will-{tave� no Figlus- W 5`'aga}n+t, Holy of `"" Ir ^� )R, &-beenlr(leterb. E44UNr:ER iA.c'oI,"tSER-� Ian:" . and the ciilif{W.:; dir( dotls,-ernploye�-,,etnd-tt -Ln4,, of any of -theta. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds: 5.12. Any insured hiss under the policies of insurance require(] by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 kill be adjusted With OWNER and matte payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds. as their interests may appear. subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNEIR shall deposit in a separate account any money so receive(]. and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached file damaged Work shall he repaired or replaced. the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered b% au appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OW'NFR as fiduciary shall hale power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifleen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made. OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest nu(p reach. If no such agreement among (he parties in interest is reached, OWN11R as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers mid, il' Kxtttir...I iM-"Fi ing hY-atlV-pa+ty-IA interest. -OWNER us- ftdueiari-tihidl--give -bond for Ole pFopLFNFlia:nance ol'such duties. Acceptance ojBondr and Insurance, Option to Replace: 5.14. If eitflcr raFty T ;W N1?R or- CONTRACTOR OWNER has any objection to the coverage aflilyded by or other provisions of the Bot d"n, insurance require(] to be purchased and maintained be the other-y)aliv CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of nonconfamlance with the Contract Documents, the objcetiug-flertwhell so n(ailtdlo-(i8ef1larty OWNER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing within tea fifteen clays aflcr receipt defivery of the certificates (or-other-xidcocc regttestedto OWNER its required by paragraph 2.7. OWNER- and CON RACTOR ,,hall cash- -ovidL to the oHlef-suehad(h4tmxl rwL, pra..,efed-a�;-the other- maya.:offabjy-fLqucs�. ' ither party (Errs-not-purchaso(x maintain all of the -Bonds and +usurvae��cilulrt elf--su.:.: f•,,.rt,=-„�-the- :0ittritet Poe"ix nts-suety- fxtnv-s!><dl--notili--ilte-rNlter-pa#y--itt �vrit}ng-of st,eh--failure to ptwelatse-prier-to-the-HIHFt JL(Ie �4ork;-ctF-(ifweh Whine io ma-iuutitl-priof-to-ally ehange-in the-required-eoverage. Without -prejudiertouuy-ofliffTight or -remedy. +he-ether-patty-c5, eleetio-obtmt -equivalent Refills OFFtsurunee4t.ptx*Lci-stieh-4hcv--patty!rrtntcre4sat Nte-e>Fpettse-eLihc-p(utyi4hu-�tts-rccftrire.;-;:�.rrovideitueh cv /yrrege�- •'�'�hu tigo 4lr(ler-slutlf-bc-iss a c�(lleitdjwA-tltc Coutntet�rieracrerili ngly- Partial l.'tilization-Properly Insurance. 5.15. if OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial TA DC GENERAL CONDI IIONS 1910-8 0990 Lailion) %V Cl I Y OF FOR I ( 01 LINS MODIH(A HONS (RCA 4 2000) Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10: provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledge(] notice thereof and in writing cliccted any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy of policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE (-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Snperintendcnce: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise. inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently. deyotine such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perf(mn the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods. techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, bill CONTRACTOR shall no( be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique. sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract DOCUIltent\. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to sec that the complete(] Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent. who shall not he replaced without written notice to OWNER and IiN(HNFFR except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR:s representative at the site and shall hays authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as ifgiven to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Filaipment. 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall pro\ide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all tines maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as othen(ise indicate(] in the Contract Documents. all Work at the site shall be performed during regular Working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the perlbrinance of Work on Saturday. Sunday or an)• legal holiday without OW'NER's Written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in a(h'anee of anv Work to be Itcrformed on Saturday, Sunday. Holidays or outside the Regular Working I]ours. 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall f imish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.4_I. Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are mailable for review in the offices of the Put hasine and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. 6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 reuuires that suppliers liers and roducers of ccmeni or oroducts containitu: cement to cerlily that the cement was not made in cement Has that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory c%idence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected. erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance %with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjustal lino time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER fur acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph29) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or-Equal"Items. 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or. description 12 IA:DC GENERAL CONDI'I IONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) %r CI I QI' FOR "I'COLLIN'S NIODIM(WIONS(REV 4.2(00) contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be _ accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: — 6.7.L1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may ., be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGiNEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance _ with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. S'uhsliuue Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment r proposal by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "orcqual" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it _ will be considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient _ infbnnation as provided below to allows ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to ... that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supplemental in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may —' decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not he accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRA(; TOR wishes to furnish or use it substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make %written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof! certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the fbnctions and achieve the -- results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application %will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of — Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER fir work on the Projact) .to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified %will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement _ service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors afrected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposal substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. COATRaCTORs Fxpense: All data to he provided by CONTRACTOR in support of anv proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR'.s expense. 6.7.2. Suhsvitute Construction ,Methods or Arocedurm If a specific means, method, technique, Scquencc or procedure of construction is shmcn or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means. method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTR.A('I OR shall submit Sufficient intomhallon to allots ENGINI FR. in I:NGINEER's sole discretion. to detemtine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7. L2. 6.7.3. F.rrgineers Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to ctafuate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 0.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute trill be ordered. installed or uliliicd without FNGINFER's prior Britten acceptance which will be ctidenccel by either a Change Order or ;in approwel Shop Dratrin�_, OWNER nay require CONTRACTOR to fumish at CONTRACTOR'z expense a special performance guarantee or other surely with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. FN6lNI+R will record time required b. I.(N(i1NGI:R .and ENGINFI:R's Consultants in evaluating substittacs proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER lbr work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not F'NGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR Shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and E.NGINFJ7R's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. 6_8. Coneeminr; S'ubeonrractors, Suppherc and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ am Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organimflon (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), iwhcthcr initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGIN17UR may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or pert lmi any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. LAW I a)Ns Iv In-R(199u Editi(n) W CI IY OE EOIt 1 (01.1 ANS x9(1DIIlC'A710NS (RE% 4 2000) ti 9. ON TRACTOR shall perform not less than 20 perccnt_of the Work wit h._its own by es tlwt.is. without subgmtractin 1'he 20.percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of which- totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price. 6.8.2. If the-Aupplvmwntar)L�itions I3iddine Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractors. Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to fumish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in • of4he--+gwetied date prior to doe FlIbctive Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGIN1 F 'R—. mw"' C-iF)NI R�\C:T(-N2--hitsiakmtheRM)f in xecordanvl -with 41te---St+PP Ietnenlgrj"..-,�:•: �,ort�, OWNER's or ENGINE.ER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the dale indicated lift acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of "my --such-At�tb(�nt�teteF;-SuPFAieF-0-a.' Cf-ftew;en-ex ofganization.,e-idont:f_d may he FL:eke on the I%P,t.:�tsonuble-ebjeetmn-aAee-(f�,.�r,ve�*L;YI st',4or, .rFL:. IYIUTD ,'Shall �Sq[RAtt- 11 aeecptable-sirbstit Re. the--C;enkael-booze Will --he adjustcd by the-&Terenee-ornate efnt-eec-esiened-by stwh-subslitufio"nd-m+-itpproFAate-E wP#el)r4er WrN-be IS.srred-irr WFAIen Aniendniem-irgned, will constitute a condition of the Contras rcquirinc the use TtTlic named subcontractors. stspliers or other Lxrsons_or organization on tltc.Work tudess nnpr written appminl is_obiained Goat OWNER and F_NGINEFR. No acceptance by OWNER or FNGINi.FT of amsuch Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a aakcr of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject drli,c lire Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER fin' all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contras with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contmct Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization anv conlrasual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to sec to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontmctoc Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise he required by Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may lomish to any subcontractor, _Supplier or other ncr'um or oyganization _evidence_ of amounts Plid to CONTRACTOR in accordance _with t(jNTRACTOR'S_'Applications for PavmcrP'. 13 6 9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or fumishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors. Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or tarnishing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed Ibr CONTRACTOR by a Sulcontraetor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terns and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any sueh agreetent is vitha subeentrxeteE eF 9upFAieF-wher�-as-fkn additienallasared o z c n e ::sa+aneo-lifoyided-ia peFabrapHs3.6 or ` eti—HgFee"ewl-4w4weLw—ihe GONT E}P and-Iile`-Subtientiaeler HF-I1appI7eF-will p{/) a{{F-pFdV1$I(itY.i1 heFebi' (lieSebecirafactef o"—S uicipllel' ail F*gbtb--again6t--t-)ANL41-- A:PR,1(T r.�ri�ywrrcu rwi�r�ireR"lFilaetti-and-all-�tF41eF additioml-iasarcds-W-4l-lasses-aad-danmit gcs +w&scd47j: aFiwilg-eat tillo -Fesalting the-Feiils Low red by sack pu}iuiCsett(kanytnicrpropeny+ttsuranee applicablrto the-WxFlEweh -pelieics-require sepaaatC wai:ceF foo-ifm 4o-b4-sigaed-b"fiy-Subeetwitek)FeF Stapplie 41NT{2:1`" "Main the same. Patent Deem and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license tee or royally to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims. costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. l4 WCDC GYNLRAL CCINDI'l HAS 1910-8(1990 Mlltm) tv CITY OF FORT COI I.INS MODWICA1 IONS (REV 4 2000) Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. M NER shall assist CONTRAC"rOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution ol'the Work, which are applicable at the time ol'opening of [lids, or, il'there arc no Bids. on the E1lective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners Rtr capital costs related thereto such as plant investment Ices. 6.14. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR perlimns may Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary. to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims. cost,. losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes: 0.15. CON-IRACTCIR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance ofthe Work. 6.15.1. OWNER is exempt ram Colorado State and lot_al-.. Miles and use taxes on materials to_ be wr pgrinanently incorated into the mmiect. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract- price. Address: Colorado-DWarlmcnt of.Rcvcnuc State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver, �blorado 80261 Salcs and Use Taxes for the Slate of Colorado. Regional Transportation District (RTD and certain Colorado counties arc colleted __Py_ the State of Colorado and_are included in the Certification of Exemption. Q11 kip livable Sales_gtnd U.0 Taxes including .State collected taxes . on any items other Than construction and g materials ph sicall inc orpomted into the project are to bJ. aid by CONTRACTOR and are to be included. in appropriate bill items. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and Regulations. right."f-way, permits and casements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such hand or area. or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent Ian(] or areas, resulting from the performance o'the Work. Should any claim he made by any such ottmer or occupant because of the performance of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle eith such other partv by negotiation or otherwise resohc the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CON f RAC'TOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws kill(] Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER. LNGINFER, ENGINEER', Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by anv of them front and against all claims. costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from anv claim or action, legal or equitable. brought by arty such owner of occupant against OWNER. F'NGINELR or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's perlimnance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting Gom the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR Shall remove all waste materials, rubbish anti debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances. construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR Shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONI'RACfOR shall not load nor permit any pan of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Docnrnentr: I-:1CDC "FNI-RAI. CO\DI'I HAS 1910-8 (1990 Union) eCI'11' OF FORT COLI INS NODII' IC.A7 IONS (REV 4200111 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications. Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to shoo' all changes trade during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to rdease of _final payment. these record documents. Samples and Shop Drawings will he delivered to ENGMEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible fill initiating, maintaining and supenisine all sdcty precautions and programs in connection tcilh the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of. and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may he alTocted by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein. Whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto. including trees. shrubs, lawns, walks. patcutenls. roadways, structures. utilities and Underground Facilities not designated ibr removal, relocation or replacement in the course ofconsuvction. CONTRACTOR Shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations (If' ny public body hat ing jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or, to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary salcguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and Shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or.indirectly, in %%'hole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor. Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them W perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. shall be remedied by CONTRAC'iOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or l.NGINFiER or ENGINEER'S Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTILkCTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety, and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. .Safety Representative: CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall he the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard corrununication inIbmiation required to be made mailable to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws of Regula(ions. Emergencies: 6.23. fit emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent Ihcreto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or E.NGINP.ER, is obligated to act to prevent threalened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGiNEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR liclicwcs that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If' ENGINEER determines that it change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such in emergency. it Work Changc Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24. Slurp l)raroiiig.vand Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (..see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will he complete with respect to quantities. dimensions, specified perfonnance and design criteria. materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information Ibr the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as E.N61NEER nary require to enable ENGINEER to rewievw the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specificatioms. 6.25. S'uhmidal Procedures: 6.25.1.13efinre submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample. CONTRACTOR shall have determined and v crib ied: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified peribnnance criteria. installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto. 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use. fabrication, shipping, handling, storage. assembly and installation pertaining to the perIbmianee of the Work. and 6.25.1.3. all infiirntation relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents tcitlt respect to CONTRACTOR'S reievw and approwl of that submittal. (1.25.3. At the time of each submission. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a writers communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be inade on each Shop thawing and .Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review anti approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will rccicw and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEFR's revicvw and approval will be only to detertnine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work. confon» to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Pmject as it functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGiNEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques. sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means. method, technique, sequence or procedure of 16 ItJ(!D( GENLRAL CONDITIONS 1910-a(1990ldiriun) w 071' Of FOR ICOI.LINS NIODIPI('.4TIONS (Ri-,V 4 2et111) construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item aS such mill not indicate approval of the assembly in which the iteni functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples fir rem iew and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on prciious submittals. 6.27. E..NGINEHR'.s review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in wrilin;, called HNUNEFR's attention to each such mariabon at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such mariation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Driving or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to I?N'GINHEIR'.s review and approval oflhe pertinent submittal will be al the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Cavinain>; file If brk: 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall cam, on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagrecncuts with O\\ N'I:It. No Work shall he dclascd of postponed pending resoluliou of any disputes or disagreenments. except as permmit(ed by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR niay otherwise agree in meriting. 6.30. CON'TRAC'TOR:v General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.30.LC:ONTRACTOR warranus and guarantees to OWNER, IiN(i1NI+R and iiNGiNEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be &'Prlice. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.E abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. nornmal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the Billowing will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in 1'.1CDC (iP.NLItAL COMM IONS 1910b8(199n Ediaion) aCI'I 1' OE PORT COLLINS MOUIPICA"PIONS (REV 4 2000) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 630.2.1. obscrations byFNGINEER; 6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by E..NGiNEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OR'NER, 630.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any Ihilurc to do so: 6.30.2.0. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13: 6.30.2.7. any inspection, lest or approval by others; of 6.30.2.8. any correction of dtfirfire Work by OWNER, ER. lrulennriJicadoll: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, C'ONTRAC'fOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, IiNGINGI{R, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers. directors, employees. agents and other consultants of each and any of them Crum and against all claims. costs. losses and damages (including. bill not limited to. all Iecs and charges of engineers. architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispule resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work. provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease of death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (it) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor. any Supplier, any person or organivation directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of -the Work or anyone for whose acts am' of them may be liable, regardless of'" hether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In am and all claims against OWNER of ENOINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative o(such employee) of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier. any person or organiruion directly or indirectly employed by' 17 any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages. compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants. officers, directors, employees of agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34. All representations. indeumifications, warranties and guarantees madc in, required by or given in acconllurcc with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK Related Work tit Site: 7.1. OWNER may pertbm other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces or let other direct contracts therefor which shell contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to he performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRA(: fOR prior to starting any such other work and (ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof: 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of ilic Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others hp cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable WCDC GENERAL. CONDII IONS 1910-9 (1990 Edition) 18 a^ CITY OF FORT COI I INS MODIHCATIONS (ItFV 4 211110) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to EN(IINiER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for Intent or nonapparcnt defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others fix the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be cowered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. [lie extent of such authority and responsibilities will be prom ided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom- 14T-R-AE>TOIC inak s--no reasannble-objeetion whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall f nnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments W CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OW'NER's duties in respect of providing lends and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's idernifping and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing